HBV 11.1
Sourceश्री-चैतन्यꣳ प्रपद्ये तꣳ महाश्चर्य-प्रभावकम् । प्रसादे यस्य दुष्टो’पि भगवद्-भक्तिमान् भवेत्
śrī-caitanyaṁ prapadye taṁ mahāścarya-prabhāvakam | prasāde yasya duṣṭo’pi bhagavad-bhaktimān bhavet
English translation
I worship the most wonderful and influential Personality of Godhead, Sri Krsna Caitanya, by whose mercy even a most sinful person can engage in the devotional service of the Supreme Lord.
HBV 11.2
Sourceततो दिनान्त्य-भागेषु बाह्येषु सुर-सद्मसु । यात्राꣳ कृत्वा द्विजः सन्ध्याम् उपासीत यथा-विधि
tato dināntya-bhāgeṣu bāhyeṣu sura-sadmasu | yātrāṁ kṛtvā dvijaḥ sandhyām upāsīta yathā-vidhi
English translation
Thereafter, towards the end of the day, a brdhmana should enter the temple room and conscientiously perform his evening duties.
HBV 11.3
Sourceश्री-विष्णु-पुराणे और्व-सगर-सꣳवादे [वि.पु. ३.११.१००-१, १०५]— दिनान्त-सन्ध्याꣳ सूर्येण पूर्वा मृक्षैर् युताꣳ बुधः । उपतिष्ठेद् यथान्यायꣳ सम्यग् आचम्य पार्थिव
śrī-viṣṇu-purāṇe aurva-sagara-saṁvāde [vi.pu. 3.11.100-1, 105]— dinānta-sandhyāṁ sūryeṇa pūrvā mṛkṣair yutāṁ budhaḥ | upatiṣṭhed yathānyāyaṁ samyag ācamya pārthiva
English translation
that is found in the Visnu Purana it is stated) dindnta sandhyam suryyena purwdmrksair yutdrh buddhah upatisthed yathdnyayarh samyag dcamya pdrthiva O King, a learned devotee should, after performing dcamana, execute his morning duties at dawn and evening duties at dusk. Of course, such devotional practices can be performed at other times during the day as well.
HBV 11.4–5
Sourceसर्व-कालम् उपस्थानꣳभा सन्ध्यायाः पार्थिवेष्यते । अन्यत्र सूतिका-शौच-विभ्रमातुर-भीतितः उपतिष्ठन्ति वै सन्ध्याꣳ ये न पूर्वाꣳ न पश्चिमाम् । व्रजन्ति ते दुरात्मानस् तामिस्रꣳ नरकꣳ नृप इति ।
sarva-kālam upasthānaṁbhā sandhyāyāḥ pārthiveṣyate | anyatra sūtikā-śauca-vibhramātura-bhītitaḥ upatiṣṭhanti vai sandhyāṁ ye na pūrvāṁ na paścimām | vrajanti te durātmānas tāmisraṁ narakaṁ nṛpa iti |
English translation
O King, a sinful person who does not perform his morning and evening duties, except upon the birth of a child or the death of a family member, or at a time of danger or fearfulness, will certainly be punished in the hellish planet known as tamisra.
HBV 11.6–7
Sourceततो यथाश्रमाचारꣳ कर्म सायन्तनꣳ कृती । निर्वर्त्य पूर्ववत् कुर्याद् भक्त्या भगवद्-अर्चनम् श्री-कृष्ण-भक्त्यासक्त्या तु सन्ध्योपास्यादिकꣳ यदि । पतेत् कर्म न पातित्य-दोष-शङ्का कथञ्चन
tato yathāśramācāraṁ karma sāyantanaṁ kṛtī | nirvartya pūrvavat kuryād bhaktyā bhagavad-arcanam śrī-kṛṣṇa-bhaktyāsaktyā tu sandhyopāsyādikaṁ yadi | patet karma na pātitya-doṣa-śaṅkā kathañcana
English translation
Thereafter, according to the rules prescribed for his dsrama, an intelligent devotee should first complete his morning and evening duties and then worship the Supreme Lord with full attention. For a devotee, there is no fault if he is unable to perform his morning or evening duties due to being engaged in some other devotional service to the Supreme Lord.
HBV 11.8
Sourceपाद्मे (?) श्री-भगवद्-उक्तौ— मत्-कर्म कुर्वताꣳ पुꣳसाꣳ क्रिया-लोपो भवेद् यदि । तेषाꣳ कर्माणि कुर्वन्ति तिस्रः कोट्यो महर्षयः
pādme (?) śrī-bhagavad-uktau— mat-karma kurvatāṁ puṁsāṁ kriyā-lopo bhaved yadi | teṣāṁ karmāṇi kurvanti tisraḥ koṭyo maharṣayaḥ
English translation
If, while engaging in My devotional service, a devotee fails to perform his prescribed duties, such as sandhyd, there are thirty million sages ready to do it for him.
HBV 11.9
Sourceआदि-पुराणे च— स्मरन्ति मम नामानि ये त्यक्त्वा कर्म चाखिलम् । तेषाꣳ कर्माणि कुर्वन्ति ऋषयो भगवत्-पराः इति ।
ādi-purāṇe ca— smaranti mama nāmāni ye tyaktvā karma cākhilam | teṣāṁ karmāṇi kurvanti ṛṣayo bhagavat-parāḥ iti |
English translation
The prescribed duties of those who engage in My devotional service, giving up all types of fruitive activities, or who constantly remember My holy names, are carried out by sages who are devoted to Me.
HBV 11.10–12
Sourceमृदु-श्रद्धस्य भक्तस्य प्रौढताम् अनुपेयुषः । किꣳचित् कर्माधिकारित्वात् कर्मास्यैतत् प्रपञ्चितम् प्रौढ-श्रद्धस्य भक्तस्यकर्मस्व् अनधिकारतः । पातित्यꣳ न भवत्य् एव लेखनीयꣳ तद्-अग्रतः किꣳचिद् ध्यानादि-भेदेन त्रिसन्ध्यꣳ च पृथक् पृथक् । प्रोक्तः पूजा-विधिः प्राज्ञैस् तत्-तत्-कामाशु-सिद्धये
mṛdu-śraddhasya bhaktasya prauḍhatām anupeyuṣaḥ | kiṁcit karmādhikāritvāt karmāsyaitat prapañcitam prauḍha-śraddhasya bhaktasyakarmasv anadhikārataḥ | pātityaṁ na bhavaty eva lekhanīyaṁ tad-agrataḥ kiṁcid dhyānādi-bhedena trisandhyaṁ ca pṛthak pṛthak | proktaḥ pūjā-vidhiḥ prājñais tat-tat-kāmāśu-siddhaye
English translation
Neophyte devotees are advised to continue performing their prescribed religious and occupational duties until their faith becomes stronger. It is for this reason that descriptions of prescribed duties are given here. However, because devotees who have developed strong faith are not interested in performing fruitive activities, they are not degraded when they fail to perform them. This will be described in detail later on. So that neophyte devotees who desire the quick fulfillment of their material ambitions can eventually achieve perfection, learned authorities have propounded the performance of morning, noon, and evening worship separately from devotional service.
HBV 11.13–16
Sourceश्री-गौतमीय-तन्त्रे— आराधन-विधिꣳ वक्ष्ये प्रातः-काले विशेषतः । वरꣳ वृन्दावनꣳ ध्यायेत् पुण्य-वृक्षादि-सेवितम् पुन्नागैर् नाग-वृक्षैश् च पनसैश् चैव काञ्चनैः । बकुलैश् चैव बिल्वैश् च वन्यैः कुर्वकैर् अपि सर्व-र्तु-कुसुमोपेतैः पुष्पावनत-शाखिभिः । तन्-मध्ये पुलिनꣳ ध्यायेद् बहु-पुष्पक-चम्पकम् धूप-दिपैर् वितानेन पुष्प-माला-विभूषितम् । मुक्तादाम-पताकाभिर् वन्य-पुष्पैर् अलङ्कृतम्
śrī-gautamīya-tantre— ārādhana-vidhiṁ vakṣye prātaḥ-kāle viśeṣataḥ | varaṁ vṛndāvanaṁ dhyāyet puṇya-vṛkṣādi-sevitam punnāgair nāga-vṛkṣaiś ca panasaiś caiva kāñcanaiḥ | bakulaiś caiva bilvaiś ca vanyaiḥ kurvakair api sarva-rtu-kusumopetaiḥ puṣpāvanata-śākhibhiḥ | tan-madhye pulinaṁ dhyāyed bahu-puṣpaka-campakam dhūpa-dipair vitānena puṣpa-mālā-vibhūṣitam | muktādāma-patākābhir vanya-puṣpair alaṅkṛtam
English translation
sri gautamiyatantre (In the Qautamiya-tantra it is stated) drddhana vidhirh vaksye prdtakdle visesatah vararh vrnddvanam dhydyet puny a vrksddi sevitam punndgair ndga vrksaisca panasaiscaiva kdncanaih vakulaiscaiva vilvaisca vanyaih kura vakairapi sarwartu kusumopetaih puspdvanata - sdkhibhih tanmadhye pulinarh dhydyed vahu puspaka campakam dhupa dipair vitdnena puspa mala vidhusitam muktd ddma patdkabhir vanya puspair alankrtam First, the process of morning worship is being described. One should meditate on Vmdavana, which is full of transcendental trees, such as the punndga, jackfruit, ndga, kdhcana, bakula, bilva, wild kuruvaka. The branches of these trees bend down due to the burden of their innumerable flowers. One should meditate on the river bank, which is decorated with campaka flowers, incense, ghee lamps, a bed, flower garlands, a pearl necklace, a flag, and many other types of fragrant wildflowers, which were used by the residents of Vmdavana for their worship and thus placed within the forest.
HBV 11.17–19
Sourceतन्-मध्ये कल्प-वृक्षस्य च्छायायाꣳ पङ्कजासने । सुस्थितꣳ वेणु-गीताढ्यꣳ सर्वाभरण-भूषितम् वन-माला-परिवृतꣳ गोपिका-शत-वेष्टितम् । देवासुरैश् च सिद्धैश् च गन्धर्वैर् अप्सरो-गणैः यक्षैर् विद्याधर-गणैर् विहगैर् भुवि सꣳस्थितैः । ब्रह्मर्षिभिः स्तूयमानꣳ कृष्णꣳ चैव शुचि-स्मितम्
tan-madhye kalpa-vṛkṣasya cchāyāyāṁ paṅkajāsane | susthitaṁ veṇu-gītāḍhyaṁ sarvābharaṇa-bhūṣitam vana-mālā-parivṛtaṁ gopikā-śata-veṣṭitam | devāsuraiś ca siddhaiś ca gandharvair apsaro-gaṇaiḥ yakṣair vidyādhara-gaṇair vihagair bhuvi saṁsthitaiḥ | brahmarṣibhiḥ stūyamānaṁ kṛṣṇaṁ caiva śuci-smitam
English translation
One should meditate on Lord Krsna, who is comfortably seated in the padmasana yogic posture in the shade of a desire tree on the banks of the river. His lotus face is decorated with a smile as He plays His flute. He is adorned •- " . - : - t ; :rr meets, He wears a garland of forest flowers, He • : ; ; : . . ;-:. He is glorified by demigods, asuras, siddhas, yaksas. lidhyddharas, and birds from the sky and great
HBV 11.20–22
Sourceनाना-विधैश् च गोपालैर् मृग-पक्षि-विभूषितम् । लेलिह्यमानꣳ प्रणयात् पशूनाꣳ शत-कोटिभिः इन्दीवर-निभꣳ दिव्यꣳ सुन्दरꣳ त्व् इन्दिरालयम् । सम्पूर्ण-चन्द्र-वदनꣳ पद्म-पत्र-निभेक्षणम् पद्माभ-पाणि-पादꣳ च पद्म-राग-वरार्चितम् । शरण्यꣳ सर्व-लोकानाꣳ गोपीनाꣳ प्राण-वल्लभम्
nānā-vidhaiś ca gopālair mṛga-pakṣi-vibhūṣitam | lelihyamānaṁ praṇayāt paśūnāṁ śata-koṭibhiḥ indīvara-nibhaṁ divyaṁ sundaraṁ tv indirālayam | sampūrṇa-candra-vadanaṁ padma-patra-nibhekṣaṇam padmābha-pāṇi-pādaṁ ca padma-rāga-varārcitam | śaraṇyaṁ sarva-lokānāṁ gopīnāṁ prāṇa-vallabham
English translation
Krsna is surrounded by the cowherd boys, deer, and birds. Hundreds of millions of cows and calves lick His body, out of intense love. He is most attractive, just like a blue lotus flower. Indeed, He is the reservoir of all kinds of beauty. His face is like the shining moon, His eyes appear like lotus petals, His hands and feet resemble lotus flowers and are decorated with rubies and coral. He is the shelter of all living entities and the most dear Lord of the gopls.
HBV 11.23–24
Sourceएवꣳ ध्यात्वार्चयेन् नित्यꣳ षोडशेनोपचारतः । दुग्धꣳ च दधि-खण्डेन सहितꣳ सꣳनिवेदयेत् सौवर्ण-पात्रे गोपानाꣳ ग्रासꣳ काꣳस्ये निवेदयेत् । एवꣳ समर्चयेद् भक्त्या जपन् मन्त्रꣳ समाहितः
evaṁ dhyātvārcayen nityaṁ ṣoḍaśenopacārataḥ | dugdhaṁ ca dadhi-khaṇḍena sahitaṁ saṁnivedayet sauvarṇa-pātre gopānāṁ grāsaṁ kāṁsye nivedayet | evaṁ samarcayed bhaktyā japan mantraṁ samāhitaḥ
English translation
After meditating in this way as a regular daily function, one should worship the Lord with sixteen kinds of paraphernalia. Thereafter, one should offer the Deity milk, and yogurt mixed with sugar candy on a golden plate, and also offer food to the cowherd boys on plates made of bell metal. After completing this worship with care and attention, one should chant his mantras with concentration.
HBV 11.25–31
Sourceमध्याह्ने सम्प्रवक्ष्यामि पूजाꣳ सर्वार्थ-सिद्धिदाम् । सौवर्ण-पर्वते मूले धातुभिः समलङ्कृते पुण्य-वृक्ष-समाकीर्णे पुण्य-पक्षि-निनादिते । पद्मोत्पलादि-सङ्कीर्णे वापीभिः समलङ्कृते तस्मिन् सत्-पुलिने रम्ये छायायाꣳ पङ्कजासने । सौवर्ण-मण्डपे सम्यग्-वितानादि-विभूषिते मालादि-रचिते रम्ये मणिभिः पुष्प-शोभितैः । सुवर्ण-रत्न-सन्दोहैर् अन्तरान्तर-शोभिते सिꣳहासने समासीनꣳ विश्रान्तꣳ कꣳस-सूदनम् । मुक्तामयैः सुरुचिरैर् हारैर् दाम-विभूषितम् ध्यात्वा सम्यग् विशुद्धात्मा जाती-पुष्पैः समर्चयेत् । महारजत-पात्रे तु नैवेद्यान्नꣳ निवेदयेत् दद्याद् ग्रासꣳ सखीनाꣳ च गोपीनाꣳ विजितेन्द्रियः । देवकी-परमानन्दम् एवꣳ ध्यायेत् सुखासनम्
madhyāhne sampravakṣyāmi pūjāṁ sarvārtha-siddhidām | sauvarṇa-parvate mūle dhātubhiḥ samalaṅkṛte puṇya-vṛkṣa-samākīrṇe puṇya-pakṣi-ninādite | padmotpalādi-saṅkīrṇe vāpībhiḥ samalaṅkṛte tasmin sat-puline ramye chāyāyāṁ paṅkajāsane | sauvarṇa-maṇḍape samyag-vitānādi-vibhūṣite mālādi-racite ramye maṇibhiḥ puṣpa-śobhitaiḥ | suvarṇa-ratna-sandohair antarāntara-śobhite siṁhāsane samāsīnaṁ viśrāntaṁ kaṁsa-sūdanam | muktāmayaiḥ surucirair hārair dāma-vibhūṣitam dhyātvā samyag viśuddhātmā jātī-puṣpaiḥ samarcayet | mahārajata-pātre tu naivedyānnaṁ nivedayet dadyād grāsaṁ sakhīnāṁ ca gopīnāṁ vijitendriyaḥ | devakī-paramānandam evaṁ dhyāyet sukhāsanam
English translation
rorship at noon is being described. One should He sits on a lotus throne in a very relaxed manner. The i>e shade of a desire tree that is situated on the beautiful a d surrounded by lakes filled with lotuses and water lilies. This situated at the foot of a golden mountain that is decorated ranous minerals, chirping birds, and wish-fulfilling trees. Lord Krsna is leoarated with a pearl necklace and a flower garland. The throne is covered hgoki and bedecked with jewels and covered by a colorful canopy. After log one's mind on the Lord in this manner, a devotee should worship Him ririi offerings of jdti flowers. Then, one should offer food to the Lord and His rherd boy friends on silver plates. In this way, self-controlled devotees ukl meditate on Lord Krsna as He is comfortably seated, along with His
HBV 11.32–37
Sourceरात्रि-पूजा-विधिꣳ वक्ष्ये रुक्मिणी-वल्लभस्य च । अधस्तात् कल्प-वृक्षस्य सर्व-पुष्प-फलस्य च रत्न-मण्डप-मध्य-स्थꣳ दिव्य-पीताम्बरꣳ हरिम् । दिव्य-चन्दन-लिप्ताङ्गꣳ दिव्याभरण-भूषितम् अनेक-दिव्य-मालाभिर् मण्डितꣳ पङ्कजेक्षणम् । रत्न-मण्डप-मध्यस्थꣳ सुन्दरꣳ सुन्दर-स्मितम् शोभयन्तꣳ स्व-वपुषा सर्व-लोकान् निज-श्रिया । गोपी-जनानाꣳ हृदय-वल्लभꣳ प्रोक्त-वर्चसम् सुगन्धि-पुष्पैर् आराध्यꣳ श्री-कृष्णꣳ सर्व-नायकम् । राजते तु पयः शुद्धꣳ पक्वꣳ पात्रे निवेदयेत् एवम् अभ्यर्च्य मनसा जपेन् मन्त्रꣳ समाहितः । काल-त्रयार्चने चैव सहस्रꣳ साष्टकꣳ जपेत् । एष नित्य-क्रमः प्रोक्तः कृष्ण-मन्त्रस्य सूरिभिः
rātri-pūjā-vidhiṁ vakṣye rukmiṇī-vallabhasya ca | adhastāt kalpa-vṛkṣasya sarva-puṣpa-phalasya ca ratna-maṇḍapa-madhya-sthaṁ divya-pītāmbaraṁ harim | divya-candana-liptāṅgaṁ divyābharaṇa-bhūṣitam aneka-divya-mālābhir maṇḍitaṁ paṅkajekṣaṇam | ratna-maṇḍapa-madhyasthaṁ sundaraṁ sundara-smitam śobhayantaṁ sva-vapuṣā sarva-lokān nija-śriyā | gopī-janānāṁ hṛdaya-vallabhaṁ prokta-varcasam sugandhi-puṣpair ārādhyaṁ śrī-kṛṣṇaṁ sarva-nāyakam | rājate tu payaḥ śuddhaṁ pakvaṁ pātre nivedayet evam abhyarcya manasā japen mantraṁ samāhitaḥ | kāla-trayārcane caiva sahasraṁ sāṣṭakaṁ japet | eṣa nitya-kramaḥ proktaḥ kṛṣṇa-mantrasya sūribhiḥ
English translation
Next, the process for worshiping Krsna in the evening is being described. Lord Hari should be meditated upon as seated on a raised altar that is decorated with jewels and is in the shade of desire trees that are filled with fruit and flowers. The Lord is dressed in yellow garments and decorated with fragrant sandalwood pulp and divine ornaments. The lotus- eyed Lord is adorned with many flower garlands. By His enchanting beauty and sweet smile, He enhances the beauty of everyone else. He is the Lord of the gopis and the hero of everybody. After meditating on Krsna in this way, one should worship Him with fragrant flowers and offer Him warm milk in a silver cup. One should worship the Lord with undivided attention and chant the appropriate mantras. It is recommended that one should chant his mantra one thousand and eight times at the end of his worship. This is the process of chanting Krsna mantras, as recommended by learned authorities.
HBV 11.38
Sourceतत्रैवादौ सꣳक्षिप्त-त्रि-काल-पूजोक्त्य्-अनन्तरम्— मनसा वा समभ्यर्च्य त्रिषु सन्ध्यासु सꣳयमी । प्रत्यहꣳ तु जपेन् मन्त्रम् अष्टोत्तर-सहस्रकम् । असामर्थ्ये जपेन् मन्त्रꣳ नित्यम् अष्ट-शतꣳ तथा इति ।
tatraivādau saṁkṣipta-tri-kāla-pūjokty-anantaram— manasā vā samabhyarcya triṣu sandhyāsu saṁyamī | pratyahaṁ tu japen mantram aṣṭottara-sahasrakam | asāmarthye japen mantraṁ nityam aṣṭa-śataṁ tathā iti |
English translation
At tbe end of the worship that is performed three times every day, ifcrttmr to a Deity or simply within the mind, one should chant with full concentration his mantra one thousand and eight times, or if he is unable to do so then one hundred and eight times.
HBV 11.39
Sourceततो यथा-सम्प्रदायꣳ होमꣳ निष्पाद्य वैष्णवः । गीत-नृत्यादिकꣳ भक्त्या विधाय प्रार्थयेत् प्रभुम्
tato yathā-sampradāyaṁ homaṁ niṣpādya vaiṣṇavaḥ | gīta-nṛtyādikaṁ bhaktyā vidhāya prārthayet prabhum
English translation
Thereafter, according to the methods that have come down through discipline succession, Vaisnavas should perform fire sacrifice, sing and dance before the Deities, and offer prayers in the prescribed manner.
HBV 11.40
Sourceतथा चोक्तम्— बलीयसा पदा स्वामिन् पदवीम् अवधारय । आगच्छ शयन-स्थानꣳ प्रियाभिः सह केशव इति ।
tathā coktam— balīyasā padā svāmin padavīm avadhāraya | āgaccha śayana-sthānaṁ priyābhiḥ saha keśava iti |
English translation
My dear Lord Krsna! O Kesava! Kindly place these shoes on Your lotus feet. Please come to bed, along with Your beloved consorts.
HBV 11.41
Sourceएवꣳ प्रार्थ्य समर्प्यास्मै पादुके शयनालयम् । आनीय देवꣳ तत्रत्यान् उपचारान् प्रकल्पयेत्
evaṁ prārthya samarpyāsmai pāduke śayanālayam | ānīya devaṁ tatratyān upacārān prakalpayet
English translation
While praying like this, one should offer the Lord His shoes and bring Him to His bed. One should then meditate on the articles that are found in a bedroom.
HBV 11.42–43
Sourceविशेषतो’र्पयेत् तत्र घनꣳ दुग्धꣳ सशर्करम् । ताम्बूलꣳ च स-कर्पूरꣳ दिव्य-माल्यानुलेपनम् इत्थꣳ भक्त्या समाराध्यꣳ भगवन्तꣳ स्व-शक्तितः । तत्-प्रीत्यै सर्व-कर्माणि तत् फलꣳ वार्पयेत् कृती
viśeṣato’rpayet tatra ghanaṁ dugdhaṁ saśarkaram | tāmbūlaṁ ca sa-karpūraṁ divya-mālyānulepanam itthaṁ bhaktyā samārādhyaṁ bhagavantaṁ sva-śaktitaḥ | tat-prītyai sarva-karmāṇi tat phalaṁ vārpayet kṛtī
English translation
At this time, one should offer the Lord thick boiled-down milk with sugar, betel nuts with camphor, garlands of fragrant flowers, and sandalwood paste. In this way, one should worship the Lord according to his capacity and level of devotion. An intelligent person will certainly offer all of his actions and fruits of actions for the satisfaction of the Supreme Lord.
HBV 11.44
Sourceकायेन वाचा मनसेन्द्रियैर् वा बुद्ध्यात्मना वानुसृत-स्वभावात् । करोति यद् यत् सकलꣳ परस्मै नारायणायेति समर्पयेत् तत्
kāyena vācā manasendriyair vā buddhyātmanā vānusṛta-svabhāvāt | karoti yad yat sakalaṁ parasmai nārāyaṇāyeti samarpayet tat
English translation
ekddase skandhe (In the Srimad-Bhagavatam (11.2.36) it is stated) kdyena vdcd manasendriyair vd biiddhydtmand vdnusTta-svabhavat karoti yad yat sakalam parasmai ndrdyandyeti samarpayet tat In accordance with the particular nature one has acquired, whatever one does with his body, words, mind, senses, and intelligence should be offered to the Supreme Lord, thinking, "This is for the pleasure of Lord Narayana."
HBV 11.45–46
Sourceकिꣳ चात्र— साधु वासाधु वा कर्म यद् यद् आचरितꣳ मया । तत् सर्वꣳ भगवन् विष्णो गृहाणाराधनꣳ परम् किꣳ च— अपाꣳ समीपे शयनासने गृहे दिवा च रात्रौ च यथा च गच्छता । यद् अस्ति किꣳचित् सुकृतꣳ कृतꣳ मया जनार्दनस् तेन कृतेन तुष्यतु
kiṁ cātra— sādhu vāsādhu vā karma yad yad ācaritaṁ mayā | tat sarvaṁ bhagavan viṣṇo gṛhāṇārādhanaṁ param kiṁ ca— apāṁ samīpe śayanāsane gṛhe divā ca rātrau ca yathā ca gacchatā | yad asti kiṁcit sukṛtaṁ kṛtaṁ mayā janārdanas tena kṛtena tuṣyatu
English translation
kmcu (It is also stated) apam sanupe sayanasane grhe diva ca ratrau ca yathd ca gacchatd yadasti kincit sukrtarh krtarh mayd jandrddanastena krtena tusyatu Laid Janardana be pleased with all my good actions that were performed at home, in the water, while sleeping, while sitting, during the day or during the night, or while walking.
HBV 11.47
Sourceपूर्तेन तपसा यज्ञैर् दानैर् योग-समाधिना । राद्धꣳ निःश्रेयसꣳ पुꣳसाꣳ मत्-प्रीतिस् तत्त्वविन्-मतम् इति ।
pūrtena tapasā yajñair dānair yoga-samādhinā | rāddhaṁ niḥśreyasaṁ puṁsāṁ mat-prītis tattvavin-matam iti |
English translation
as found in the Srimad-Bhdgavatam [3.9.41]) purtena tapasd yajnair ddnair yoga-sarnddhind rdddharh nihsreyasarh purhsdm mat-pritis tattvavin-matam It is the opinion of expert transcendentalists that the ultimate goal of performing all traditional good works, penances, sacrifices, charities, mystic activities, trances, etc., is to invoke My satisfaction.
HBV 11.48
Sourceइत्थम् आराधयेन् नित्यꣳ भगवन्तꣳ यथा विधि । न्यायार्जिताप्त-वित्तेन समग्र-फल-सिद्धये
ittham ārādhayen nityaṁ bhagavantaṁ yathā vidhi | nyāyārjitāpta-vittena samagra-phala-siddhaye
English translation
In this way, withhis hard-earned wealth and engaginghis sincere relatives, a devotee should worship the Lord to achieve all types of perfection.
HBV 11.49
Sourceअयꣳ स्वस्त्य्-अयनः पन्था द्वि-जातेर् गृह-मेधिनः । यच् छ्रद्धयाप्त-वित्तेन शुक्लेनेज्येत पूरुषः
ayaṁ svasty-ayanaḥ panthā dvi-jāter gṛha-medhinaḥ | yac chraddhayāpta-vittena śuklenejyeta pūruṣaḥ
English translation
dasamaskandhe (In the Srimad-Bhdgavatam [10.84.37] it is stated]) ayarh svasty-ayanah panthd dvi-jdter grha-medhinah yac chraddhaydpta-vittena suklenejyeta purusah This is the most auspicious path for a religious householder of the twice- born orders—to selflessly worship the Personality of Godhead with wealth honestly obtained.
HBV 11.50
Sourceअगस्त्य-सꣳहितायाꣳ च— न्यायाज् जितैः साधनैश् च दान-होमार्चनादिकम् । कुर्यान् न चेद् अधो याति भक्त्या कुर्वन्न् अपि द्विज इति ।
agastya-saṁhitāyāṁ ca— nyāyāj jitaiḥ sādhanaiś ca dāna-homārcanādikam | kuryān na ced adho yāti bhaktyā kurvann api dvija iti |
English translation
O brdhmana, one should give charity, perform sacrifice, worship the Lord, and perform other such activities utilizing the wealth he had earned by proper means. However, if one does not utilize his wealth in this way, even if he worships the Supreme Lord with money that was earned illegally—he will become degraded.
HBV 11.51
Sourceयत्नात् सिद्धैर् निजैः शुद्धैर् द्रव्यैर् धन्यो’र्चयेत् प्रभुम् । पूजा-द्रव्याण्य् अशक्तश् चेद् दह्याद् ईक्षेत वार्चनम्
yatnāt siddhair nijaiḥ śuddhair dravyair dhanyo’rcayet prabhum | pūjā-dravyāṇy aśaktaś ced dahyād īkṣeta vārcanam
English translation
Those who wish to make their lives successful should worship the Lord with offerings made purely at home. If one is unable to do this then he should offer whatever is available in the market. If one is also unable to do this, he should observe someone else worshiping the Lord.
HBV 11.52–53
Sourceअगस्त्य-सꣳहितायाꣳ— आराधनासमर्थ्यश् चेद् दद्याद् अर्चन-साधनम् । यो दातुꣳ नैव शक्नोति कुर्याद् अर्चन-दर्शनम् निस्ताराय तद् एवालꣳ भवाब्धेर् मुनि-सत्तम । नैकꣳ च यस्य विद्येत सो’धो यात्य् एव नान्यथा
agastya-saṁhitāyāṁ— ārādhanāsamarthyaś ced dadyād arcana-sādhanam | yo dātuṁ naiva śaknoti kuryād arcana-darśanam nistārāya tad evālaṁ bhavābdher muni-sattama | naikaṁ ca yasya vidyeta so’dho yāty eva nānyathā
English translation
tmramt: who is unable to personally perform it) tarn (In the Agastya Sathhita it is stated) drddhana asamarthas cedydydd arccana sddhanam yo datum naiva saknoti kuryydd arccana-darsanam nistdrdya tadevdlarh bhavdvdher munisattama naikahca yasya vidheta so'dho ydtyeva ndnyathd If one is unable to worship the Lord then he should donate something required for worship. If he is somehow unable to do this then he should carefully observe the Lord being worshiped. O great sage, watching the Lord's worship is the means to cross over the ocean of material existence. There is no doubt that one who is unwilling to even do this will become degraded.
HBV 11.54–55
Sourceकिꣳ च तत्रैव— यस् तु भक्त्या प्रयत्नेन स्वयꣳ सम्पाद्य चाखिलम् । साधनꣳ चार्चयेद् विद्वान् समग्रꣳ लभते फलम् यो’र्चयेद् विधिवद् भक्त्या परानीतैश् च साधनैः । पूजा-फलार्धम् एव स्यान् न समग्रꣳ फलꣳ लभेत्
kiṁ ca tatraiva— yas tu bhaktyā prayatnena svayaṁ sampādya cākhilam | sādhanaṁ cārcayed vidvān samagraṁ labhate phalam yo’rcayed vidhivad bhaktyā parānītaiś ca sādhanaiḥ | pūjā-phalārdham eva syān na samagraṁ phalaṁ labhet
English translation
A devotee who personally collects the things that will be offered to the Lord during his worship surely obtains the complete benefit of such service. One who devotedly worships the Lord with offerings that were collected by someone else will receive only half the benefit.
14 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.56
Sourceकिꣳ च, पाद्मे श्री-कृष्ण-सत्यभामा-सꣳवादीय-कार्त्तिक-माहात्म्ये (६.११२.२१)— धर्मोद्देशेन यो द्रव्यम् अपरꣳ याचते नरः । तत्-पुण्य-कर्मजꣳ तस्य धनदस् त्व् आप्नुयात् फलम्
kiṁ ca, pādme śrī-kṛṣṇa-satyabhāmā-saṁvādīya-kārttika-māhātmye (6.112.21)— dharmoddeśena yo dravyam aparaṁ yācate naraḥ | tat-puṇya-karmajaṁ tasya dhanadas tv āpnuyāt phalam
English translation
If a devotee, due to poverty, begs from another person the things that he will offer during his worship of the Lord then all the benefit derived from his worship will go to that person.
HBV 11.57
Sourceपाद्मे श्री-पुलस्त्य-भगीरथ-सꣳवादे— पूजितꣳ पूज्यमानꣳ च ये पश्यन्ति जनार्दनम् । कपिला-शत-दानस्य नित्यꣳ भवति तत् फलम्
pādme śrī-pulastya-bhagīratha-saṁvāde— pūjitaṁ pūjyamānaṁ ca ye paśyanti janārdanam | kapilā-śata-dānasya nityaṁ bhavati tat phalam
English translation
that is found in the Padma Purana, it is stated) piijitarh pujyamdnanca ye pasyanti jandrddanam kapild sata ddnasya nityarh bhavati tat phalam Those who make it a habit to observe Lord Janardana being worshiped obtain the benefit of donating one hundred brown cows.
HBV 11.58–60
Sourceआग्नेये— पूजितꣳ पूज्यमानꣳ वा यो पश्येद् भक्तितो हरिम् । श्रद्धया मोदयेद् यस् तु सो’पि याग-फलꣳ लभेत् सम्पूज्यमानꣳ विधिना यः पश्येत् श्रद्धया हरिम् । सो’पि याग-फलꣳ कृत्स्नꣳ प्राप्नुयात् नात्र सꣳशयः दृष्ट्वा सम्पूजितꣳ देवꣳ नृत्यमानो’नुमोदयेत् । असꣳशय-मतिः शुद्धः परꣳ ब्रह्माधिगच्छति
āgneye— pūjitaṁ pūjyamānaṁ vā yo paśyed bhaktito harim | śraddhayā modayed yas tu so’pi yāga-phalaṁ labhet sampūjyamānaṁ vidhinā yaḥ paśyet śraddhayā harim | so’pi yāga-phalaṁ kṛtsnaṁ prāpnuyāt nātra saṁśayaḥ dṛṣṭvā sampūjitaṁ devaṁ nṛtyamāno’numodayet | asaṁśaya-matiḥ śuddhaḥ paraṁ brahmādhigacchati
English translation
inesses the worship of the Lord with devotion •A such worship receives the merit of performing B u A r - These is no doubt that a devotee who faithfully sees the Lord being worshiped will receive such benefit each and every e does so. The pure-hearted soul who joyfully dances and encourages o dance after seeing the Lord's pujd attains the abode of the Supreme
HBV 11.61
Sourceविष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे— तावद् भ्रमन्ति सꣳसारे मनुष्या मन्द-बुद्धयः । यावद् रूपꣳ न पश्यन्ति केशवस्य महात्मनः
viṣṇu-dharmottare— tāvad bhramanti saṁsāre manuṣyā manda-buddhayaḥ | yāvad rūpaṁ na paśyanti keśavasya mahātmanaḥ
English translation
Having darsana of the Deity of the Supreme Lord is eternal) \ isnudharmmottare (In the Visnu-dHarmottara it is stated) tdvad bhramanti sarhsdre manusyd manda buddhayah ydvad ruparh na pasyanti kesavasya mahdtmanah Sinful people continue to travel on the wheel of birth and death until chev see the enchanting form of Lord Kesava.
HBV 11.62
Sourceपाद्मे च तत्रैव— पूज्यमानꣳ हृषीकेशꣳ ये न पश्यन्ति वैष्णवाः । तेषाꣳ दत्तꣳ हुतꣳ जप्तꣳ दैतेयायोपतिष्ठति
pādme ca tatraiva— pūjyamānaṁ hṛṣīkeśaṁ ye na paśyanti vaiṣṇavāḥ | teṣāṁ dattaṁ hutaṁ japtaṁ daiteyāyopatiṣṭhati
English translation
If a Vaisnava does not observe the worship of the Deity then all of his charity, performance of fire sacrifices, and chanting of mantras, even though dedicated to the Lord, go to the demons.
HBV 11.63
Sourceकिꣳ च, तत्रैव नारायण-नारद-सꣳवादे पूजा-विधि-कथने— यत्र कुत्रापि प्रतिमाꣳ वेद-धर्म-समन्विताम् । न पश्यन्ति जना गत्वा ते दण्ड्या यम-किङ्करैः
kiṁ ca, tatraiva nārāyaṇa-nārada-saṁvāde pūjā-vidhi-kathane— yatra kutrāpi pratimāṁ veda-dharma-samanvitām | na paśyanti janā gatvā te daṇḍyā yama-kiṅkaraiḥ
English translation
Narada Muni that is recorded in the same Purdna, it is stated) yatra kutrdpi pratimdrh veda dharmma samanvitdm na pasyanti jand gawd te dandyd yamakinkaraih Those who never have darsana of the Deity that was installed according to the prescribed rules and regulations will be punished by the servants of Yamaraja.
HBV 11.64
Sourceस्कान्दे— विष्णुम् उद्दिश्य यत् किञ्चिद् विष्णु-भक्ताय दीयते । दानꣳ तद् विमलꣳ प्रोक्तꣳ केवलꣳ मोक्ष-साधनम्
skānde— viṣṇum uddiśya yat kiñcid viṣṇu-bhaktāya dīyate | dānaṁ tad vimalaṁ proktaṁ kevalaṁ mokṣa-sādhanam
English translation
skande (In the Skanda Purdna it is stated) visnum uddisya yatkihcid visriu bhaktdya diyate ddnarh U^vimalarh proktarh kevaiarh moksa sddhanam Anything given to the devotees of Visnu with the aim of satisfying the Lord assures one of liberation in the near future.
HBV 11.65
Sourceकौर्मे— यत् किञ्चिद् देयम् ईशानम् उद्दिश्य ब्राह्मणाय च । प्रभवे विष्णवे चाथ तद् अनन्त-फलꣳ स्मृतम्
kaurme— yat kiñcid deyam īśānam uddiśya brāhmaṇāya ca | prabhave viṣṇave cātha tad ananta-phalaṁ smṛtam
English translation
Whatever one gives to a brdhmana for the pleasure of Lord Visnu is certainly accepted by the Lord and awards one unlimited benefit.
HBV 11.66–68
Sourceविष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे — अनुग्रहेण महता प्रेतस्य पतितस्य च । नारायण-बलिः कार्यस् तेनास्यानुग्रहो भवेत् अनादि-निधनो देवः शङ्ख-चक्र-गदाधरः । अक्षयः पुण्डरीकाक्षस् तत्र दत्तꣳ न नश्यति यथा कथञ्चिद् यद् दत्तꣳ देवदेवे जनार्दने । अविनाशि तु तद् विद्धि पात्रम् एको जनार्दनः
viṣṇu-dharmottare — anugraheṇa mahatā pretasya patitasya ca | nārāyaṇa-baliḥ kāryas tenāsyānugraho bhavet anādi-nidhano devaḥ śaṅkha-cakra-gadādharaḥ | akṣayaḥ puṇḍarīkākṣas tatra dattaṁ na naśyati yathā kathañcid yad dattaṁ devadeve janārdane | avināśi tu tad viddhi pātram eko janārdanaḥ
English translation
rhose who attempt to satisfy Lord Narayana, thinking that He may become pleased with a particular person in difficulty, are not misguided. The Lord actually becomes pleased by such an endeavor. Anything offered to the locus-eyed Supreme Lord, who carries a conch, club, disc, and lotus in His hands, who has no beginning or end, and who is inexhaustible, never goes in am. Nothing is actually lost if it is somehow or other offered to Janardana, the Lord of the demigods. One should know for certain that Lord Janardana is the suitable candidate for receiving charity.
HBV 11.69–71
Sourceतत्रैव तृतीय-काण्डे — सामान्य-भक्त्या यद् दत्तꣳ तद् धि पद्भ्याꣳ प्रतीच्छति । एकान्त-भावोपगमैर् मूर्ध्ना दिव्ज-वरोत्तमाः अनन्तो भगवान् विष्णुस् तस्य काम-विवर्जितैः । यद् एव दीयते किञ्चित् तद् एवाक्षयम् उच्यते पद्भ्याꣳ प्रतीच्छते देवः सकामेन निवेदितम् । मूर्ध्ना प्रतीच्छते दत्तम् अकामेन द्विजोत्तमाः
tatraiva tṛtīya-kāṇḍe — sāmānya-bhaktyā yad dattaṁ tad dhi padbhyāṁ pratīcchati | ekānta-bhāvopagamair mūrdhnā divja-varottamāḥ ananto bhagavān viṣṇus tasya kāma-vivarjitaiḥ | yad eva dīyate kiñcit tad evākṣayam ucyate padbhyāṁ pratīcchate devaḥ sakāmena niveditam | mūrdhnā pratīcchate dattam akāmena dvijottamāḥ
English translation
O foremost brdhmanas, the Supreme Lord certainly accepts whatever people offer Him with devotion, even if it is mixed with material desire. Still, if one offers the Lord something with unalloyed devotion, He presses it to His chest with great care. Even an insignificant thing offered to the Lord without any personal desire awards one unlimited benefit. Offerings made to Lord Visnu with a desire to obtain something in return are accepted by Him at His lotus feet whereas the offerings made to Him by devotees without any material desire are accepted by Him on His head.
HBV 11.72–74
Sourceतथैवोक्तꣳ मोक्ष-धर्मे श्री-नारदेन— ब्रह्मा यद् ऋषयश् चैव स्वयꣳ पशुपतिश् च यत् । अन्ये च विबुध-श्रेष्ठा दैत्य-दानव-राक्षसाः नागाः सुवर्णाः गन्धर्वाः सिद्धा राजर्षयस् तथा । हव्यꣳ क्रव्यꣳ च सततꣳ विधि-युक्तꣳ प्रभुञ्जते । कृत्स्नꣳ तु तस्य देवस्य चरणाव् उपतिष्ठति याः क्रियाः सꣳप्रयुक्तास् तु एकान्त-गत-बुद्धिभिः । ताः सर्वाः शिरसा देवः प्रतिगृह्णाति वै स्वयम्
tathaivoktaṁ mokṣa-dharme śrī-nāradena— brahmā yad ṛṣayaś caiva svayaṁ paśupatiś ca yat | anye ca vibudha-śreṣṭhā daitya-dānava-rākṣasāḥ nāgāḥ suvarṇāḥ gandharvāḥ siddhā rājarṣayas tathā | havyaṁ kravyaṁ ca satataṁ vidhi-yuktaṁ prabhuñjate | kṛtsnaṁ tu tasya devasya caraṇāv upatiṣṭhati yāḥ kriyāḥ saṁprayuktās tu ekānta-gata-buddhibhiḥ | tāḥ sarvāḥ śirasā devaḥ pratigṛhṇāti vai svayam
English translation
Whatever Brahma, Siva and the great sages eat, as well as all the sacrificial offerings that are accepted by the demigods, Daityas, Danavas,
Supamas. Gandharvas, Siddhas, and great saintly kings erne Lord. However, the Lord personally puts rats ottered to Him by His unalloyed devotees with
HBV 11.75
Sourceब्रह्म-वैवर्ते— एकाम् अपि नरो धेनुꣳ स-वत्साꣳ विधि-पूर्वकम् । दत्त्वोद्देशेन कृष्णस्य प्राप्नोत्य् एवाभिवाञ्छितम्
brahma-vaivarte— ekām api naro dhenuṁ sa-vatsāṁ vidhi-pūrvakam | dattvoddeśena kṛṣṇasya prāpnoty evābhivāñchitam
English translation
to the Supreme Lord) fin the Brahma. Purana it is stated) ekam api naro dhenurh savatsdrh vidhipurvvakam dauvoddesena krsnasya prdpnoti evdbhi vdhchitam If a person donates even a single cow along with her calf for the service then all ot his desires will be fulfilled.
HBV 11.76–77
Sourceनारसिꣳहे— यो गाꣳ पयस्विनीꣳ विष्णोः कृष्ण-वर्णाꣳ प्रयच्छति । अश्वमेधस्य यज्ञस्य फलꣳ प्राप्य हरिꣳ व्रजेत् सर्व-पापैर् विरहितः सर्व-भूषण-भूषितः । गवाꣳ सहस्र-दानस्य प्राप्यꣳ दिव्यꣳ व्रजेत्
nārasiṁhe— yo gāṁ payasvinīṁ viṣṇoḥ kṛṣṇa-varṇāṁ prayacchati | aśvamedhasya yajñasya phalaṁ prāpya hariṁ vrajet sarva-pāpair virahitaḥ sarva-bhūṣaṇa-bhūṣitaḥ | gavāṁ sahasra-dānasya prāpyaṁ divyaṁ vrajet
English translation
One who donates a black cow for the service of Lord Krsna obtains the merit of performing a horse sacrifice and becomes qualified to go back to Godhead. What more can be said? Such a person becomes liberated from all sinful reactions, adorned with all types of ornaments, obtains the benefit ot giving cows in charity, and at the end of his life, he is promoted to the spiritual world.
7 0 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.78–81
Sourceविष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे (३.३४१.७६-)— गवाꣳ लोकम् अवाप्नोति धेनुꣳ दत्त्वा पयस्विनीम् । दधि-क्षीर-घृतार्थाय वासुदेवस्य चालये । दत्त्वा गाꣳ मधुपर्काय महत् फलम् अवाप्नुयात् जलाशयꣳ तथा कृत्वा सर्व-पापैः प्रमुच्यते स-पुष्पैः सफलैर् वृक्षैर् युतꣳ कृत्वा जलाशयम् । उद्यानैः पद्मिनी-षण्डैर् आश्रमैश् च मनोहरैः । श्वेदद्वीपम् अवाप्नोति पुनर् नावर्तते ततः देवाग्रे कारयेद् यस् तु रम्याम् आपण-वीथिकाम् । राजा भवति लोकेषु विजितारिर् महाशयाः
viṣṇu-dharmottare (3.341.76-)— gavāṁ lokam avāpnoti dhenuṁ dattvā payasvinīm | dadhi-kṣīra-ghṛtārthāya vāsudevasya cālaye | dattvā gāṁ madhuparkāya mahat phalam avāpnuyāt jalāśayaṁ tathā kṛtvā sarva-pāpaiḥ pramucyate sa-puṣpaiḥ saphalair vṛkṣair yutaṁ kṛtvā jalāśayam | udyānaiḥ padminī-ṣaṇḍair āśramaiś ca manoharaiḥ | śvedadvīpam avāpnoti punar nāvartate tataḥ devāgre kārayed yas tu ramyām āpaṇa-vīthikām | rājā bhavati lokeṣu vijitārir mahāśayāḥ
English translation
By donating a cow that gives ample milk to a temple of the Supreme Lord so that her milk, yogurt, and ghee can be engaged in the service of the Lord, one becomes eligible to reside in Goloka. One who donates a cow so that her milk can be used for making madhuparka that will be offered to the Lord obtains unlimited benefit. One who digs a pond and dedicates it to the service of the Supreme Lord becomes freed from all sinful reactions. One who constructs a pond to beautify an dsrama of ascetics and decorates it with trees that produce fruit and flowers becomes qualified to reside in Svetadvipa. He will no longer have to suffer the miseries of repeated birth and death. One who constructs roads or a village near the Lord's temple will conquer his enemies, achieve great fame, and continue to rule his kingdom.
HBV 11.82–84
Sourceनगरꣳ च तथा कृत्वा साम्राज्यम् अधिगच्छति । शिविकाꣳ ये प्रयच्छन्ति ते प्रयान्त्य् अमरावतीम् अश्वदाः स्वर्ग-लोकस्था राजन्ते दिवि सूर्यवत् । कवीन्द्र-दानाच् छक्रस्य चिराल् लोकाच्युतो नरः राजा भवति धर्मात्मा पृथिव्याꣳ पृथिवी-पतिः
nagaraṁ ca tathā kṛtvā sāmrājyam adhigacchati | śivikāṁ ye prayacchanti te prayānty amarāvatīm aśvadāḥ svarga-lokasthā rājante divi sūryavat | kavīndra-dānāc chakrasya cirāl lokācyuto naraḥ rājā bhavati dharmātmā pṛthivyāṁ pṛthivī-patiḥ
English translation
)ne who establishes a city for the service of Lord Visnu will become an emperor. One who donates a palanquin for the service of Lord Narayana 1 become the king of heaven. One who donates a horse for the service of Lord Visnu will reside in heaven, like a brightly shining sun. If a pious person donates an elephant for the service of the Lord then he will become the emperor of the earth after residing in the abode of Indra.
HBV 11.85–87
Sourceविष्णोर् आयतने दत्त्वा तत्-कथा-पुस्तकꣳ नरः । ब्रह्म-लोकम् अवाप्नोति बहु-काल-स्थिरꣳ द्विजाः पुस्तकाꣳश् च तथैवान्यान् यः प्रदद्यान् नरस् त्व् इह । सारस्वतम् अवाप्नोति लोकꣳ कालꣳ तथा बहुम् स्वभृतꣳ वाचकꣳ कृत्वा देवागारे नरः सदा । विद्या-दान-फलꣳ प्राप्य ब्रह्म-लोके महीयते
viṣṇor āyatane dattvā tat-kathā-pustakaṁ naraḥ | brahma-lokam avāpnoti bahu-kāla-sthiraṁ dvijāḥ pustakāṁś ca tathaivānyān yaḥ pradadyān naras tv iha | sārasvatam avāpnoti lokaṁ kālaṁ tathā bahum svabhṛtaṁ vācakaṁ kṛtvā devāgāre naraḥ sadā | vidyā-dāna-phalaṁ prāpya brahma-loke mahīyate
English translation
O exalted brdhmanas, one can attain Brahmaloka by donating transcendental literature, such as the Srimad-Bhagavatam, which is full of the topics of the Supreme Lord. One who donates literature to the temple
of Supreme Lord will reside in the abode of Sarasvati. One who hires professional orators to recite the Vedic literature in a temple of the Supreme Lord obtains the benefit of distributing knowledge and will reside in the abode of Brahma.
HBV 11.88–91
Sourceविष्णोः शङ्ख-प्रदानेन वारुणꣳ लोकम् अश्नुते । मानुष्यम् आसाद्य तथा ख्यात-शब्दश् च जायते घण्टा-प्रदानेन तथा महद्-यश उपाश्नुते । कूटागारꣳ तथा दत्त्वा नगराधिपतिर् भवेत् दत्त्वा तु देव-कर्मार्थꣳ नवाꣳ वेदीꣳ दृढाꣳ शुभाम् । पार्थिवत्वम् अवाप्नोति वेदी हि पृथिवी यतः तोरणꣳ कारयेद् यस् तु देवदेवालये नरः । लोकेषु तस्य द्वाराणि भवन्ति विवृतानि वै
viṣṇoḥ śaṅkha-pradānena vāruṇaṁ lokam aśnute | mānuṣyam āsādya tathā khyāta-śabdaś ca jāyate ghaṇṭā-pradānena tathā mahad-yaśa upāśnute | kūṭāgāraṁ tathā dattvā nagarādhipatir bhavet dattvā tu deva-karmārthaṁ navāṁ vedīṁ dṛḍhāṁ śubhām | pārthivatvam avāpnoti vedī hi pṛthivī yataḥ toraṇaṁ kārayed yas tu devadevālaye naraḥ | lokeṣu tasya dvārāṇi bhavanti vivṛtāni vai
English translation
By donating a conch shell for the worship of Lord Visnu one attains the abode of Varuna and then later on is born in human society, destined to become very famous. By donating a bell, one also obtains great fame. By erecting a raised platform or stage, one becomes a king. The gate for entering any planet remains wide open for a person who builds a gateway or arch in front of a temple of Lord Visnu.
HBV 11.92–93
Sourceदेव-वेश्मोपयोग्यानि शिल्प-भाण्डानि यो नरः । दद्याद् वा वाद्य-भाण्डानि गणेशत्वम् अवाप्नुयात् यः कुम्भꣳ देव-कर्मार्थꣳ नरो दद्यान् नवꣳ शुभम् । वारुणꣳ लोकम् आप्नोति सर्व-पापैः प्रमुच्यते
deva-veśmopayogyāni śilpa-bhāṇḍāni yo naraḥ | dadyād vā vādya-bhāṇḍāni gaṇeśatvam avāpnuyāt yaḥ kumbhaṁ deva-karmārthaṁ naro dadyān navaṁ śubham | vāruṇaṁ lokam āpnoti sarva-pāpaiḥ pramucyate
English translation
Anyone who donates musical instruments or artistically made containers > be used in a temple of the Supreme Lord will attain a status equal to Ganesa. Anyone who donates a new pitcher to be used in the service of the Supreme Lord will be freed from all sinful reactions and attain the abode of \ aruna.
HBV 11.94–96
Sourceचतुरः कलसान् दद्याद् यस् तु देव-गृहे नरः । चतुः-समुद्र-वलयाꣳ स हि भुङ्क्ते वसुन्धराम् दत्त्वैकम् अपि विप्रेन्द्राः कलसꣳ सुसमाहितः । राजा भवति धर्मात्मा भूतले नात्र सꣳशयः वारिधानीꣳ तथा दत्त्वा वारुणꣳ लोकम् अश्नुते । कमण्डलु-प्रदानेन यज्ञस्य फलम् आप्नुयात्
caturaḥ kalasān dadyād yas tu deva-gṛhe naraḥ | catuḥ-samudra-valayāṁ sa hi bhuṅkte vasundharām dattvaikam api viprendrāḥ kalasaṁ susamāhitaḥ | rājā bhavati dharmātmā bhūtale nātra saṁśayaḥ vāridhānīṁ tathā dattvā vāruṇaṁ lokam aśnute | kamaṇḍalu-pradānena yajñasya phalam āpnuyāt
English translation
Anyone who donates four pitchers to a temple of the Supreme Lord will enjoy ruling the earth, which is surrounded by four oceans. O exalted brahmanas, simply by donating a single pitcher with devotion for the service of Lord Hari, one becomes qualified to rule the earth as a pious king. There is no doubt o{ this. One who donates small pitchers or glasses for the service of the Lord will attain the abode of Varuna. By donating a water pot for the service of the Supreme Lord, one will obtain the merit of performing a fire sacrifice.
HBV 11.97–98
Sourceमात्राꣳ तु परिचर्यार्थꣳ निवेद्य हरये तथा । सर्व-काम-समृद्धस्य यज्ञस्य फलम् अश्नुते ताल-वृन्त-प्रदानेन निर्वृतिꣳ प्राप्नुयात् पराम् । माल्याधारꣳ तथा दत्त्वा धूपाधारꣳ तथैव च । गन्धाधारꣳ तथा पात्रꣳ कामानाꣳ पात्रताꣳ व्रजेत्
mātrāṁ tu paricaryārthaṁ nivedya haraye tathā | sarva-kāma-samṛddhasya yajñasya phalam aśnute tāla-vṛnta-pradānena nirvṛtiṁ prāpnuyāt parām | mālyādhāraṁ tathā dattvā dhūpādhāraṁ tathaiva ca | gandhādhāraṁ tathā pātraṁ kāmānāṁ pātratāṁ vrajet
English translation
24 SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA sarvva kama samrddhasya yajnasya phalanx asnute tdlavrnta praddnena nirvrtirh prdpnuydt pardm rndlyddhararh tathd dattvd dhupddhdran tathaiva ca garidhddhdrarh tathd pdtram kdmandrh pdtratdrh vrajet By donating paraphernalia for the worship of the Lord, even simple pots for assisting such worship, one is awarded the merit of performing a sacrifice that fulfills all of one's desires. One who donates a fan made from a palm leaf will achieve great happiness and satisfaction. By donating a container for keeping flowers, incense, sandalwood paste, or some other thing used for the worship of the Lord, one receives all kinds of opulence.
HBV 11.99–101
Sourceसौम्द्रजानि पात्राणि दत्त्वा वै तैजसानि वा । पात्रꣳ भवति कामानाꣳ विद्यानाꣳ च धनस्य च शयनासन-दानेन स्थितिꣳ विन्दति शाश्वतीम् । उत्तर-च्छद-दानेन सर्वान् कामान् अवाप्नुयात् नरः सुवर्ण-दानेन सर्वान् कामान् अवाप्नुयात् । रूप्यदो रूपम् आप्नोति विशेषाद् भुवि दुर्लभम्
saumdrajāni pātrāṇi dattvā vai taijasāni vā | pātraṁ bhavati kāmānāṁ vidyānāṁ ca dhanasya ca śayanāsana-dānena sthitiṁ vindati śāśvatīm | uttara-cchada-dānena sarvān kāmān avāpnuyāt naraḥ suvarṇa-dānena sarvān kāmān avāpnuyāt | rūpyado rūpam āpnoti viśeṣād bhuvi durlabham
English translation
By donating metal pots for the service of the Lord, one becomes qualified to posses wealth, knowledge, and opulence. By donating a bed and sitting mats, one becomes perpetually fixed in his position. All of the desires of one who donates a chddara to the Lord become fulfilled. One's ambition will certainly be granted if he donates gold to the Lord. One becomes handsome by donating silver.
HBV 11.102–109
Sourceरत्न-दानेन लोकेषु प्रामाण्यम् उपगच्छति । अनड्वाह-प्रदानेन दश-धेनु-फलꣳ लभेत् आज्ञा-विमहिषोष्ट्राणाꣳ दानम् अश्वतरस्य च । सहस्र-गुणितꣳ दानात् पूर्व-प्रोक्तात् प्रकीर्तितम् वारुणꣳ लोकम् आप्नोति दत्त्वा वस्तुꣳ द्विजोत्तमाः । अविप्रदानाच् च तथा तम् एनꣳ लोकम् अश्नुते उष्ट्रꣳ वा गर्दभꣳ वापि खरꣳ वा यः प्रयच्छति । अलकाꣳ स समासाद्य यक्षेन्द्रैः सह मोदते आरण्य-मृग-जातीनाꣳ तथा दानाच् च पक्षिणाम् । अग्निष्टोमम् अवाप्नोति सुभगश् च तथा भवेत् दासꣳ दत्त्वा सुखे लोके नेष्ट-भ्रष्टो विजायते । दासीꣳ दत्त्वा तथा विप्रा नात्र कार्या विचारणा गणिकाꣳ ये प्रयच्छन्ति नृत्य-गीत-विशारदाम् । सर्व-दुःख-विनिर्मुक्तास् ते प्रयान्त्य् अमरावतीम् नृत्यꣳ दत्त्वा तथ्âप्नोति रुद्र-लोकम् असꣳशयम्
ratna-dānena lokeṣu prāmāṇyam upagacchati | anaḍvāha-pradānena daśa-dhenu-phalaṁ labhet ājñā-vimahiṣoṣṭrāṇāṁ dānam aśvatarasya ca | sahasra-guṇitaṁ dānāt pūrva-proktāt prakīrtitam vāruṇaṁ lokam āpnoti dattvā vastuṁ dvijottamāḥ | avipradānāc ca tathā tam enaṁ lokam aśnute uṣṭraṁ vā gardabhaṁ vāpi kharaṁ vā yaḥ prayacchati | alakāṁ sa samāsādya yakṣendraiḥ saha modate āraṇya-mṛga-jātīnāṁ tathā dānāc ca pakṣiṇām | agniṣṭomam avāpnoti subhagaś ca tathā bhavet dāsaṁ dattvā sukhe loke neṣṭa-bhraṣṭo vijāyate | dāsīṁ dattvā tathā viprā nātra kāryā vicāraṇā gaṇikāṁ ye prayacchanti nṛtya-gīta-viśāradām | sarva-duḥkha-vinirmuktās te prayānty amarāvatīm nṛtyaṁ dattvā tathâpnoti rudra-lokam asaṁśayam
English translation
By donating diamonds or other jewels to the Lord, one will be worshiped by all kinds of men. By donating a bull, one obtains the merit of donating ten cows. By donating a goat, buffalo, camel, or horse, one achieves one thousand times more benefit than the above-mentioned donations. O exalted brdhmana, by donating goats and sheep, one can attain the abode of Varuna. One who donates a camel, donkey, or an ass will be promoted to the abode of Alakapuri, where he will enjoy life in the company of the foremost Yaksas.
HBV 11.110–111
Sourceप्रेक्षणीय-प्रदानेन शक्र-लोके महीयते । गीतꣳ दत्त्वा तथाप्नोति ब्रह्म-लोकम् असꣳशयम् दुन्दुभिꣳ ये प्रयच्छन्ति कीर्तिमन्तो भवन्ति ते
prekṣaṇīya-pradānena śakra-loke mahīyate | gītaṁ dattvā tathāpnoti brahma-lokam asaṁśayam dundubhiṁ ye prayacchanti kīrtimanto bhavanti te
English translation
Those who arrange a magic show in the temple for the satisfaction of the Lord and His devotees will go to reside in the abode of Indra. Those who hire professional singers to glorify the Supreme Lord in His temple will go to reside in the abode of Brahma. There is no doubt about this. Those who donate drums to be used in the temple of the Lord will live a glorious life in this world.
HBV 11.112–113
Sourceदत्त्वा धान्यानि बीजानि शस्यानि विविधानि च । रूपकानि च तान्य् एव प्राप्नुयात् सुर-पूज्यताम् दत्त्वा शाकानि रम्यानि विशोकस् त्व् अभिजायते । दत्त्वा च व्यञ्जनार्थाय तथोपकरणानि च
dattvā dhānyāni bījāni śasyāni vividhāni ca | rūpakāni ca tāny eva prāpnuyāt sura-pūjyatām dattvā śākāni ramyāni viśokas tv abhijāyate | dattvā ca vyañjanārthāya tathopakaraṇāni ca
English translation
By donating rice paddy, wheat, barley, other grains, and sprouted seeds, one obtains the merit of worshiping the Lord. Those who donate vegetables, spinach, and other types of food for the service of the Supreme Lord will not remain merged in the pool of lamentation.
HBV 11.114
Sourceपुष्प-वृक्षꣳ तथा दत्त्वा देशस्याधिपतिर् भवेत् । फल-वृक्षꣳ तथा नगराधिपतिर् भवेत्
puṣpa-vṛkṣaṁ tathā dattvā deśasyādhipatir bhavet | phala-vṛkṣaṁ tathā nagarādhipatir bhavet
English translation
one who donates flowering plants to the temple of the Lord b c r c « a king. One who donates fruit trees will become the ruler of his
HBV 11.115–116
Sourceतथा— सुगन्ध-साधनानीह पट-वासानि यो नरः । ददाति देवदेवस्य सो’श्वमेध-फलꣳ लभेत् कङ्कतस्य प्रदानेन विरोमस् त्व् अभिजायते । कूर्च-प्रसाधनꣳ कृत्वा परꣳ मङ्गलम् अश्नुते
tathā— sugandha-sādhanānīha paṭa-vāsāni yo naraḥ | dadāti devadevasya so’śvamedha-phalaṁ labhet kaṅkatasya pradānena viromas tv abhijāyate | kūrca-prasādhanaṁ kṛtvā paraṁ maṅgalam aśnute
English translation
Those who donate perfume and silk cloth to Janardana, the Lord of the demigods, obtains the benefit of performing a horse sacrifice. By donating a comb for the service of the Lord, one's bodily hair vanishes and his beard : - appears so that he looks clean and healthy.
HBV 11.117–119
Sourceविस्मापनीयꣳ यत् किञ्चिद् दत्त्वात्यन्तꣳ सुखꣳ लभेत् वस्त्रालङ्करणादीनाꣳ कृष्णार्पण-फलꣳ च यत् । उपचार-प्रयोगे प्राक् तत्र तत्र व्यलेखि तत् उपचाराश् च विविधाः श्रीमद्-भगवद्-अर्चने । शक्यशक्त्यादि-भेदेन तान्त्रिकैर् वैष्णविर् मताः
vismāpanīyaṁ yat kiñcid dattvātyantaṁ sukhaṁ labhet vastrālaṅkaraṇādīnāṁ kṛṣṇārpaṇa-phalaṁ ca yat | upacāra-prayoge prāk tatra tatra vyalekhi tat upacārāś ca vividhāḥ śrīmad-bhagavad-arcane | śakyaśaktyādi-bhedena tāntrikair vaiṣṇavir matāḥ
English translation
If one offers a valuable and excellent thing to the Lord, even a small quantity, he will receive a great deal of happiness as a result. We had earlier described the benefit one obtains by donating clothes and ornaments to Lord Krsna. There are varieties of things used for the worship of the Supreme Lord. Vaisnavas who know very well the teachings of the tantras have prescribed an increase or decrease in the number of articles required for worship of the Lord, according to the capacity of the worshiper.
HBV 11.120–121
Sourceआगमे— आसन-स्वागते सार्घ्ये पाद्यम् आचमनीयकम् । मधुपर्काचम-स्नान-वसनाभरणानि च सुगन्ध-सुमनो-धूप-दीप-नैवेद्य-वन्दनम् । प्रयोजयेद् अरचनाज्ञाम् उपचाराꣳस् तु षोडश
āgame— āsana-svāgate sārghye pādyam ācamanīyakam | madhuparkācama-snāna-vasanābharaṇāni ca sugandha-sumano-dhūpa-dīpa-naivedya-vandanam | prayojayed aracanājñām upacārāṁs tu ṣoḍaśa
English translation
dgame (in the Agamas it is stated) dsana svdgate sdrghye pddyam dcamaniyakam madhu parka dcama sndna - vasana dbharandni ca suganda sumano dhiipa - dipa naivedya vandanam prayojayed arccandydm upacdrdrhstu sodasa There are sixteen ingredients for the worship of the Lord—the offering of a sitting mat, greeting the Lord, offering pddya, arghya, dcamaniya, madhuparka, and dcamaniya, bathing the Lord, dressing the Lord, decorating Him with ornaments, smearing sandalwood paste over His body, and offering flowers, incense, a ghee lamp, food, and prayers.
HBV 11.122–123
Sourceअर्घ्यꣳ च पाद्याचमन-मधुपर्काचमान्य् अपि । गन्धादयो निवेद्यान्ता उपचारा दश क्रमात् गन्धादिभिर् निवेद्यान्तैः पूजा पञ्चोपचारिकी । सपर्यास् त्रिविधाः प्रोक्तास् तासाम् एकाꣳ समाचरेत्
arghyaṁ ca pādyācamana-madhuparkācamāny api | gandhādayo nivedyāntā upacārā daśa kramāt gandhādibhir nivedyāntaiḥ pūjā pañcopacārikī | saparyās trividhāḥ proktās tāsām ekāṁ samācaret
English translation
One may also worship the Lord with these ten ingredients—padya, arghya, dcamaniya, madhuparka, acamanlya, sandalwood paste or gandha, flowers, incense, a ghee lamp, and food. One may also worship the Lord with these five ingredients—gandha, puspa (flowers), dhupa (incense), dipa (a ghee lamp) and naivedya (food). One must adopt one of these three methods of worship.
HBV 11.124–125
Sourceक्वचिच् च— आसनावाहनꣳ चैव पाद्यार्घ्याचमनीयकम् । स्नानꣳ वासो भूषणꣳ च गन्धः पुष्पꣳ च धूपकः प्रदीपश् चैव नैवेद्यꣳ पुष्पाञ्जलिर् अतः परम् । प्रदक्षिणꣳ नमस्कारो विसर्गश् चैव षोडश
kvacic ca— āsanāvāhanaṁ caiva pādyārghyācamanīyakam | snānaṁ vāso bhūṣaṇaṁ ca gandhaḥ puṣpaṁ ca dhūpakaḥ pradīpaś caiva naivedyaṁ puṣpāñjalir ataḥ param | pradakṣiṇaṁ namaskāro visargaś caiva ṣoḍaśa
English translation
In some cases, these sixteen ingredients are recommended—asana, or sitting mat; avdhana, or greeting; padya and arghya, acamanlya, or water for washing the hands and mouth; sndna, or bathing; vasana, or dressing; bhusana, or decorating with ornaments, gandha, puspa, dhupa, dipa, naivedya, flowers, pradaksina, or circumambulating; namaskdra, or offering obeisances, and immersion.
HBV 11.126–140
Sourceकेचिच् चाहुश् चतुःषष्टिम् उपचारान् ममार्चने । तेष्व् अनेक-प्रकारेषु प्रकारैको’त्र लिख्यते सुख-सुप्तस्य कृष्णस्य प्रातर् आदौ प्रबोधनम् । वेद-घोषण-वीणा-विवाद्यैर् वन्दि-स्तवैर् अपि जय-शब्दा नमस्कारा मङ्गलारात्रिकꣳ ततः । आसनꣳ दन्त-काष्ठꣳ च पाद्यार्घ्याचमनान्य् अपि ततश् च मधुपर्काढ्याचमनꣳ पादुकार्पणम् । अङ्ग-मार्जनम् अभ्यङ्गोद्वर्तने स्नपनꣳ जलः क्षीरेण दध्ना हविषा मधुना सितया तथा । मन्त्र-पूतैः पुनर् वार्भिर् अङ्ग-वासो’थ वाससी उपवीतꣳ पुन¨च् चाचमनीयꣳ चानुलेपनम् । भूषणꣳ कुसुमꣳ धूपो दीपो दृष्ट्य्-अपसारणम् नैवेद्यꣳ मुख-वासस् तु ताम्बूलꣳ शयनोत्तमम् । केश-प्रसाधनꣳ दिव्य-वस्त्राणि मुकुटꣳ महत् दिव्य-गन्धानुलेपश् च कौस्तुभादि-विभूषणम् । विचित्र-दिव्य-पुष्पाणि मङ्गलारात्रिकꣳ ततः आदर्शः सुखयानेन मण्डपागमनोत्सवः । सिꣳहासनोपवेशश् च पाद्याद्यैः पुनर् अर्चनम् पुनर् धूपाद्य्-अर्पणेन प्राग्वन् नैवेद्यम् उत्तमम् । ततश् च दिव्य-ताम्बूल-महा-नीराजनꣳ पुनः चामर-व्यजन-च्छत्रꣳ गीतꣳ वाद्यꣳ च नर्तनम् । प्रदक्षिणꣳ नमस्कारः स्तुतिः श्री-चरणाब्जयोः तयोश् च स्थापनꣳ मूर्ध्नि तीर्थ-निर्माल्य-धारणम् । उच्छिष्ट-भोजनꣳ पाद-सेवोद्देशोपवेशनम् नक्तꣳ शय्या-विनिर्माणꣳ दिव्यैर् विविध-साधनैः । हस्त-प्रदानꣳ शयन-स्थानागम-महोत्सवः शय्योपवेशनꣳ श्रीमत्-पाद-क्षालन-पूर्वकम् । गन्ध-प्रसून-ताम्बूलार्पण-नीराजनोत्सवः शेष-पर्यङ्क-शयन-पाद-सꣳवाहनादिकम् । क्रमेणैते चतुः-षष्ठिर् उपचाराः प्रकीर्तिताः
kecic cāhuś catuḥṣaṣṭim upacārān mamārcane | teṣv aneka-prakāreṣu prakāraiko’tra likhyate sukha-suptasya kṛṣṇasya prātar ādau prabodhanam | veda-ghoṣaṇa-vīṇā-vivādyair vandi-stavair api jaya-śabdā namaskārā maṅgalārātrikaṁ tataḥ | āsanaṁ danta-kāṣṭhaṁ ca pādyārghyācamanāny api tataś ca madhuparkāḍhyācamanaṁ pādukārpaṇam | aṅga-mārjanam abhyaṅgodvartane snapanaṁ jalaḥ kṣīreṇa dadhnā haviṣā madhunā sitayā tathā | mantra-pūtaiḥ punar vārbhir aṅga-vāso’tha vāsasī upavītaṁ puna¨c cācamanīyaṁ cānulepanam | bhūṣaṇaṁ kusumaṁ dhūpo dīpo dṛṣṭy-apasāraṇam naivedyaṁ mukha-vāsas tu tāmbūlaṁ śayanottamam | keśa-prasādhanaṁ divya-vastrāṇi mukuṭaṁ mahat divya-gandhānulepaś ca kaustubhādi-vibhūṣaṇam | vicitra-divya-puṣpāṇi maṅgalārātrikaṁ tataḥ ādarśaḥ sukhayānena maṇḍapāgamanotsavaḥ | siṁhāsanopaveśaś ca pādyādyaiḥ punar arcanam punar dhūpādy-arpaṇena prāgvan naivedyam uttamam | tataś ca divya-tāmbūla-mahā-nīrājanaṁ punaḥ cāmara-vyajana-cchatraṁ gītaṁ vādyaṁ ca nartanam | pradakṣiṇaṁ namaskāraḥ stutiḥ śrī-caraṇābjayoḥ tayoś ca sthāpanaṁ mūrdhni tīrtha-nirmālya-dhāraṇam | ucchiṣṭa-bhojanaṁ pāda-sevoddeśopaveśanam naktaṁ śayyā-vinirmāṇaṁ divyair vividha-sādhanaiḥ | hasta-pradānaṁ śayana-sthānāgama-mahotsavaḥ śayyopaveśanaṁ śrīmat-pāda-kṣālana-pūrvakam | gandha-prasūna-tāmbūlārpaṇa-nīrājanotsavaḥ śeṣa-paryaṅka-śayana-pāda-saṁvāhanādikam | krameṇaite catuḥ-ṣaṣṭhir upacārāḥ prakīrtitāḥ
English translation
Some recognized authorities have prescribed sixty-four ingredients for the worship of the Supreme Lord. Although these ingredients vary, according to the opinions of the various authorities, we will herein give only one set of these ingredients: 1. To wake up the sleeping Lord by chanting Vedic mantras, playing musical instruments, such as the vind, and reciting prayers while standing before Him. 2. To chant, "All glories." 3. To offer obeisances. 4. To perform mangala-drati. 5. To offer a sitting place. 6. To offer a twig, or tooth brush. 7. To offer pddya. 8. To offer arghya. 9. To offer dcamaniya. 10. To offer madhuparka and dcamaniya. 11. To offer pddukd, or shoes. 12. To cleanse the Lord's body. 13. To massage His body with oil. 14. To remove the oil from the Lord's body. 15. To bath Him with scented water mixed with flower petals. 16. To bath Him with milk. 17. To bath Him with yogurt. 18. To bath Him with ghee. 19. To bath Him with honey. 20. To bath Him with sugar water. 2 1 . To bath Him with water that was purified by mantras. 22. To wipe the Lord with a soft piece of cloth, or a towel. 23. To dress Him with clothes and a cddara. 24. To offer Him a sacred thread. 25. To offer dcamaniya. 26. To smear sandalwood paste over His body. 27. To offer ornaments. 28. To offer flowers. 29. To offer incense. 30. To offer a ghee
lamp. 3 1 . To remove the cast of an evil eye. 32. To offer food. 33. To offer a mouth freshener. 34. To offer betel nuts. 35. To offer a beautiful bed. 36. To offer hair dressing articles. 37. To offer beautiful clothes. 38. To offer a crown. 39. To offer fragrant sandalwood paste. 40. To offer ornaments, such as the Kaustubha gem. 4 1 . To offer fragrant flowers. 42. To offer a grand drati. 43. To offer a mirror. 44. To take Him out into the courtyard. 45. To place Him on a throne. 46. To again offer Him pddya, arghya, etc. 48. To offer betel nuts and a grand drati. 49. To offer a cdmara and an umbrella. 50. To sing before the Lord. 5 1 . To play musical instruments before the Lord. 52. To dance before the Lord. 53. To circumambulate the Deity. 54. To offer obeisances. 55. To offer prayers at His lotus feet. 56. To hold the Lord's lotus feet on one's head. 57. To touch the Lord's remnants of flower garlands to one's head. 58. To honor His remnants of food. 59. To sit before Him and massage His body. 60. To make the Lord's bed at night with soft bedding covered with fragrant flowers. 6 1 . To make a gesture with both hands, inviting Him to come to bed. 62. To glorify Him, celebrating His arrival at the bed. 63. To place the Lord on His bed, offer Him sandalwood paste, flowers, and betel nuts, as well as arati. 64. To make Him lay down on His bed and gently massage His lotus feet.
HBV 11.141–143
Sourceसदाचारानुसारेण यद् यद् आचर्यते स्वयम् । नित्य-कर्मादिकꣳ तत् तत् श्री-कृष्णस्यापि कारयेत् अतो’त्रालिखितꣳ यद् यद् उपचारादिकꣳ परम् । सर्वꣳ तत् तच् च जानीयाल् लोक-रीत्य्-अनुसारतः उक्तानाꣳ चोपचाराणाम् अभावे भगवान् सदा । भक्तेनार्च्यो यथा-लब्धैस् तैर् अन्तर्-भावितैर् अपि
sadācārānusāreṇa yad yad ācaryate svayam | nitya-karmādikaṁ tat tat śrī-kṛṣṇasyāpi kārayet ato’trālikhitaṁ yad yad upacārādikaṁ param | sarvaṁ tat tac ca jānīyāl loka-rīty-anusārataḥ uktānāṁ copacārāṇām abhāve bhagavān sadā | bhaktenārcyo yathā-labdhais tair antar-bhāvitair api
English translation
Any ingredients that have not been listed in this connection can also be used in the worship of the Supreme Lord, if they are in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed by one's authorized disciplic succession.
Actually, every devotee should engage in the worship of Lord Sri Krsna as a regular daily function, and everyone should participate in the grand festivals, such as Janmastami. There may be some more excellent ingredients for worship that I have failed to mention and these can be ascertained from learned devotees, who are found in many places. If any of the above- mentioned ingredients are not available then a devotee should offer whatever he can collect, or he can offer the unavailable ingredients to the Supreme Lord within his mind.
HBV 11.144–147
Sourceअथालब्ध-समाधानम् तन्त्रे— उपचारोक्त-वस्तूनाम् उपसङ्ग्रहणे विधिः । द्रव्याणाम् अप्य् अभावे तु पुष्पाक्षत-यवैः क्रियाः निर्मलेनोदकेनैव द्रव्य-सम्पूर्णता भवेत् तत् सर्वꣳ मनसा बुद्ध्या पुष्प-क्षेपेण कल्पयेत् यद् असम्पन्नम् एतेषाꣳ मनसा तु प्रकल्पयेत्
athālabdha-samādhānam tantre— upacārokta-vastūnām upasaṅgrahaṇe vidhiḥ | dravyāṇām apy abhāve tu puṣpākṣata-yavaiḥ kriyāḥ nirmalenodakenaiva dravya-sampūrṇatā bhavet tat sarvaṁ manasā buddhyā puṣpa-kṣepeṇa kalpayet yad asampannam eteṣāṁ manasā tu prakalpayet
English translation
tantre (In the tantras it is stated) upacdrokta-vastundm upasamgrahane vidhihh dravydndm api abhdve tu puspdksata yavaih hriydh arccopacdra vastundm abhdve samupasthite nirmmalena udakenaiva dravya sampurnatd bhavet upacdresu dravyesu yat kihcid duskararh budhah tat sarvvarh manasd buddhya puspak sepena kalpayet etesu copacdresu vitta sathaya vivarjjitam yad sampannam etesdrh manasd tu prakalpayet This is a description of how the ingredients of worship should be collected: If an ingredient is not available, one can make a facsimile of it by using flour, rice paddy, or barley. One may also substitute water for any unavailable ingredient. If an ingredient is extremely rare then a learned person should meditate upon it within his mind and then offer it to the Lord, in the form of a flower. One should give up all miserliness while collecting
the ingredients for worship and he should mentally offer those ingredients that are not available in the market.
HBV 11.148
Sourceअगस्त्य-सꣳहितायाꣳ श्री-तुलसी-माहात्म्ये— यद् यन् न्यूनꣳ भवत्य् एव रामाराधन-साधनम् । तुलसी-दल-मात्रेण युक्तꣳ तत् परिपूर्यते
agastya-saṁhitāyāṁ śrī-tulasī-māhātmye— yad yan nyūnaṁ bhavaty eva rāmārādhana-sādhanam | tulasī-dala-mātreṇa yuktaṁ tat paripūryate
English translation
O Lord Ramacandra, if anything desirable to be offered is unavailable in the course of worshiping the Supreme Lord, one can simply substitute a tulasi leaf.
HBV 11.149
Sourceएकादश-स्कन्धे च श्री-भगवद्-उद्धव-सꣳवादे (११.२६.१५)— द्रव्यैः प्रसिद्धैर् मद्-यागः प्रतिमादिष्व् अमायिनः । भक्तस्य च यथा-लब्धैर् हृदि भावेन चैव हि
ekādaśa-skandhe ca śrī-bhagavad-uddhava-saṁvāde (11.26.15)— dravyaiḥ prasiddhair mad-yāgaḥ pratimādiṣv amāyinaḥ | bhaktasya ca yathā-labdhair hṛdi bhāvena caiva hi
English translation
that is found in the Srimad-Bhdgavatam [11.27.15] it is stated} dravyaih prasiddhair mad-ydgah pratimddisv amdyinah bhaktasya ca yathd-labdhair hrdi bhdvena caiva hi One should worship Me in My Deity forms by offering the most excellent paraphernalia. But a devotee completely freed from material desire may worship Me with whatever he is able to obtain, and may even worship Me within his heart with mental paraphernalia.
HBV 11.150
Sourceततो’नुज्ञाꣳ प्रभोः प्रार्थ्य दण्डवत् तꣳ प्रणम्य च । सायꣳ भुक्त्वा यथान्यायꣳ सुखꣳ स्वप्यात् प्रभुꣳ स्मरेत्
tato’nujñāṁ prabhoḥ prārthya daṇḍavat taṁ praṇamya ca | sāyaṁ bhuktvā yathānyāyaṁ sukhaṁ svapyāt prabhuṁ smaret
English translation
Thereafter, one should take permission from the Lord, offer obeisances to Him, and have a meal that is appropriate for night. After eating, one should retire for the night while remembering the Supreme Lord.
HBV 11.151–153
Sourceआगमे— निर्गुणो निष्कलश् चैव विश्व-मूर्ति-धरो’व्ययः । अनाद्यन्ते सदानन्ते फणा-मणि-विशोभिते । क्षीराब्धि-मध्ये यः शेते स माꣳ रक्षतु माधवः स-बाह्याभ्यन्तरꣳ देहम् आपाद-तल-मस्तकम् । सर्वात्मा सर्व-शक्तिश् च पातु माꣳ गरुड-ध्वजः इति रक्षाꣳ पुरस्कृत्य स्वपेद् विष्णुम् अनुस्मरन्
āgame— nirguṇo niṣkalaś caiva viśva-mūrti-dharo’vyayaḥ | anādyante sadānante phaṇā-maṇi-viśobhite | kṣīrābdhi-madhye yaḥ śete sa māṁ rakṣatu mādhavaḥ sa-bāhyābhyantaraṁ deham āpāda-tala-mastakam | sarvātmā sarva-śaktiś ca pātu māṁ garuḍa-dhvajaḥ iti rakṣāṁ puraskṛtya svaped viṣṇum anusmaran
English translation
Before going to bed, one should pray: "May Lord Madhava, who is adorned with jewels that are kept on the hoods of Ananta as He lies in the ocean of milk, who is beginningless, who is unlimited, who is uncontaminated, who is inexhaustible, who assumes the universal form, and who lies on the bed of Ananta, always protect me. May the omnipotent Supreme Lord, who is the life and soul of all living entities, and who rides on a chariot decorated with a flag of Garuda protect my entire body, both internally and externally." While chanting mantras such as this, and while remembering Lord Visnu, one should go to bed.
HBV 11.154
Sourceकिꣳ चान्यत्र— अद्भिः शौच-विधिꣳ विधाय चरणौ प्रक्षाल्य् चोपस्पृशेद् द्विः सꣳस्मृत्य जगत्पतिꣳ व्रजपतिꣳ श्री-वल्लभी-वल्लभम् । राधायाः सुचिरꣳ पिबन्तम् अमृतासारायमाणाꣳ गिरꣳ वस्त्रेणाङ्घ्रि-युगꣳ प्रमृज्य शयनꣳ त्व् आपाद्य सद्यः स्वपेत्
kiṁ cānyatra— adbhiḥ śauca-vidhiṁ vidhāya caraṇau prakṣāly copaspṛśed dviḥ saṁsmṛtya jagatpatiṁ vrajapatiṁ śrī-vallabhī-vallabham | rādhāyāḥ suciraṁ pibantam amṛtāsārāyamāṇāṁ giraṁ vastreṇāṅghri-yugaṁ pramṛjya śayanaṁ tv āpādya sadyaḥ svapet
English translation
After using the toilet and washing his hands, feet and mouth, one should go to bed immediately after wiping the Lord's lotus feet with a cloth while meditating that Sri Krsna, the Lord of the universe, the Lord of Vraja, and the Lord of the cowherd boys, is relishing the nectarean words of Srimati Radharani.
HBV 11.155
Sourceकिꣳ च— रामꣳ स्कन्दꣳ हनुमन्तꣳ वैनतेयꣳ वृकोदरम् । शयने यः स्मरेन् नित्यꣳ दुःस्वप्नस् तस्य नश्यति
kiṁ ca— rāmaṁ skandaṁ hanumantaṁ vainateyaṁ vṛkodaram | śayane yaḥ smaren nityaṁ duḥsvapnas tasya naśyati
English translation
One who remembers Lord Ramacandra, Kartikeya, Hanuman, Garuda and Vrkodara while going to bed every day will not have any bad dreams.
HBV 11.156–158
Sourceअपि च स्कान्द-पाद्मयोः (प.पु. ५.९.४४-४७)— ऋतु-कालाभिगामी यः स्व-दार-निरतश् च यः । सर्वदा ब्रह्मचारीह विज्ञेयः स गृहाश्रमी ऋतुः षोडश-यामिन्यश् चतस्रस् तासु गर्हिताः । पुत्र-दास् तासु या युग्मा अयुग्माः कन्यका-प्रदाः त्यक्त्वा चन्द्रमसꣳ दुष्टꣳ मघाꣳ मूलꣳ विहाय च । शुचिः सन्निर्विशेत् पत्नीꣳ पुꣳ-नामर्क्षे विशेषतः । शुचिꣳ पुत्रꣳ प्रसूयेत पुरुषार्थ-प्रसाधनम्
api ca skānda-pādmayoḥ (pa.pu. 5.9.44-47)— ṛtu-kālābhigāmī yaḥ sva-dāra-nirataś ca yaḥ | sarvadā brahmacārīha vijñeyaḥ sa gṛhāśramī ṛtuḥ ṣoḍaśa-yāminyaś catasras tāsu garhitāḥ | putra-dās tāsu yā yugmā ayugmāḥ kanyakā-pradāḥ tyaktvā candramasaṁ duṣṭaṁ maghāṁ mūlaṁ vihāya ca | śuciḥ sannirviśet patnīṁ puṁ-nāmarkṣe viśeṣataḥ | śuciṁ putraṁ prasūyeta puruṣārtha-prasādhanam
English translation
A householder who enjoys sex with his wife only during the prescribed period after menstruation and is attached to his wife and no other woman is to be considered a brahmacdri. The menstruation cycle actually continues for sixteen days and enjoying sexual intercourse during the first four days is condemnable. Thereafter, if one enjoys sex on an even day, he will receive a son and if he enjoys sex on an odd day, he will receive a daughter. If one can avoid an inauspicious phase of the moon, as well as the influence of the maghd and miila stars, and wait for the appearance of the ten auspicious stars all together, he will be blessed with a son who will attain his goal of life.
HBV 11.159–160
Sourceविष्णु-पुराणे और्व-सगर-सꣳवादे (३.११.१११-१२७)-— कृत-पादादि-शौचश् च भुक्त्वा सायꣳ ततो गृही । गच्छेच् छय्याम् अस्फुटिताम् एक-दारु-मयीꣳ नृप नाविशालाꣳ न वै भग्नाꣳ नासमाꣳ मलिनाꣳ न च । न च जन्तु-मयीꣳ शय्याम् अधितिष्ठेद् अनास्तृताम्
viṣṇu-purāṇe aurva-sagara-saṁvāde (3.11.111-127)-— kṛta-pādādi-śaucaś ca bhuktvā sāyaṁ tato gṛhī | gacchec chayyām asphuṭitām eka-dāru-mayīṁ nṛpa nāviśālāṁ na vai bhagnāṁ nāsamāṁ malināṁ na ca | na ca jantu-mayīṁ śayyām adhitiṣṭhed anāstṛtām
English translation
recorded in the Visnu Puratxa, these verses are found) krta pddddi-saucasca bhuktvd sdyarh tato grhi gacche cchayydma sphutitdm eka ddrumayirh nrpa ndvisdldrh na vai hhagndrh nd samdrh malindrh na ca na ca jantumayirh sayydm adhitisthed andstrtdm After washing his hands and feet, a householder should have his evening meal and then sleep on an unbroken wooden cot. One should avoid sleeping on a bed that is narrow, broken, uneven, old, or full of bugs.
HBV 11.161
Sourceप्राच्याꣳ दिशि शिरः शस्तꣳ याम्यायाम् अथवा नृप । सदैव स्वपतः पुꣳसो विपरीतꣳ तु रोगदम्
prācyāṁ diśi śiraḥ śastaṁ yāmyāyām athavā nṛpa | sadaiva svapataḥ puṁso viparītaṁ tu rogadam
English translation
It is recommended that one should always sleep while keeping his head towards the east or the south. O King, if one does not take this good
,£ SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA advice and sleeps with his head facing either west or north, he will become diseased.
HBV 11.162
Sourceऋताव् उपगमः शस्तः स्वपत्न्याम् अवनीपते । पुन्नामर्क्षे शुभे काले ज्येष्ठ-युग्मासु रात्रिषु
ṛtāv upagamaḥ śastaḥ svapatnyām avanīpate | punnāmarkṣe śubhe kāle jyeṣṭha-yugmāsu rātriṣu
English translation
O King, one should enjoy sex with his wife, avoiding the first five days of her menstrual period. Thereafter, one may have sexual intercourse on even days, up to the sixteenth night. The even nights are said to be auspicious.
HBV 11.163
Sourceनानिष्टाꣳ न प्रकुपिताꣳ नाप्रशस्ताꣳ न गुर्विणीम्
nāniṣṭāṁ na prakupitāṁ nāpraśastāṁ na gurviṇīm
English translation
One should never enjoy sex during the first four nights of his wife's menstrual period, when she is sick, while menstruation is still in progress, when she is angry, or when she is in a mature state of pregnancy.
HBV 11.164
Sourceक्षुत्-क्षामाम् अतिभुक्ताꣳ वा स्वयꣳ चैभिर् गुणैर् युतः
kṣut-kṣāmām atibhuktāṁ vā svayaṁ caibhir guṇair yutaḥ
English translation
One should not enjoy sex with a lowborn woman, with a woman who desires someone else, or with one who is unwilling, hungry, or who has eaten too much, or with another man's wife. The same applies to a woman as well.
HBV 11.165
Sourceस्नातः स्रग्-गन्ध-धृक्-प्रीतो नाध्यातः क्षुधितो’पि वा । सकामः सानुरागश् च व्यवायꣳ पुरुषो व्रजेत्
snātaḥ srag-gandha-dhṛk-prīto nādhyātaḥ kṣudhito’pi vā | sakāmaḥ sānurāgaś ca vyavāyaṁ puruṣo vrajet
English translation
After bathing and decorating himself with sandalwood paste and a flower garland, a lusty person who is not too excited and not afflicted by hunger should enjov sex with his wife.
HBV 11.166–168
Sourceचतुर्दश्य्-अष्टमी चैव अमावस्याथ पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्य् एतानि राजेन्द्र रवि-सङ्क्रान्तिर् एव च तैल-स्त्री-माꣳस-सम्भोगी पर्वस्व् एतेषु वै पुमान् । विण्-मूत्र-भोजनꣳ नाम प्रयाति नरकꣳ नृप नान्य-योनाव् अयोनौ वा नोपयुक्तौषधस् तथा । देव-द्विज-गुरूणाꣳ च व्यवायी नाश्रमी भवेत्
caturdaśy-aṣṭamī caiva amāvasyātha pūrṇimā | parvāṇy etāni rājendra ravi-saṅkrāntir eva ca taila-strī-māṁsa-sambhogī parvasv eteṣu vai pumān | viṇ-mūtra-bhojanaṁ nāma prayāti narakaṁ nṛpa nānya-yonāv ayonau vā nopayuktauṣadhas tathā | deva-dvija-gurūṇāṁ ca vyavāyī nāśramī bhavet
English translation
O foremost of kings, hear now about those persons who will reside in hell, where they will have to eat stool and drink urine. Those men and women who enjoy sexual intercourse, eat meat, and apply oil to their bodies on the fourteenth day, eighth day, the new moon day, the full moon day, and on the days when the sun enters a new sign of the zodiac will go to reside in hell. A person who enjoys sex with a cow, horse, or any other animal, or who enjoys sex and then takes medication to terminate the pregnancy, as well as one who enjoys sex with his wife in a temple, at the house of a brdhmana, or at the house of his spiritual master, loses his qualification to be called a member of one of the four dsramas.
HBV 11.169–170
Sourceचैत्य-चत्वर-तीर्थेषु नैव गोष्ठे चतुष्पथे । नैव श्मशानोपवने सलिलेषु महीपते प्रोक्त-पर्व-स्व-शेषेषु नैव भूपाल सन्ध्ययोः । गच्छेद् व्यवायꣳ मतिमान् न मूत्रोच्चार-पीडितः
caitya-catvara-tīrtheṣu naiva goṣṭhe catuṣpathe | naiva śmaśānopavane salileṣu mahīpate prokta-parva-sva-śeṣeṣu naiva bhūpāla sandhyayoḥ | gacched vyavāyaṁ matimān na mūtroccāra-pīḍitaḥ
English translation
A~ SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA
gacched vayavayam madman na miltroccdra piditah A learned person should not enjoy sex under a sacred tree, in a sacrificial arena, in a holy place, in a pasturing ground, at an intersection, in a crematorium, in a garden, in the water, during the five kinds of celebrations, at dawn, or at dusk, or when he is afflicted by the urge to pass stool and urine.
HBV 11.171–173
Sourceपर-दारान् न गच्छेत मनसापि कदाचन । किम् उ वाचास्थि-बन्धो’पि नास्ति तेषु व्यवायिनाम् मृतो नरकम् अभ्येति हीयते चात्र चायुषः । पर-दार-रतिः पुꣳसाम् उभयत्रापि भीतिदा इति मत्वा स्व-दारेषु ऋतुमत्सु बुधो व्रजेत् । यथोक्त-दोष-हीनेषु सकामेष्व् अनृताव् अपि इति ।
para-dārān na gaccheta manasāpi kadācana | kim u vācāsthi-bandho’pi nāsti teṣu vyavāyinām mṛto narakam abhyeti hīyate cātra cāyuṣaḥ | para-dāra-ratiḥ puṁsām ubhayatrāpi bhītidā iti matvā sva-dāreṣu ṛtumatsu budho vrajet | yathokta-doṣa-hīneṣu sakāmeṣv anṛtāv api iti |
English translation
What to speak of enjoying sex with another man's wife, one should never even think about it. Those who run away with another man's wife will be reborn as a boneless worm. A person who enjoys sex with another man's wife will go to hell after death and even while living, he will diminish his duration of life. Enjoying another man's wife is harmful for both this life and the next. Considering this fact carefully, a wise person should only enjoy sex with his wife after the four days of her menstrual period. Everyone should follow these regulations for their own benefit.
HBV 11.174
Sourceतेषाꣳ भक्त्य्-उपयोगित्वꣳ न स्याद् यद्यपि कर्मणाम् । तथापि कृत उल्लेखो गृहिष्व् आवश्यकꣳ ततः
teṣāṁ bhakty-upayogitvaṁ na syād yadyapi karmaṇām | tathāpi kṛta ullekho gṛhiṣv āvaśyakaṁ tataḥ
English translation
Although this subject is not applicable to the renounced devotees of the Lord, we have described them for the benefit of householders.
HBV 11.175
Sourceइत्थꣳ हि प्रातरु त्थानात् प्रत्यहꣳ शयनावधि । श्री-कृष्णꣳ पूजयन् सिद्ध-सर्वार्थो’स्य प्रियो भवेत्
itthaṁ hi prātaru tthānāt pratyahaṁ śayanāvadhi | śrī-kṛṣṇaṁ pūjayan siddha-sarvārtho’sya priyo bhavet
English translation
One who remains engaged in the worship of Lord Krsna, beginning from the early morning up until late at night achieves all perfection because the Supreme Lord is very pleased with him.
HBV 11.176
Sourceश्री-कूर्म-पुराणे— न विष्ण्व्-आराधनात् पुण्यꣳ विद्यते कर्म वैदिकम् । तस्माद् अनादि-मध्यान्तꣳ नित्यम् आराधयेद् धरिम्
śrī-kūrma-purāṇe— na viṣṇv-ārādhanāt puṇyaṁ vidyate karma vaidikam | tasmād anādi-madhyāntaṁ nityam ārādhayed dharim
English translation
sri-kurma--purdne (In the Kurma Purana it is stated) na visnv'dradhandt punyarh vidyate karma vaidikam tasmdd anddi-madhydntam nityam drddhayed dharim There is no more auspicious activity than worshiping Lord Visnu. In other words, the foremost Vedic ritual is the worship of Lord Visnu. One should continuously worship the Supreme Lord, who is without beginning or end.
HBV 11.177
Sourceतत्रैव भृग्व्-आदीन् प्रति साक्षात् श्री-भगवद्-उक्तौ— ये’र्चयिष्यन्ति माꣳ भक्त्या नित्यꣳ कलि-युगे द्विजाः । विधिना वेद-दृष्टेन ते गमिष्यन्ति तत्-पदम्
tatraiva bhṛgv-ādīn prati sākṣāt śrī-bhagavad-uktau— ye’rcayiṣyanti māṁ bhaktyā nityaṁ kali-yuge dvijāḥ | vidhinā veda-dṛṣṭena te gamiṣyanti tat-padam
English translation
47 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA O brdhmanas, in the age of Kali, those who regularly worship Me with devotion while following the prescribed rules and regulations will attain My supreme eternal abode.
HBV 11.178
Sourceविष्णु-रहस्ये— श्री-विष्णोर् अर्चनꣳ ये तु प्रकुर्वन्ति नरा भुवि । ते यान्ति शाश्वतꣳ विष्णोर् आनन्दꣳ परमꣳ पदम् इति ।
viṣṇu-rahasye— śrī-viṣṇor arcanaṁ ye tu prakurvanti narā bhuvi | te yānti śāśvataṁ viṣṇor ānandaṁ paramaṁ padam iti |
English translation
Those who are engaged in the service of Lord Visnu will attain the eternally blissful supreme abode of the Personality of Godhead.
HBV 11.179–180
Sourceतत्रैव श्री-भगवद्-उक्तौ— न मे ध्यान-रताः सम्यग्-योगिनः परितुष्टये । तथा भवन्ति देवर्षे क्रिया-योग-रता यथा क्रिया-योगो हि मे’भीष्टः पर-योगात् स्वनुष्ठितात् । तुष्टिर् मे सम्भवेत् पुम्भिर् भक्तिमद्भिर् अमत्सरैः
tatraiva śrī-bhagavad-uktau— na me dhyāna-ratāḥ samyag-yoginaḥ parituṣṭaye | tathā bhavanti devarṣe kriyā-yoga-ratā yathā kriyā-yogo hi me’bhīṣṭaḥ para-yogāt svanuṣṭhitāt | tuṣṭir me sambhavet pumbhir bhaktimadbhir amatsaraiḥ
English translation
The kind of love and affection My devotees have for Me can never be exhibited by jnanis or yogis. Although the process of meditation and other such paths are considered to be excellent if properly executed, work in devotion is most dear to Me. That is why I am very satisfied when My devotees are devoid of envy and worship Me with devotion.
HBV 11.181–182
Sourceये’र्चयन्ति नरा नित्यꣳ क्रिया-योग-रताः स्वयम् । ध्यायन्ति ये च माꣳ नित्यꣳ तेषाꣳ श्रेष्ठाः क्रिया मताः क्रिया-हीनस्य देवर्षे तथा ध्यानꣳ न मुक्तिदम् । न तथा माꣳ विदुर् विप्रा ध्यानिनस् तत्त्वतो विना । क्रिया-योग-रताः सम्यग् लभन्ते माꣳ समाधिना
ye’rcayanti narā nityaṁ kriyā-yoga-ratāḥ svayam | dhyāyanti ye ca māṁ nityaṁ teṣāṁ śreṣṭhāḥ kriyā matāḥ kriyā-hīnasya devarṣe tathā dhyānaṁ na muktidam | na tathā māṁ vidur viprā dhyāninas tattvato vinā | kriyā-yoga-ratāḥ samyag labhante māṁ samādhinā
English translation
I consider the activities of those who engage in my worship with unalloyed devotion and who constantly meditate upon Me to be the topmost form of yoga. The realization attained by those who engage in My unalloyed devotional service cannot be achieved by those who do not follow this process. Even if brdhmanas worship Me, without following the process of devotional service, they cannot realize My transcendental form and qualities.
HBV 11.183–184
Sourceयथा हि कामदꣳ नॄणाꣳ मम तुष्टि-करꣳ परम् । भक्तियोगꣳ महापुण्यꣳ भुक्ति-मुक्ति-प्रदꣳ शुभम् सꣳवत्सरेण यत् पुण्यꣳ लभन्ते ध्यानिनो मम । प्राप्यन्ते तद् इहैकाहात् क्रिया-योग-परैर् नरैः
yathā hi kāmadaṁ nṝṇāṁ mama tuṣṭi-karaṁ param | bhaktiyogaṁ mahāpuṇyaṁ bhukti-mukti-pradaṁ śubham saṁvatsareṇa yat puṇyaṁ labhante dhyānino mama | prāpyante tad ihaikāhāt kriyā-yoga-parair naraiḥ
English translation
There is nothing more satisfying or beneficial for a person than engagement in the devotional service of the Lord. Factually, devotional service alone is the most auspicious activity and it awards one material enjoyment as well as liberation. Indeed, the pious merit that those who engage in meditation obtain by practicing meditation for an entire year can be attained by the devotees in just one day by following the process of devotional service.
HBV 11.185
Sourceआदि-पुराणे— न कर्म-सदृशꣳ ध्यानꣳ न कर्म-सदृशꣳ फलम् । न कर्म-सदृशस् त्यागो न कर्म-सदृशꣳ तपः । न कर्म-सदृशꣳ पुण्यꣳ न कर्म-सदृशी गतिः
ādi-purāṇe— na karma-sadṛśaṁ dhyānaṁ na karma-sadṛśaṁ phalam | na karma-sadṛśas tyāgo na karma-sadṛśaṁ tapaḥ | na karma-sadṛśaṁ puṇyaṁ na karma-sadṛśī gatiḥ
English translation
4 4 SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA na karma-sadrsas tyago na karmasddrsam tapah na karmasddrsam punyarh na karmasddrsi gatih Service to the Supreme Lord is certainly the best form of meditation. Service to the Supreme Lord is certainly awards one the greatest achievement. Service to the Supreme Lord is certainly the best form of renunciation. Service to the Supreme Lord is certainly the best form of penance. Service to the Supreme Lord is certainly the best form of piety and service to the Supreme Lord is certainly the ultimate goal of life.
HBV 11.186–187
Sourceनारदीये [ना.पु. २.३.३-४] भक्ति-ग्राह्यो हृषीकेशो न धनैर् धरणी-धर । भक्त्या सꣳपूजितो विष्णुः प्रददाति मनोरथम् तस्माद् विप्राः सदा भक्तिः कर्तव्या चक्र-पाणिनः । जनेनापि जगन्नाथः पूजितः क्लेशहा भवेत्
nāradīye [nā.pu. 2.3.3-4] bhakti-grāhyo hṛṣīkeśo na dhanair dharaṇī-dhara | bhaktyā saṁpūjito viṣṇuḥ pradadāti manoratham tasmād viprāḥ sadā bhaktiḥ kartavyā cakra-pāṇinaḥ | janenāpi jagannāthaḥ pūjitaḥ kleśahā bhavet
English translation
Lord Hrsikesa is obtained only by devotional service and not by wealth. In fact, one can achieve all kinds of desired results simply by worshiping Lord Visnu with devotion. As a thirsty person becomes satisfied by receiving cool water, Lord Hari, the master of the universe, who takes away all of one's distress, becomes quickly satisfied if He is offered even a small quantity of water with devotion.
HBV 11.188
Sourceहरि-भक्ति-सुधोदये — कृतापि दम्भ-हास्यार्थे सेवा तारयते जनान् । विफला नान्य-कर्मेव कृपालुः को न्व् अतः परः
hari-bhakti-sudhodaye — kṛtāpi dambha-hāsyārthe sevā tārayate janān | viphalā nānya-karmeva kṛpāluḥ ko nv ataḥ paraḥ
English translation
Even if a person performs devotional service to the Supreme Lord with pride, or in a joking manner, it delivers him from all misfortune. Service to the Supreme Lord never goes in vain, unlike activities performed on the material platform. Who other than Lord Hari is so merciful?
HBV 11.189–190
Sourceब्रह्म-वैवर्ते — स समाराधितो देवो मुक्ति-कृत् स्याद् यथा तथा । अनिच्छयापि हुत-भुक् सꣳस्पृष्टो दहति द्विज धनवान् पुत्रवान् भोगी यशस्वी भय-वर्जितः । मेधावी मतिमान् प्राज्ञो भवत्य् आराधनाद् धरेः
brahma-vaivarte — sa samārādhito devo mukti-kṛt syād yathā tathā | anicchayāpi huta-bhuk saṁspṛṣṭo dahati dvija dhanavān putravān bhogī yaśasvī bhaya-varjitaḥ | medhāvī matimān prājño bhavaty ārādhanād dhareḥ
English translation
O brahmana, as fire burns a person who touches it without hesitation, even if touched unknowingly, somehow or other, simply by worshiping Lord Hari, one attains liberation. By worshiping Lord Hari, one can attain wealth, children, material enjoyment, fame, fearlessness, wisdom, good manners, and complete knowledge.
HBV 11.191–192
Sourceस्कान्दे सनत्कुमार-मर्कण्डेय-सꣳवादे— विशिष्टः सर्व-धर्माच् च धर्मो विष्ण्व्-अर्चनꣳ नॄणाम् । सर्व-यज्ञ-तपो-होमस् तीर्थ-स्नानैश् च यत् फलम् तत् फलꣳ कोटि-गुणितꣳ विष्णुꣳ सम्पूज्य चाप्नुयात् । तस्मात् सर्व-प्रयत्नेन नारायणम् इहार्चयेत्
skānde sanatkumāra-markaṇḍeya-saṁvāde— viśiṣṭaḥ sarva-dharmāc ca dharmo viṣṇv-arcanaṁ nṝṇām | sarva-yajña-tapo-homas tīrtha-snānaiś ca yat phalam tat phalaṁ koṭi-guṇitaṁ viṣṇuṁ sampūjya cāpnuyāt | tasmāt sarva-prayatnena nārāyaṇam ihārcayet
English translation
that is recorded in the Skanda Purdna, these verses are found) visistah sarva-dharrndc ca dharmo visiyv-arcanarh nrndm sarva-yajna-tapo-homas tirtha-snanais ca yat phalam tat phalam koti-gunitarh visnum sampujya cdpnuydt tasmdt sarva-prayatnena ndrdyanam ihdrcayet Worship of Lord Visnu is the best form of worship for any class of men. The benefit achieved by performing all kinds of sacrifice, penance,
fire sacrifices, and pilgrimage tours can be obtained millions of times more simply by worshiping Lord Visnu. Therefore, it is the duty of everyone to faithfully worship Lord Narayana.
HBV 11.193–196
Sourceतत्रैव श्री-शिवोमा-सꣳवादे — यः प्रदद्यद् द्विजेन्द्रय सर्वꣳ भुमिꣳ स-सगरम् । अर्चयेद् यः सकृद् विष्णुꣳ तत् फलꣳ लभते नरः मसर्धम् अपि यो विष्णुꣳ नैरन्तर्येन पूजयेत् । पुरुषोत्तमः स विज्ञेयो विष्णु-भक्तो न सꣳशयः मध्यन्दिन-गते सुर्ये यो विष्णुꣳ परिपूजयेत् । वसु-पूर्ण-महि-दतुर् यत् पुन्यꣳ तद् अवाप्नुयात् प्रातर् उत्थय यो विष्णुꣳ सततꣳ परिपूजयेत् । अग्निस्तोम-सहस्रस्य लभते फलम् उत्तमम्
tatraiva śrī-śivomā-saṁvāde — yaḥ pradadyad dvijendraya sarvaṁ bhumiṁ sa-sagaram | arcayed yaḥ sakṛd viṣṇuṁ tat phalaṁ labhate naraḥ masardham api yo viṣṇuṁ nairantaryena pūjayet | puruṣottamaḥ sa vijñeyo viṣṇu-bhakto na saṁśayaḥ madhyandina-gate surye yo viṣṇuṁ paripūjayet | vasu-pūrṇa-mahi-datur yat punyaṁ tad avāpnuyāt prātar utthaya yo viṣṇuṁ satataṁ paripūjayet | agnistoma-sahasrasya labhate phalam uttamam
English translation
is recorded in the same literature, these verses are found) yah pradadydd dvijendrdya sarvdrh bhumirh sa-sdgardm arcayed yah sakrd visnum tat phalarh labhate narah mdsdrdham api yo visnum nairdntaryena pujayet purusottamah sa vijno visnu-bhakto na samsayah madhyandina-gate surye yo visnum paripujayet vasu-purna-rnahi'-ddtur yat punyam tad avdpnuydt pratar utthdya yo visnum satatam paripujayet agnis toma'Sahasrasya labhate phalam uttamam Simply by worshiping Lord Visnu once, one achieves the merit of giving the entire earth, along with its oceans, in charity to a brdhmana who is a master of the Vedas. There is no doubt that one who worships Lord Visnu for only one month is a devotee of Lord Visnu and a great soul. One who worships Lord Visnu at noon obtains the merit o^ donating the entire earth, along with all of its wealth. One who, after getting up from bed early in the morning, regularly worships Lord Visnu attains the merit of performing one thousand agnistoma sacrifices.
HBV 11.197–199
Sourceयो विष्णुꣳ प्रयतो भूत्वा सयꣳकले समर्चयेत् । गवꣳ मेधस्य यज्ञस्य फलम् आप्नोति दुर्लभम् एवꣳ सर्वासु वेलासु अवेलासु च केशवम् । सम्पूजयन् नरो भक्त्या सर्वान् कामान् अवाप्नुयात् किꣳ पुनर् यो’र्चयेन् नित्यꣳ सर्व-देव-नमस्कृतम् । धन्यः सः कृत-कृत्यश् च विष्णु-लोकम् अवाप्नुयात्
yo viṣṇuṁ prayato bhūtvā sayaṁkale samarcayet | gavaṁ medhasya yajñasya phalam āpnoti durlabham evaṁ sarvāsu velāsu avelāsu ca keśavam | sampūjayan naro bhaktyā sarvān kāmān avāpnuyāt kiṁ punar yo’rcayen nityaṁ sarva-deva-namaskṛtam | dhanyaḥ saḥ kṛta-kṛtyaś ca viṣṇu-lokam avāpnuyāt
English translation
One who engages in the worship of Lord Visnu in the evening with devotion attains the merit of successfully performing a cow sacrifice. It is a fact that one can have all his desires fulfilled simply by worshiping Lord Visnu with devotion at noon, or indeed, at any other time of the day. One who worships Lord Visnu every day becomes glorious and satisfied in this world, and attains His supreme abode after death.
HBV 11.200
Sourceकिꣳ च — दीक्षा-मात्रेण कृष्णस्य नरा मोक्षꣳ लभन्ति वै । किꣳ पुनर् ये सदा भक्त्या पूजयन्त्य् अच्युतꣳ नरः
kiṁ ca — dīkṣā-mātreṇa kṛṣṇasya narā mokṣaṁ labhanti vai | kiṁ punar ye sadā bhaktyā pūjayanty acyutaṁ naraḥ
English translation
When persons can attain liberation simply by taking initiation into the chanting o{ the holy name of Lord Hari then one can simply imagine what will be their destiny if they fully engage in His unalloyed devotional service.
HBV 11.201
Sourceतत्रैव श्री-ब्रह्म-नरद-सꣳवादे सꣳसारे’स्मिन् महा-घोरे जन्म-मृत्यु-भयाकुले । पूजनꣳ वासुदेवस्य तारकꣳ वादिभिः स्म्र्तम्
tatraiva śrī-brahma-narada-saṁvāde saṁsāre’smin mahā-ghore janma-mṛtyu-bhayākule | pūjanaṁ vāsudevasya tārakaṁ vādibhiḥ smrtam
English translation
that is found in the same literature, it is stated) sarhsdre 'smin mahd-ghore janma-mrtyu-bhaydkule pujanarh vdsudevasya tdrakarh vddibhih srartam Worship of Lord Vasudeva is the only means to cross over the fearful ocean of material existence wherein repeated birth and death takes place. This fact is accepted by all great authorities.
HBV 11.202–203
Sourceस नाम सुकृति लोके कुलꣳ तेन ह्य् अलङ्कृतम् । आधारः सर्व-भूतानाꣳ येन विष्णुः प्रसदितः यज्ञानाꣳ तपसाꣳ चैव शुभानाम् अपि कर्मणाम् । तद् विशिष्ट-फलꣳ नॄणाꣳ सदैवाराधनꣳ हरेः
sa nāma sukṛti loke kulaṁ tena hy alaṅkṛtam | ādhāraḥ sarva-bhūtānāṁ yena viṣṇuḥ prasaditaḥ yajñānāṁ tapasāṁ caiva śubhānām api karmaṇām | tad viśiṣṭa-phalaṁ nṝṇāṁ sadaivārādhanaṁ hareḥ
English translation
The only person who can achieve actual benefit in life is one who can please Lord Visnu. Only by the mercy of the Supreme Lord can one's family become exalted. He is the actual shelter of all living entities. Worshiping Lord Hari in full surrender is the result of one's previous performance of sacrifice, austerity, and other pious activities.
HBV 11.204
Sourceकलौ कलि-मलाक्रान्ता न जानन्ति हरिꣳ परम् । ये’र्चयन्ति तम् ईशानꣳ कृत-कृत्यस् त एव हि । नास्ति श्रेयोत्तमꣳ नॄणाꣳ विष्णोर् आराधनत् परम्
kalau kali-malākrāntā na jānanti hariṁ param | ye’rcayanti tam īśānaṁ kṛta-kṛtyas ta eva hi | nāsti śreyottamaṁ nṝṇāṁ viṣṇor ārādhanat param
English translation
People in this age of Kali are very fallen and so it is very difficult for them to understand even the most elementary principles of the science of self-realiration. However, if they take to the worship of the Supreme Lord then their lives can become successful. For all classes of men, the worship of Lord Visnu is the most desirable objective.
HBV 11.205–206
Sourceयुगे’स्मिन् तमसे तस्मात् सततꣳ हरिम् अर्चयेत् । अर्चिते देव-देवेसे शङ्ख-चक्र-गदा-धरे अर्चितः सर्व-देवाः स्युर् यतः सर्व-गतो हरिः । अर्चिते सर्व-लोकेशे सुरासुर-नमस्कृते । केशवे केशि-कꣳस-घ्ने न याति नरकꣳ नरः
yuge’smin tamase tasmāt satataṁ harim arcayet | arcite deva-devese śaṅkha-cakra-gadā-dhare arcitaḥ sarva-devāḥ syur yataḥ sarva-gato hariḥ | arcite sarva-lokeśe surāsura-namaskṛte | keśave keśi-kaṁsa-ghne na yāti narakaṁ naraḥ
English translation
In this age of Kali, which is full of darkness, one should constantly engage in the devotional service of Lord Hari. Simply by worshiping the Supreme Lord, who holds a conch, disc, club, and lotus in His hands, all of the demigods are automatically worshiped because He is their original cause. By worshiping Lord Kesava, the killer of the Kesi demon, one will no longer have to experience the torments of hellish punishment.
HBV 11.207–208
Sourceसकृद् अभ्यर्चितो येन हेलयापि नमस्कृतः । स याति परमꣳ स्थानꣳ यत् सुरैर् अपि पूजितम् समस्त-लोक-नाथस्य देव-देवस्य शार्ङ्गिणः । साक्षाद् भगवतो नित्यꣳ पूजनꣳ जन्मनः फलम्
sakṛd abhyarcito yena helayāpi namaskṛtaḥ | sa yāti paramaṁ sthānaṁ yat surair api pūjitam samasta-loka-nāthasya deva-devasya śārṅgiṇaḥ | sākṣād bhagavato nityaṁ pūjanaṁ janmanaḥ phalam
English translation
One who offers obeisances to Lord Hari, who is the worshipable Deity of everyone, and who worships Him even once, will achieve the supreme
CQ SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA destination that is sought after by the demigods. The ultimate benefit of a human birth is to eternally engage in the devotional service of Lord Visnu, who is the proprietor of all planets and the master of all residents therein.
HBV 11.209
Sourceतत्रैवग्रे —- असारे खलु सꣳसारे सारम् एतन् निरूपितम् । समस्त-लोक-नाथस्य श्रद्धयाराधनꣳ हरेः
tatraivagre —- asāre khalu saṁsāre sāram etan nirūpitam | samasta-loka-nāthasya śraddhayārādhanaṁ hareḥ
English translation
The only worthwhile thing within this miserable material world is to faithfully engage in the worship of Lord Hari, the cause of all causes and the proprietor of all planets.
HBV 11.210
Sourceकिꣳ च — यत्र विष्णु-कथा नित्यꣳ यत्र तिष्ठन्ति वैष्णवाः । कलि-बाह्या नरास् ते वै ये’र्चयन्ति सदा हरिम्
kiṁ ca — yatra viṣṇu-kathā nityaṁ yatra tiṣṭhanti vaiṣṇavāḥ | kali-bāhyā narās te vai ye’rcayanti sadā harim
English translation
Kali cannot spread his influence at the place where discussions of Lord Hari are held every day, where Vaisnavas reside, and where devotees are constantly engaged in the worship of Lord Visnu.
HBV 11.211–212
Sourceकाशी-खण्डे हरेर् आराधनꣳ पुꣳसाꣳ किꣳ किꣳ न कुरुते बत । पुत्र-मित्र-कलत्रार्थꣳ राज्य-स्वर्गापवर्ग-दम् हरत्य् अघꣳ ध्वम्सयति व्याधीन् आधीन् निरस्यति । धर्मꣳ विवर्धयेत् क्षिप्रꣳ प्रयच्छन्ति मनो-रथम्
kāśī-khaṇḍe harer ārādhanaṁ puṁsāṁ kiṁ kiṁ na kurute bata | putra-mitra-kalatrārthaṁ rājya-svargāpavarga-dam haraty aghaṁ dhvamsayati vyādhīn ādhīn nirasyati | dharmaṁ vivardhayet kṣipraṁ prayacchanti mano-ratham
English translation
a kingdom, residence in heaven, and liberation are all the ~' :. - vorship. By worshiping Lord Hari, one's sinful reactions lied, one's dangers are removed, one's diseases are cured, one's :ei and one's desires are fulfilled.
HBV 11.213
Sourceअत एव स्कान्दे ध्रुवꣳ प्रति मर्कण्डेयस्य वचनꣳ —- सकृद् अभ्यर्चितो येन देव-देवो जनार्दनः । स प्राप्नोति परꣳ स्थानꣳ सत्यम् एतन् मयोदितम्
ata eva skānde dhruvaṁ prati markaṇḍeyasya vacanaṁ —- sakṛd abhyarcito yena deva-devo janārdanaḥ | sa prāpnoti paraṁ sthānaṁ satyam etan mayoditam
English translation
[flhraeface, this statement of Markandeya to Dhruva is found in the Skanda Purdna) sakrd abhyarcito yena deva-devo jandrdanah sa prdpnoti pararh sthanarh satyam etan mayoditam I promise you that one who, even once, worships Lord Janardana achieves life's ultimate goal. This cannot be reversed.
HBV 11.214
Sourceतथाङ्गीरसः— यस्यान्तः सर्वम् एवेदꣳ यस्य नान्तो महात्मनः । तम् आराधय गोविन्दꣳ स्थानम् आग्र्यꣳ यद् इच्छसि
tathāṅgīrasaḥ— yasyāntaḥ sarvam evedaṁ yasya nānto mahātmanaḥ | tam ārādhaya govindaṁ sthānam āgryaṁ yad icchasi
English translation
sh to attain the highest perfection of life then simply worship I K unlimited Lord Govinda, who has no beginning and no end and in whom ibe entire universe is situated.
HBV 11.215
Sourceपुलस्तस्य— परꣳ ब्रह्म परꣳ धाम यो’सौ सस्वत-पूरुषः । तम् आराध्य हरिꣳ याति मुक्तिम् अप्य् अति-दुर्लभम्
pulastasya— paraṁ brahma paraṁ dhāma yo’sau sasvata-pūruṣaḥ | tam ārādhya hariṁ yāti muktim apy ati-durlabham
English translation
By worshiping Lord Hari, who is the Supreme Brahman, the supreme abode, and the eternal Personality of Godhead, one can attain that which is very rarely achieved.
n SRI HARI'BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.216
Sourceपुलहस्य— ऐन्द्रम् इन्द्रः परꣳ स्थानꣳ यम् आराध्य जगत्-पतिम् । प्राप यज्ञ-पतिꣳ विष्णुꣳ तम् आराधय सु-व्रत
pulahasya— aindram indraḥ paraṁ sthānaṁ yam ārādhya jagat-patim | prāpa yajña-patiṁ viṣṇuṁ tam ārādhaya su-vrata
English translation
O performer of vows, you should adore the Lord of the universe and sacrifice, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, by worshiping whose lotus feet Indra became the chief of the demigods.
HBV 11.217–218
Sourceवसिष्ठस्य - प्राप्नोत्य् आराधिते विष्णौ मनसा यद् यद् इच्छति । त्रैलोक्यान्तर्-गतꣳ स्थानꣳ किम् उ सर्वोत्तमोत्तमम् यन् यन् कामयते कामान् नारी वा पुरुषो’पि वा । तन् समाप्नोति विपुलान् समाराध्य जनार्दनम्
vasiṣṭhasya - prāpnoty ārādhite viṣṇau manasā yad yad icchati | trailokyāntar-gataṁ sthānaṁ kim u sarvottamottamam yan yan kāmayate kāmān nārī vā puruṣo’pi vā | tan samāpnoti vipulān samārādhya janārdanam
English translation
When one can reach the transcendental abode, Vaikuntha, by the worship of Lord Visnu then where is the doubt that one can transfer himself to any planet within the three worlds if he so desires? Men and women can accomplish more than what they desire simply by worshiping Lord Janardana.
HBV 11.219
Sourceअगस्त्य-सꣳहितायाꣳ — आराध्यैव नरो विष्णुꣳ मनसा यद् यद् इच्छति । फलꣳ प्राप्नोत्य् अविहतꣳ भूरि स्वल्पम् अथापि वा
agastya-saṁhitāyāṁ — ārādhyaiva naro viṣṇuṁ manasā yad yad icchati | phalaṁ prāpnoty avihataṁ bhūri svalpam athāpi vā
English translation
Whatever one may desire within his mind, whether it is big or small, can be obtained without any hindrance by the worship of Lord Visnu.
HBV 11.220
Sourceइद्र्सꣳ विष्णु-पुरने’पि किꣳचिद् अधिकꣳ चेदम्, श्री-मरीचेः अनाराधित-गोविन्दैर् नरैर् स्थानꣳ नृपात्मज । न हि सम्प्राप्यते श्रेष्ठꣳ तस्माद् आराधयाच्युतम्
idrsaṁ viṣṇu-purane’pi kiṁcid adhikaṁ cedam, śrī-marīceḥ anārādhita-govindair narair sthānaṁ nṛpātmaja | na hi samprāpyate śreṣṭhaṁ tasmād ārādhayācyutam
English translation
O prince, no one can achieve the highest destination without the worship of Lord Govinda, who is praised with select verses. Therefore, you should always worship the infallible Lord, Govinda.
HBV 11.221
Sourceकिꣳ च तत्रैव— भौमान् मनोरथान् स्वर्गꣳ स्वर्ग-वन्द्यꣳ तथास्पदम् । प्राप्नोत्य् आराधिते विष्णौ निर्वाणम् अपि चोत्तमम्
kiṁ ca tatraiva— bhaumān manorathān svargaṁ svarga-vandyaṁ tathāspadam | prāpnoty ārādhite viṣṇau nirvāṇam api cottamam
English translation
By worshiping Lord Visnu, everything imaginable within this world, all of one's desire, heavenly pleasures, elevation to Dhruvaloka, liberation, and even Vaikuntha can be achieved.
HBV 11.222–223
Sourceतथा ब्रह्म-वैवर्ते— यत्-पादोदकम् आधाय शिवः शिरसि नृत्यति । यन्-नाभि-नलिनाद् आसीद् ब्रह्मा लोक-पितामहः यद्-इच्छा-शक्ति-विक्षोभाद् ब्रह्मण्डोद्भव-सङ्क्षयौ । तम् आराधय गोविन्दꣳ स्थानम् अग्र्यꣳ यदीच्छसि
tathā brahma-vaivarte— yat-pādodakam ādhāya śivaḥ śirasi nṛtyati | yan-nābhi-nalinād āsīd brahmā loka-pitāmahaḥ yad-icchā-śakti-vikṣobhād brahmaṇḍodbhava-saṅkṣayau | tam ārādhaya govindaṁ sthānam agryaṁ yadīcchasi
English translation
If you desire to accomplish the supreme objective of life then worship Lord Govinda, whose lotus feet Mahadeva catches hold of and dances in
r . SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA
ecstasy, from whose navel sprouts a lotus flower on which Brahma was born, and by the strength of whose will the creation and destruction of the universe takes place.
HBV 11.224–225
Sourceनारसिꣳहे मर्कण्डेय-सहस्रनिक-सꣳवादे— यस् तु सम्पूजयेन् नित्यꣳ नरसिꣳह नरेश्वर । स स्वर्ग-मोक्ष-भागी स्यान् नात्र कार्या विचारणा तस्माद् एक-मना भूत्वा यावज्-जीवꣳ प्रतिज्ञया । अर्चनान् नरसिꣳहस्य सम्प्राप्नोत्य् अभिवाञ्छितम्
nārasiṁhe markaṇḍeya-sahasranika-saṁvāde— yas tu sampūjayen nityaṁ narasiṁha nareśvara | sa svarga-mokṣa-bhāgī syān nātra kāryā vicāraṇā tasmād eka-manā bhūtvā yāvaj-jīvaṁ pratijñayā | arcanān narasiṁhasya samprāpnoty abhivāñchitam
English translation
is recorded in the Nrsirhha Purana, these verses are found) yas tu sampiijayen nityarh narasirhha naresvara sa svarga-moksa'bhdgi sydn ndtra kdryd vicdrand tasmdd eka-mand bhutvd yavdj jivarh pratijnayd arcandn narasirhhasya samprdpnoty abhivdnchitam O noble king, one who regularly worships Lord Nrsimhadeva with intense devotion becomes qualified to reside in heaven, or even attain liberation. There is no need to deliberate further on this point. Considering this, one should take a vow to worship Lord Nrsimhadeva with full attention throughout one's life and thereby receive the most auspicious result.
HBV 11.226–228
Sourceतत्रैव श्री-व्यास-शुक-सꣳवादे श्री-मार्कण्डेय-मृत्युञ्जय-सꣳवादानन्तरꣳ— नरके पच्यमानस् तु यमेन परिभाषितः । किꣳ त्वया नार्चितो देवः केशवः क्लेश-नाशनः उदकेनाप्य् अलाभे तु द्रव्याणाꣳ पूजितः प्रभुः । यो ददाति स्वकꣳ लोकꣳ स त्वया किꣳ न पूजितः नरसिꣳहो हृषीकेशः पुण्डरीक-निभेक्षणः । स्मरनान् मुक्ति-दो नृणाꣳ स त्वया किꣳ न पूजितः
tatraiva śrī-vyāsa-śuka-saṁvāde śrī-mārkaṇḍeya-mṛtyuñjaya-saṁvādānantaraṁ— narake pacyamānas tu yamena paribhāṣitaḥ | kiṁ tvayā nārcito devaḥ keśavaḥ kleśa-nāśanaḥ udakenāpy alābhe tu dravyāṇāṁ pūjitaḥ prabhuḥ | yo dadāti svakaṁ lokaṁ sa tvayā kiṁ na pūjitaḥ narasiṁho hṛṣīkeśaḥ puṇḍarīka-nibhekṣaṇaḥ | smaranān mukti-do nṛṇāṁ sa tvayā kiṁ na pūjitaḥ
English translation
that is recorded in the same Purana, these verses are found) narake pacyamdnas tu yamena paribhdsitah kirh tvayd ndrcito devah kesavah klesa-ndsanah udakendpy aldbhe tu dravydndrh pujitah prabhuh yo daddti svakarh lokarh sa tvayd kirh na pujitah
narasirhho hrsikesah pwydanka-nibh^ksanah mukd'do nrndm ra kah na pujitah asked a candidates for punishment, "Why didn't you KM had done so, you wouldn't have to rot in hell and marreasonfor not worshiping that Supreme Lord? rven an offering of a little water, the Lord awards Kxshiper. Why did you not worship Lord Narayana, who rarious incarnations, such as Nrsimha, and possesses unlimited - .:... ; • -:/ :.- Hrsikesa? He alone awards liberation to those Him."
HBV 11.229–230
Sourceबृहन्-नारदीये’दिति-माहात्म्ये श्री-सूतोक्तौ— यत्र पूजा-परो विष्णोस् तत्र विघ्नो न बाधते । राजा च तस्करश् चापि व्याधयश् च न सन्ति हि प्रेताः पिशाचाः कुष्माण्डा ग्रहा बालग्रहास् तथा । डाकिन्यो राक्षसाश् चैव न बाधन्ते’च्युतर्चकम्
bṛhan-nāradīye’diti-māhātmye śrī-sūtoktau— yatra pūjā-paro viṣṇos tatra vighno na bādhate | rājā ca taskaraś cāpi vyādhayaś ca na santi hi pretāḥ piśācāḥ kuṣmāṇḍā grahā bālagrahās tathā | ḍākinyo rākṣasāś caiva na bādhante’cyutarcakam
English translation
of Aditi, as recorded in the Brhan'tidradiya Purdna) yatra puja-paro visnos tatra vighno na bddhate raja ca taskaras capi vyadhayas ca na santi hi pretah pisacah kusmdndah grahd balagrahas tathd dakinyo raksasas caiva na badhante 'cyutdrcakam herever the worshipers of Lord Visnu reside there cannot be impediments or disturbance. Not even the king could create any _ - _" ~ ir.;e> there and so what to speak of thieves and diseases. Ghosts, evil JBBULX hobgoblins, witches, and demons cannot create any obstacle for the - -:.-. T;-- ^ : Lord Visnu.
HBV 11.231
Sourceतत्रैव यम-भगीरथ-सꣳवादे— पत्रैः पुष्पैः फलैर् वार्च्य पूजा-रहितम् अच्युतम् । स याति विष्णु-सालोक्यꣳ कुल-सप्तति-सꣳयुतः
tatraiva yama-bhagīratha-saṁvāde— patraiḥ puṣpaiḥ phalair vārcya pūjā-rahitam acyutam | sa yāti viṣṇu-sālokyaṁ kula-saptati-saṁyutaḥ
English translation
that is found in the same literature it is stated)
c^ SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA patraih puspaih phalair vdrcyd puja^rahitam acyutam sa ydti visnU'Sdlokyarh kulasaptatusamyutah Seven generations of the family of a person who worships the infallible Supreme Lord, even with just some fruit, a leaf, or some flowers, are granted the impersonal liberation of merging into the existence of Lord Visnu.
HBV 11.232–233
Sourceतत्रैव ध्वजारोपण-माहात्म्ये श्री-विष्णु-दूतानाम् उक्तौ— उत्क्रान्ति-काले यन्-नाम श्रुतवन्तो’पि वै सकृत् । लभन्ते परमꣳ स्थानꣳ किम् उ शुश्रूषणे रतः मुहूर्तꣳ वा मुहूर्तार्धꣳ यस् तिष्ठेद् धरि-मन्दिरे । स याति परमꣳ स्थानꣳ किम् उ शुश्रूषणे रतः
tatraiva dhvajāropaṇa-māhātmye śrī-viṣṇu-dūtānām uktau— utkrānti-kāle yan-nāma śrutavanto’pi vai sakṛt | labhante paramaṁ sthānaṁ kim u śuśrūṣaṇe rataḥ muhūrtaṁ vā muhūrtārdhaṁ yas tiṣṭhed dhari-mandire | sa yāti paramaṁ sthānaṁ kim u śuśrūṣaṇe rataḥ
English translation
How can I sufficiently describe the glorious benefit accrued by worshiping the Supreme Lord, Narayana, when simply by hearing His holy name only once at the time of death, one can easily go back to the Lord's transcendental abode? One who remains for just a moment, or even half a moment, in the temple of Lord Hari can achieve a transcendental destination. What then can be said of those who serve Him with love and devotion?
HBV 11.234
Sourceतत्रैव विभाण्डक-मुनेः सुमति-नृपꣳ प्रति — अवशेनापि यत् कर्म कृतꣳ तु सु-महत् फलम् । ददाति नॄणाꣳ राजेन्द्र किꣳ पुनः सम्यग्-अर्चना
tatraiva vibhāṇḍaka-muneḥ sumati-nṛpaṁ prati — avaśenāpi yat karma kṛtaṁ tu su-mahat phalam | dadāti nṝṇāṁ rājendra kiṁ punaḥ samyag-arcanā
English translation
O foremost king, what can I say about the glorious worship of the Supreme Lord? If one performs devotional service to the Lord, even though he may be in a degraded condition, he can attain the highest benefit.
HBV 11.235–238
Sourceप्रायश्चित्त-प्रकारणान्ते —- सम्पर्काद् यदि वा मोहाद् यस् तु पूजयते हरिम् । सर्व-पाप-विनिर्मुक्तः स याति परमꣳ पदम् सर्वान्तराया नश्यन्ति मनः-सुद्धिश् च जायते । परꣳ मोक्षꣳ लभेच् चैव पूज्यमाने जनार्दने धर्मार्थ-काम-मोक्षाख्या पुरुषार्थाः सनातनाः । हरि-पूजा-पराणाꣳ तु सिध्यन्ते नात्र सꣳशयः सर्व-तीर्थानि यज्ञाश् च साङ्गा वेदाश् च सत्तमाः । नारायणर्चनस्यैते कालꣳ नर्हन्ति सोदसिम्
prāyaścitta-prakāraṇānte —- samparkād yadi vā mohād yas tu pūjayate harim | sarva-pāpa-vinirmuktaḥ sa yāti paramaṁ padam sarvāntarāyā naśyanti manaḥ-suddhiś ca jāyate | paraṁ mokṣaṁ labhec caiva pūjyamāne janārdane dharmārtha-kāma-mokṣākhyā puruṣārthāḥ sanātanāḥ | hari-pūjā-parāṇāṁ tu sidhyante nātra saṁśayaḥ sarva-tīrthāni yajñāś ca sāṅgā vedāś ca sattamāḥ | nārāyaṇarcanasyaite kālaṁ narhanti sodasim
English translation
One who worships Lord Hari, even though he may have acquired the ingredients for worship by begging from others, or had worshiped Him with some material motive, will be freed from all sinful reactions and thereafter attain the supreme abode of the Lord. By worshiping Lord Janardana, all of one's obstacles are vanquished, one's mind becomes purified, and one ultimately attains liberation. There is no doubt that those who are inclined to worship Lord Hari will achieve the four objectives of human life— religiosity, economic development, sense gratification, and liberation. The performance of sacrifices and the study of the Vedas do not award one even one-sixteenth the merit one receives by worshiping Lord Narayana.
co SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.239
Sourceश्री-विष्णु-तोष-विधि-प्रश्नोत्तरे— सत्यꣳ वच्मि हितꣳ वच्मि सारꣳ वच्मि पुनः पुनः । असारोदग्र-सꣳसारे सारꣳ यद् विष्णु-पूजनम्
śrī-viṣṇu-toṣa-vidhi-praśnottare— satyaṁ vacmi hitaṁ vacmi sāraṁ vacmi punaḥ punaḥ | asārodagra-saṁsāre sāraṁ yad viṣṇu-pūjanam
English translation
I am telling you the truth, for your benefit, thus revealing to you the essence of everything—worship of Lord Visnu is the only worthwhile objective in this terrible ocean of material existence.
HBV 11.240
Sourceउपलेपन-माहात्म्यन्ते— अकामाद् अपि ये विष्णोः सकृत् पूजाꣳ प्रकुर्वते न तेषाम् । भव-बन्धस् तु कदाचिद् अपि जायते
upalepana-māhātmyante— akāmād api ye viṣṇoḥ sakṛt pūjāṁ prakurvate na teṣām | bhava-bandhas tu kadācid api jāyate
English translation
Those who worship Lord Visnu, even once, with hesitation, will never become bound up in this material world again.
HBV 11.241–243
Sourceयज्ञध्वजोपाख्यानान्ते— तस्मात् शृणुत विप्रेन्द्र देवो नारायणो’व्ययः । जानतो’जानतो वापि पूजकानाꣳ विमुक्ति-दः ते वन्द्यास् ते प्रपूज्याश् च नमस्कार्या विशेषतः । ये’र्चयन्ति महा-विष्णुꣳ प्रपन्नार्ति-प्रणाशनम् ये यजन्ति स्पृहा-शून्या हरिꣳ वा हरम् एव वा । त एव भुवनꣳ सर्वꣳ पुनन्ति विबुध-र्षभाः
yajñadhvajopākhyānānte— tasmāt śṛṇuta viprendra devo nārāyaṇo’vyayaḥ | jānato’jānato vāpi pūjakānāṁ vimukti-daḥ te vandyās te prapūjyāś ca namaskāryā viśeṣataḥ | ye’rcayanti mahā-viṣṇuṁ prapannārti-praṇāśanam ye yajanti spṛhā-śūnyā hariṁ vā haram eva vā | ta eva bhuvanaṁ sarvaṁ punanti vibudha-rṣabhāḥ
English translation
O brdhmanas, those who worship Lord Narayana, whether knowingly or unknowingly, achieve liberation. Those who worship Maha-visnu, the destroyer of the distress of His surrendered devotees, becomes an object of worship, prayers, and homage. Those intelligent sages who are devoid of material desires and who worship Lord Hari, or Lord Siva, can purify the entire world.
HBV 11.244
Sourceपाद्मे श्री-नारायण-नारद-सꣳवादे पूज-विधि-प्रसङ्गे— मद्-भक्तो यो मद्-अर्चाꣳ च करोति विधि-दृष्टये । तस्यान्तरायः स्वप्ने’पि न भवत्य् अभयो हि सः
pādme śrī-nārāyaṇa-nārada-saṁvāde pūja-vidhi-prasaṅge— mad-bhakto yo mad-arcāṁ ca karoti vidhi-dṛṣṭaye | tasyāntarāyaḥ svapne’pi na bhavaty abhayo hi saḥ
English translation
the process of worship, as recorded in the Padma Purana, it is stated) mad-bhakto yo mad-arcdrh ca karoti vidhi-drstaye tasydntardyah svapne 'pi na bhavaty abhayo hi sah My pure devotees never face any difficulty, even in their dreams. Such surrendered souls live fearlessly throughout the duration of their lives.
HBV 11.245–246
Sourceतत्रैव वैशाख-माहात्म्ये नारदाम्बरीष-सꣳवादे— पुत्रान् कलत्रान् दीर्घायू राज्यꣳ स्वर्गापवर्गकम् । स दद्याद् ईप्सितꣳ सर्वꣳ भक्त्या सम्पूजितो’जितः नरके’पि चिरꣳ मग्नाः पूर्वजा ये कुल-द्वये । तत्रैव यान्ति ते स्वर्गꣳ यदार्चेत सूतो हरिम्
tatraiva vaiśākha-māhātmye nāradāmbarīṣa-saṁvāde— putrān kalatrān dīrghāyū rājyaṁ svargāpavargakam | sa dadyād īpsitaṁ sarvaṁ bhaktyā sampūjito’jitaḥ narake’pi ciraṁ magnāḥ pūrvajā ye kula-dvaye | tatraiva yānti te svargaṁ yadārceta sūto harim
English translation
the VaUakha-mahdtmya section of the same literature, these verses are found) putrdn kalatrdn dirghdyu rdjyarh svargdpavaragakam sa dadydd ipsitarh sarvarh bhaktyd sampujito 'jitah narake 'pi dram magndh purvajd ye kula-dvaye tatraivdydnti te svargarh yad arceta suto harim By worshiping the unconquerable Lord Hari, one can obtain a good wife and children, a long duration of life, a kingdom, residence in the heavenly planets, and liberation. If one's family members worship Lord Hari then two
.n SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA oU previous generations of his family will ascend to heaven on the strength of his piety, even if they were suffering in hell.
HBV 11.247
Sourceतत्रैव श्री-यम-ब्रह्म-सꣳवादे— अनाराध्य हरिꣳ भक्त्या को लोकान् प्राप्नुयाद् बुधः । आराधिते हरौ कामाः सर्वे कर-तल-स्थिताः
tatraiva śrī-yama-brahma-saṁvāde— anārādhya hariṁ bhaktyā ko lokān prāpnuyād budhaḥ | ārādhite harau kāmāḥ sarve kara-tala-sthitāḥ
English translation
that is found in the same literature, it is stated) andrddhya harirh bhaktyd ko lokdn prdpnuydd budhah drddhite harau kdmah sarve kara-talasthitdh Even learned personalities cannot enjoy heavenly pleasures if they fail to worship Lord Hari in a mood of devotion. Simply by worshiping the Lord in a non-duplicitous manner, one can achieve all the objects of the senses very easily.
HBV 11.248–250
Sourceविष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे श्री-कृष्णामृत-स्तोत्रे— सो’पि धन्यतमो लोके यो’र्चयेद् अचुत्यꣳ सकृत् । किꣳ पुनः श्रद्धया युक्तः स-पुष्पैः प्रतिवासरम् वैष्णवान् अपि ये नित्यꣳ प्रपश्यन्त्य् अर्चयन्ति च । ते’पि विष्णु-पदꣳ यान्ति किꣳ पुनर् विष्णु-सेवकाः स योगी स विशुद्धात्मा स शान्तः स महा-मतिः । स शुद्धः स च सम्पूर्णः कृष्णꣳ सेवेत यो नरः
viṣṇu-dharmottare śrī-kṛṣṇāmṛta-stotre— so’pi dhanyatamo loke yo’rcayed acutyaṁ sakṛt | kiṁ punaḥ śraddhayā yuktaḥ sa-puṣpaiḥ prativāsaram vaiṣṇavān api ye nityaṁ prapaśyanty arcayanti ca | te’pi viṣṇu-padaṁ yānti kiṁ punar viṣṇu-sevakāḥ sa yogī sa viśuddhātmā sa śāntaḥ sa mahā-matiḥ | sa śuddhaḥ sa ca sampūrṇaḥ kṛṣṇaṁ seveta yo naraḥ
English translation
If, by worshiping the Supreme Lord only once, one's life can become successful then what can be said of the person who regularly worships the Supreme Lord with offerings of fragrant flowers? Those who go to see
Vaisnavas and worship them every day will attain the supreme abode of Lord Visnu. No one can properly understand the immense good fortune of the servants of Lord Visnu. One who renders pure devotional service to Lord Krsna is a perfect yogi, a pure-hearted soul, and he is certainly most peaceful and exalted. Such a surrendered devotee has all of his desires fulfilled.
HBV 11.251–252
Sourceअगस्त्य-सꣳहितायाम्— अनन्य-मनसः शश्वद् गणयन्तो’क्ष-मालया । जपन्तो राम-रामेति सुखामृत-निधौ मनः । प्रविलाप्यामृतीभूय सुखꣳ तिष्ठन्ति केचन परिचर्या-पराः केचित् प्रासादादिषु शेरते । मनुष्यम् इव तꣳ द्रष्टुꣳ व्यवहर्तुꣳ च बन्धुवत्
agastya-saṁhitāyām— ananya-manasaḥ śaśvad gaṇayanto’kṣa-mālayā | japanto rāma-rāmeti sukhāmṛta-nidhau manaḥ | pravilāpyāmṛtībhūya sukhaṁ tiṣṭhanti kecana paricaryā-parāḥ kecit prāsādādiṣu śerate | manuṣyam iva taṁ draṣṭuṁ vyavahartuṁ ca bandhuvat
English translation
Some servants of the Supreme Lord always chant the holy name of Lord Rama a prescribed number of rounds on their chanting beads and thus live in this world as liberated souls, merged in an ocean of transcendental ecstasy. There are other devotees who are inclined to render service to the Supreme Lord in His form as Lord Ramacandra, treating Him like a friend and sleeping with Him in His palace.
HBV 11.253
Sourceकिꣳ च— यथा विधि-निषेधौ तु मुक्तꣳ नविओपसर्पतः । तथा न स्पृशतो रामोपासकꣳ विधि-पूर्वकम्
kiṁ ca— yathā vidhi-niṣedhau tu muktaṁ naviopasarpataḥ | tathā na spṛśato rāmopāsakaṁ vidhi-pūrvakam
English translation
If the devotees of Lord Ramacandra worship Him by following in the footsteps of the liberated souls who are not compelled to follow the scriptural rules and regulations, they also attain that platform of liberation.
HBV 11.254
Sourceएवꣳ सतत-युक्ता ये भक्तास् त्वाꣳ पर्युपासते । ये चाप्य् अक्षरम् अव्यक्तꣳ तेषाꣳ के योग-वित्तमाः
evaṁ satata-yuktā ye bhaktās tvāṁ paryupāsate | ye cāpy akṣaram avyaktaṁ teṣāṁ ke yoga-vittamāḥ
English translation
are always properly engaged in Your devotional service or those who worship the impersonal Brahman, the unmanifested?
HBV 11.255
Sourceमय्य् आवेश्य मनो ये माꣳ नित्ययुक्ता उपासते । श्रद्धया परयोपेतास् ते मे युक्ततमा मताः
mayy āveśya mano ye māṁ nityayuktā upāsate | śraddhayā parayopetās te me yuktatamā matāḥ
English translation
Lord spoke this verse of Bhagavad-gita [12.2]) mayy avesya mono ye mark nitya-yuktd updsate sraddhayd parayopetds te me yuktatamd matdh Those who fix their minds on My personal form and are always engaged in worshiping Me with great and transcendental faith are considered by Me to be most perfect.
HBV 11.256
Sourceयत्-पाद-सेवाभिरुचिस् तपस्विनाम् अशेष-जन्मोपचितꣳ मलꣳ धियः । सद्यः क्षिणोत्य् अन्वहम् एधती सती यथा पदाङ्गुष्ठ-विनिःसृता सरित्
yat-pāda-sevābhirucis tapasvinām aśeṣa-janmopacitaṁ malaṁ dhiyaḥ | sadyaḥ kṣiṇoty anvaham edhatī satī yathā padāṅguṣṭha-viniḥsṛtā sarit
English translation
By the inclination to serve the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, suffering humanity can immediately cleanse the dirt which has accumulated in their minds during innumerable births. Like the Ganges water, which emanates from the toes of the lotus feet of the Lord, such a process immediately cleanses the mind, and thus Krsna consciousness gradually increases.
HBV 11.257
Sourceयथा तरोर् मूल-निषेचनेन तृप्यन्ति तत्-स्कन्ध-भुजोपशाखाः । प्राणोपहाराच् च यथेन्द्रियाणाꣳ तथैव सर्वार्हणम् अच्युतेज्या
yathā taror mūla-niṣecanena tṛpyanti tat-skandha-bhujopaśākhāḥ | prāṇopahārāc ca yathendriyāṇāṁ tathaiva sarvārhaṇam acyutejyā
English translation
By giving water to the root of a tree one satisfies its branches, twigs and leaves, and by supplying food to the stomach one satisfies all the senses of the body. Similarly, by engaging in the transcendental service of the - .rrtrr.e Lord one automatically satisfies all the demigods and all other living entities.
HBV 11.258
Sourceमन्ये’कुतश्चिद्-भयम् अच्युतस्य पादाम्बुजोपासनम् अत्र नित्यम् । उद्विग्न-बुद्धेर् असद्-आत्म-भावाद् विश्वात्मना यत्र निवर्तते भीः
manye’kutaścid-bhayam acyutasya pādāmbujopāsanam atra nityam | udvigna-buddher asad-ātma-bhāvād viśvātmanā yatra nivartate bhīḥ
English translation
It is my opinion that those whose intelligence is constantly disturbed by falsely identifying with this temporary material world can achieve real freedom from fear only by worshiping the lotus feet of the infallible Supreme Lord. In such devotional service, all fear entirely vanishes.
HBV 11.259
Sourceएवꣳ क्रिया-योग-पथैः पुमान् वैदिक-तान्त्रिकैः । अर्चन्न् उभयतः सिद्धिꣳ मत्तो विन्दत्य् अभीप्सिताम्
evaṁ kriyā-yoga-pathaiḥ pumān vaidika-tāntrikaiḥ | arcann ubhayataḥ siddhiṁ matto vindaty abhīpsitām
English translation
By worshiping Me through the various methods that are prescribed in the Vedic literature, one can achieve his desired perfection, both in this life and the next.
HBV 11.260
Sourceकिꣳ च [भा.पु. ११.२७.५३] माम् एव नैरपेक्ष्येण भक्ति-योगेन विन्दति । भक्ति-योगꣳ स लभत एवꣳ यः पूजयेत माम्
kiṁ ca [bhā.pu. 11.27.53] mām eva nairapekṣyeṇa bhakti-yogena vindati | bhakti-yogaṁ sa labhata evaṁ yaḥ pūjayeta mām
English translation
However, one who simply engages in devotional service with no attachment for the results of his actions will attain Me. Thus whoever worships Me according to the process I have described will ultimately attain pure devotional service unto Me.
HBV 11.261
Sourceतुलसी-दल-मात्रेण जलस्य चुलुकेन च । विक्रीणीते स्वम् आत्मानꣳ भक्तेभ्यो भक्त-वत्सलः
tulasī-dala-mātreṇa jalasya culukena ca | vikrīṇīte svam ātmānaṁ bhaktebhyo bhakta-vatsalaḥ
English translation
Lord Hari, who is very affectionate to His devotees, becomes controlled by one who offers Him a handful of water and a tulasi leaf in pure devotion.
HBV 11.262
Sourceअथ पूजा-नित्यता महाभारते— मातृवत् परिरक्षन्तꣳ सृष्टि-सꣳहार-कारकम् । यो नार्चयति देवेशꣳ तꣳ विद्याद् ब्रह्म-घातकम्
atha pūjā-nityatā mahābhārate— mātṛvat parirakṣantaṁ sṛṣṭi-saṁhāra-kārakam | yo nārcayati deveśaṁ taṁ vidyād brahma-ghātakam
English translation
One who does not worship the Lord, who is the proprietor of the entire universe, who protects everyone just like an affectionate mother, and who is
6: the creator and destroyer of the cosmic manifestation, should be considered no better than a killer of a brahrnana.
HBV 11.263
Sourceअत एवोक्तꣳ बृहन्-नारदीये पादोदक-माहात्म्याख्यानारम्भे— हरि-पूजा-विधानꣳ तु यस्य वेश्मनि नो द्विजः । श्मशान-सदृशꣳ विद्यान् न कदापि विशेच् च तत्
ata evoktaṁ bṛhan-nāradīye pādodaka-māhātmyākhyānārambhe— hari-pūjā-vidhānaṁ tu yasya veśmani no dvijaḥ | śmaśāna-sadṛśaṁ vidyān na kadāpi viśec ca tat
English translation
of the Brhati'tidradiya Purana, this verse is found) hari-puja-vidtendrh tu yasya vesmdni no dvijdh smasana-sadrsarh vidydn na kaddpi visec ca tat O brdhmanas, never enter a house where there is no worship of Lord Hari. Always keep in mind that such a house is no better than a crematorium.
HBV 11.264
Sourceअत एवोक्तꣳ विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे — पुष्पैर् वा यदि वा पत्रैह् फलैर् वा यदि वाम्बुभिः । यष्टव्यः पुण्डरीकाक्षस् त्यक्त्वा कार्य-शतानि च
ata evoktaṁ viṣṇu-dharmottare — puṣpair vā yadi vā patraih phalair vā yadi vāmbubhiḥ | yaṣṭavyaḥ puṇḍarīkākṣas tyaktvā kārya-śatāni ca
English translation
Even if one has hundreds of duties to perform, one should never fail to worship the lotus-eyed Supreme Lord with simply an offering of water if there are no flowers, fruit, or leaves available.
HBV 11.265
Sourceकिꣳ च नारदीये— निमित्तेषु च सर्वेषु तत्-तत्-काल-विशेषतः । पूजयेद् देव-देवेशꣳ द्रव्यꣳ सम्पाद्य यत्नतः
kiṁ ca nāradīye— nimitteṣu ca sarveṣu tat-tat-kāla-viśeṣataḥ | pūjayed deva-deveśaṁ dravyaṁ sampādya yatnataḥ
English translation
On auspicious days, such as Janmastami, and other holidays, one should collect the necessary ingredients and worship the Supreme Lord, the master of the demigods, Narayana.
HBV 11.266
Sourceअत एवोक्तꣳ भगवता हायग्रीवेण हायशीर्ष-पञ्चरात्रे— प्रतिष्ठितार्चा न त्याज्या यावज्-जीवꣳ समर्चयेत् । वरꣳ प्राणस्य वा त्यागः शिरसो वापि कर्त्तनम्
ata evoktaṁ bhagavatā hāyagrīveṇa hāyaśīrṣa-pañcarātre— pratiṣṭhitārcā na tyājyā yāvaj-jīvaṁ samarcayet | varaṁ prāṇasya vā tyāgaḥ śiraso vāpi karttanam
English translation
One should rather die and have his head cut off than give up the worship of an installed Deity of the Supreme Lord. By all means, one must continue his worship once started.
HBV 11.267–268
Sourceपूजया नित्यतालेखि प्राक् च नैवेद्य-भक्षणे । माहात्म्यꣳ च परꣳ शालग्राम-चक्र-प्रसङ्गतः पूजाङ्गानाꣳ च माहात्म्यꣳ यद् यद् विलिखितꣳ पुरा । तत् सर्वम् इह पूजायाꣳ पर्यवस्यति हि स्वतः
pūjayā nityatālekhi prāk ca naivedya-bhakṣaṇe | māhātmyaṁ ca paraṁ śālagrāma-cakra-prasaṅgataḥ pūjāṅgānāṁ ca māhātmyaṁ yad yad vilikhitaṁ purā | tat sarvam iha pūjāyāṁ paryavasyati hi svataḥ
English translation
We have already described that honoring the remnants of Lord's food and worshiping the Deity are eternal activities. We have also delineated the glories of worshiping the sdlagrdma-sild. Whatever was previously written about the glories of the limbs of worship are applicable here as well. In other words, the previous descriptions can be accepted as the glories of the Lord's worship.
HBV 11.269
Sourceपूजा-महिम-मत्तेभाह् शास्त्रारण्य-विहारिणः । कीटेन कति सङ्ग्राह्याः प्रभावꣳ श्री-हरेर् विना
pūjā-mahima-mattebhāh śāstrāraṇya-vihāriṇaḥ | kīṭena kati saṅgrāhyāḥ prabhāvaṁ śrī-harer vinā
English translation
How can an ordinary person, who is as insignificant as an insect, control the intoxicated elephant, in the form of the Lord's glories, that wanders about within the forest of the Vedic literature, without the mercy of Lord Hari?
HBV 11.270
Sourceअथ श्री-भगवन्-नाम सदा सेवेत सर्वतः । तन्-माहात्म्यꣳ च विख्यातꣳ सङ्क्षेपेनात्र लिख्यते
atha śrī-bhagavan-nāma sadā seveta sarvataḥ | tan-māhātmyaṁ ca vikhyātaṁ saṅkṣepenātra likhyate
English translation
Therefore, the ultimate conclusion that any sane person will come to is that one should always chant the holy names of the Supreme Lord. Although the glories of the Lord's holy names are widely proclaimed, we shall describe them here, in brief.
HBV 11.271
Sourceतत्र श्री-भगवन्-नाम-विशेषस्य च सेवनम् । ऋषिभिः कृपयादिष्टꣳ तत्-तत्-काम-हतात्मनाम्
tatra śrī-bhagavan-nāma-viśeṣasya ca sevanam | ṛṣibhiḥ kṛpayādiṣṭaṁ tat-tat-kāma-hatātmanām
English translation
Now we will pass on the instructions of the merciful sages regarding the holy names of the Lord for the benefit of those whose hearts are polluted with material desires.
HBV 11.272
Sourceश्री-कौर्मे— श्री-शब्द-पूर्वꣳ जय-शब्द-मध्यꣳ जय-द्वयाद् उत्तरतस् तथा हि । त्रिः-सप्त-कृत्वो नरसिꣳह-नाम जप्तꣳ निहन्याद् अपि विप्र-हत्याम्
śrī-kaurme— śrī-śabda-pūrvaṁ jaya-śabda-madhyaṁ jaya-dvayād uttaratas tathā hi | triḥ-sapta-kṛtvo narasiṁha-nāma japtaṁ nihanyād api vipra-hatyām
English translation
By chanting this mantra twenty-one times, the sinful reactions accrued by killing a brdhmana are destroyed: sri narasirhha jaya narasirhha jaya jaya narasirhha.
6£ SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.273
Sourceतत्रैव— श्री-पूर्वो नरसिꣳहो द्विर् जयाद् उत्तरतस् तु सः । त्रिः-सप्त-कृत्वो जपतो महाभय-निवारणः
tatraiva— śrī-pūrvo narasiṁho dvir jayād uttaratas tu saḥ | triḥ-sapta-kṛtvo japato mahābhaya-nivāraṇaḥ
English translation
One becomes relieved from great danger or fear if he chants: sri narasirhha jaya jaya narasirhha twenty-one times.
HBV 11.274–276
Sourceकाल-विशेषे तु मङ्गलार्थम्, विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे मार्कण्डेय-वज्र-सꣳवादे पुरुषꣳ वासुदेवꣳ च तथा सङ्कर्षणꣳ विभुम् । प्रद्युम्नम् अनिरुद्धꣳ च क्रमाद् अब्देषु कीर्तयेत् बलभद्रꣳ तथा कृष्णꣳ कीर्तयेद् अयन-द्वये । मधवꣳ पुण्डरीकाक्षꣳ तथा वै भोग-सयिनम् पद्मनाभꣳ हृषीकेशꣳ तथा देवꣳ त्रिविक्रमम् । क्रमेन रज-सर्दुल वसन्तदिसु कीर्तयेत्
kāla-viśeṣe tu maṅgalārtham, viṣṇu-dharmottare mārkaṇḍeya-vajra-saṁvāde puruṣaṁ vāsudevaṁ ca tathā saṅkarṣaṇaṁ vibhum | pradyumnam aniruddhaṁ ca kramād abdeṣu kīrtayet balabhadraṁ tathā kṛṣṇaṁ kīrtayed ayana-dvaye | madhavaṁ puṇḍarīkākṣaṁ tathā vai bhoga-sayinam padmanābhaṁ hṛṣīkeśaṁ tathā devaṁ trivikramam | kramena raja-sardula vasantadisu kīrtayet
English translation
recorded in the Visnu-dharmattara these verses are found) purusarh vdsudevarh ca tathd sahkarsanarh vibhum pradyumnam aniruddharh ca krarnad abdesu kirtayet balabhadrarh tathd krsnarh klrtayed anaya-dvaye mddhavarh pundarikaksarh tathd vai bhogasdyinam padmandbharh hrsikesarh tathd devarh trivikramam kramena rdjasdrdiila vasantddisu kirtayet One should first chant the holy name, Purusa, for one year, then, Vamadeva, for one year, then, Saiikarsana, for one year, then, Pradyumna, for one year, and then, Aniruddha, for one year. When the sun enters the northern hemisphere, one should chant the name, Balarama, and when the sun enters the southern hemisphere, one should chant the name, Krsna.
O King, during the six seasons, beginning with summer, one should chant these six names in order—Madhava, Pundarikaksa, Bhogasayl, Padmanabha, Hrsikesa and Trivikrama.
HBV 11.277–280
Sourceविष्णुꣳ च मधु-हन्तारꣳ तथा देवꣳ त्रिविक्रमम् । वामनꣳ श्रीधरꣳ चैव हृषीकेशꣳ तथाइव च दामोदरꣳ पद्मनाभꣳ केशवꣳ च यदूत्तमम् । नारायणꣳ माधवꣳ च गोविन्दꣳ च तथा क्रमात् चैत्रादिषु च मासेषु देव-देवम् अनुस्मरेत् । प्रद्युम्नम् अनिरुद्धꣳ च पक्षयोः कृष्ण-शुक्लयोः सर्वः शर्वः सिवः स्थाणुर् भूतादिर् निधिर् अव्ययः । अदित्यादिषु वरेषु क्रमाद् एवम् अनुस्मरेत्
viṣṇuṁ ca madhu-hantāraṁ tathā devaṁ trivikramam | vāmanaṁ śrīdharaṁ caiva hṛṣīkeśaṁ tathāiva ca dāmodaraṁ padmanābhaṁ keśavaṁ ca yadūttamam | nārāyaṇaṁ mādhavaṁ ca govindaṁ ca tathā kramāt caitrādiṣu ca māseṣu deva-devam anusmaret | pradyumnam aniruddhaṁ ca pakṣayoḥ kṛṣṇa-śuklayoḥ sarvaḥ śarvaḥ sivaḥ sthāṇur bhūtādir nidhir avyayaḥ | adityādiṣu vareṣu kramād evam anusmaret
English translation
During the twelve months of the year, beginning with Caitra, one should chant these twelve names of the Supreme Lord, in this order— Visnu, Madhusudana, Trivikrama, Vamana, Sridhara, Hrsikesa, Damodara, Padmanabha, Yadupati, Kesava, Narayana, Madhava, and Govinda. One should remember the names, Pradyumna and Aniruddha, during the dark fortnight and light fortnight, respectively. During the seven days of the week, beginning from Sunday, one should remember these seven names, in this order-^-Sarva, Sarvasiva, Sthanu, Bhuta, Adi, Nidhi and Avyaya.
HBV 11.281–283
Sourceविश्वꣳ विष्णुर् वषट्-कारो भूत-भव्य-भवत्-प्रभुः । भूत-भृद् भूत-कृद् भवो भूतात्मा भूत-भवनः अव्यक्तः पुण्डरीकाक्षो विस्वकर्म सुचिस्रवः । सद्-भवो भवनो भर्त प्रभवः प्रभुर् इस्वरः अप्रमेयो हृषीकेशह् पद्मनभो’मर-प्रभुः । अग्रह्यः सस्वतो धत कृष्णश् चैतन्य् अनुस्मरेत् । देव-देवस्य नामानि कृत्तिकदिसु यदव
viśvaṁ viṣṇur vaṣaṭ-kāro bhūta-bhavya-bhavat-prabhuḥ | bhūta-bhṛd bhūta-kṛd bhavo bhūtātmā bhūta-bhavanaḥ avyaktaḥ puṇḍarīkākṣo visvakarma sucisravaḥ | sad-bhavo bhavano bharta prabhavaḥ prabhur isvaraḥ aprameyo hṛṣīkeśah padmanabho’mara-prabhuḥ | agrahyaḥ sasvato dhata kṛṣṇaś caitany anusmaret | deva-devasya nāmāni kṛttikadisu yadava
English translation
O descendent of the Yadu dynasty, Visva, Visnu, Vasat-kara, Bhuta- bhavya-bhavat, Bhuta-bhrt, Bhuta-krt, Bhava, Bhutatma, Bhuta-bhavana, Avyakta, Pundarlkaksa, Visvakarma, Sucisrava, Sad-bhava, Bhavana, v Bharta, Prabhava, Prabhu, Isvara, Aprameya, Hrsikesa, Padmanabha, Amara-prabhu, Agrahya, Sasvata, Dhata, and Krsna—one should remember these holy names of the Supreme Lord as the sun makes its journey around the twenty-seven naksatras, or stars, beginning with Krttika.
HBV 11.284–285
Sourceब्रह्माणꣳ श्री-पतिꣳ विष्णुꣳ कपिलꣳ श्रीधरꣳ प्रभुम् । दामोदरꣳ हृषीकेशꣳ गोविन्दꣳ मधुसूदनम् भूधरꣳ गदिनꣳ देवꣳ सङ्खिनꣳ पद्मिनꣳ तथा । चक्रिणꣳ च महाराज प्रथमादिषु सꣳस्मरेत्
brahmāṇaṁ śrī-patiṁ viṣṇuṁ kapilaṁ śrīdharaṁ prabhum | dāmodaraṁ hṛṣīkeśaṁ govindaṁ madhusūdanam bhūdharaṁ gadinaṁ devaṁ saṅkhinaṁ padminaṁ tathā | cakriṇaṁ ca mahārāja prathamādiṣu saṁsmaret
English translation
O respected king, one should remember each holy name corresponding to each naksatra. During the fortnight, beginning from Pratipada, or the first day, up to the full moon or new moon day, one should remember these holy names in this order—Brahma, Sripati, Visnu, Kapila, Sridhara, Prabhu, Damodara, Hrsikesa, Govinda, Madhusudana, Bhudhara, Gadi, Sankhi, Padmi and Cakri.
HBV 11.286–287
Sourceसर्वꣳ वा सर्वदा नाम देव-देवस्य यादव नामानि सर्वाणि जनार्दनस्य कालश् च सर्वः पुरुष-प्रवीराः । तस्मात् सदा सर्व-गतस्य नाम ग्राह्यꣳ यथेष्टꣳ वरदस्य राजन्
sarvaṁ vā sarvadā nāma deva-devasya yādava nāmāni sarvāṇi janārdanasya kālaś ca sarvaḥ puruṣa-pravīrāḥ | tasmāt sadā sarva-gatasya nāma grāhyaṁ yatheṣṭaṁ varadasya rājan
English translation
O Yadava, one should always, and throughout every stage of his life, remember the holy names of Lord Visnu, who is the origin of the demigods. O King, the holy names of Lord janardana should always be glorified because by changing them, everyone can attain auspiciousness. Whatever position one may find himself in, one should chant the holy names of the Supreme Lord, who always desires the welfare of His devotees.
HBV 11.288
Sourceपुलस्त्योक्तौ— कामः काम-प्रदः कान्तः काम-पालस् तथा हरिः । आनन्दो माधवश् चैव काम-सꣳसिद्धये जपेत्
pulastyoktau— kāmaḥ kāma-pradaḥ kāntaḥ kāma-pālas tathā hariḥ | ānando mādhavaś caiva kāma-saṁsiddhaye japet
English translation
one to chant these holy names of the Lord) kdmah kdma-pradah kdntah kdma-pdlas tathd harih dnando mddhavas caiva kdma'sarhsiddhaye japet Kama, Kama-prada, Kanta, Kama-pala, Hari, Ananda, and Madhava— one should chant these holy names of the Lord if he wants to achieve the fulfillment of his desires.
HBV 11.289
Sourceरामः परशुरामश् च नृसिꣳहो विष्णुर् एव च । विक्रमश् चैवम् आदीनि जप्यान्य् अरि-जिगीषुभिः
rāmaḥ paraśurāmaś ca nṛsiṁho viṣṇur eva ca | vikramaś caivam ādīni japyāny ari-jigīṣubhiḥ
English translation
Those who are desirous of victory should chant these holy names— Rama, Parasurama, Nrsimha, Visnu, and Trivikrama.
-., SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.290–291
Sourceविद्याम् अभ्यस्तता नित्यꣳ जप्तव्यः पुरुषोत्तमः । दामोदरꣳ बन्ध-गतो नित्यम् एव जपेन् नरः केशवꣳ पुण्डरीकाक्षम् अनिशꣳ हि तथा जपेत् । नेत्र-बाधासु सर्वासु हृषीकेशꣳ भयेषु च
vidyām abhyastatā nityaṁ japtavyaḥ puruṣottamaḥ | dāmodaraṁ bandha-gato nityam eva japen naraḥ keśavaṁ puṇḍarīkākṣam aniśaṁ hi tathā japet | netra-bādhāsu sarvāsu hṛṣīkeśaṁ bhayeṣu ca
English translation
Those who are engaged in studies should always chant the holy name, Purusottama. Those who are entangled in an undesirable way should chant the names, Damodara, Kesava, and Pundarikaksa every day. If one is frightened, or faced with some bodily pain, such as an eye disease, he should chant the holy name, Hrsikesa.
HBV 11.292
Sourceअच्युतꣳ चामृतꣳ चैव जपेद् औषध-कर्माणि । सङ्ग्रामाभिमुखो गच्छन् सꣳस्मरेद् अपराजितम्
acyutaṁ cāmṛtaṁ caiva japed auṣadha-karmāṇi | saṅgrāmābhimukho gacchan saṁsmared aparājitam
English translation
While taking medicine, one should chant, Acyuta and Amrta. While going into battle, one should remember the name, Aparajita.
HBV 11.293
Sourceचक्रिणꣳ गदिनꣳ चैव शार्ङ्गिणꣳ खड्गिनꣳ तथा । क्षेमार्थी प्रवसन् नित्यꣳ दिक्षु प्रच्यादिषु स्मरेत्
cakriṇaṁ gadinaṁ caiva śārṅgiṇaṁ khaḍginaṁ tathā | kṣemārthī pravasan nityaṁ dikṣu pracyādiṣu smaret
English translation
If a person desires auspiciousness, he should chant the name, Cakri, while traveling to the east, Gadi, while traveling to the west, Sarngi, while traveling to the north, and, Khadgi, while traveling to the south.
HBV 11.294
Sourceअजितꣳ चाधिपꣳ चैव सर्वꣳ सर्वेश्वरꣳ तथा । सꣳस्मरेत् पुरुषो भक्त्या व्यवहारेषु सर्वदा
ajitaṁ cādhipaṁ caiva sarvaṁ sarveśvaraṁ tathā | saṁsmaret puruṣo bhaktyā vyavahāreṣu sarvadā
English translation
Those who wish to flourish in business should remember the names, Ajita. Adhipa, Sarva, and Sarvesvara.
HBV 11.295
Sourceनारायणꣳ सर्व-कालꣳ क्षुत-प्रस्खलनादिषु । ग्रह-नक्षत्र-पीडासु देव-बाधासु सर्वतः
nārāyaṇaṁ sarva-kālaṁ kṣuta-praskhalanādiṣu | graha-nakṣatra-pīḍāsu deva-bādhāsu sarvataḥ
English translation
While sneezing, or stumbling, or at a time of great suffering due to the influence of an inauspicious planet or star, or during a drought, flood, or other natural disaster, one should remember the name, Narayana.
HBV 11.296–297
Sourceदस्यु-वैरि-निरोधेषु व्याघ्र-सिꣳहादि-सङ्कटे । अन्धाकारे तमस्-तीव्रे नरसिꣳहम् अनुस्मरेत् अग्नि-दाहे समुत्पन्ने सꣳस्मरेज् जल-शायिनम् । गरुडध्वजानुस्मरनाद् विष-वीर्यꣳ व्यपोहति
dasyu-vairi-nirodheṣu vyāghra-siṁhādi-saṅkaṭe | andhākāre tamas-tīvre narasiṁham anusmaret agni-dāhe samutpanne saṁsmarej jala-śāyinam | garuḍadhvajānusmaranād viṣa-vīryaṁ vyapohati
English translation
When attacked by plunderers or enemies, when in danger because of a wild animal, such as a lion or tiger, or when in complete darkness or confusion, one should remember the name, Nrsirhha. When in danger due to fire, one should remember Lord Visnu who lies on the ocean of milk. By remembering the name, Garudadvaja, poison can be neutralized.
HBV 11.298
Sourceस्नाने देवार्चने होमे प्रणिपाते प्रदक्षिने । कीर्तयेद् भगवन्-नाम वासुदेवेति तत्-परः
snāne devārcane home praṇipāte pradakṣine | kīrtayed bhagavan-nāma vāsudeveti tat-paraḥ
English translation
A Vaisnava whose heart is fixed upon the Supreme Lord without any deviation should chant the name, Vasudeva, while bathing, while worshiping the Lord, while performing a fire sacrifice, while offering obeisances, and while circumambulating the Deity.
74 SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.299–300
Sourceस्थापने वित्त-धान्यादेर् अपध्याने च दुष्टजे । कुर्वीत तन्-मना भूत्वा अनन्ताच्युत-कीर्तनम् नारायणꣳ शार्ङ्ग-धरꣳ श्रीधरꣳ पुरुषोत्तमम् । वामनꣳ खड्गिनꣳ चैव दुष्ट-स्वप्ने सदा स्मरेत्
sthāpane vitta-dhānyāder apadhyāne ca duṣṭaje | kurvīta tan-manā bhūtvā anantācyuta-kīrtanam nārāyaṇaṁ śārṅga-dharaṁ śrīdharaṁ puruṣottamam | vāmanaṁ khaḍginaṁ caiva duṣṭa-svapne sadā smaret
English translation
When sinful people create a disturbance, or try to harm one, as well as at the time of planting seeds in the field, one should chant the names, Ananta and Acyuta. If one has a nightmare, he should remember the names, Narayana, Sarrigadhara, Sridhara, Purusottama, Vamana, and Khadgadhari.
HBV 11.301–302
Sourceमहार्णवादौ पर्यङ्क-शायिनꣳ च नरः स्मरेत् । बलभद्रꣳ समृद्ध्य्-अर्थꣳ सर्व-कर्माणि सꣳस्मरेत् जगत्-पतिम् अपत्यार्थꣳ स्तुवान् भक्त्या न सीदति । श्रीशꣳ सर्वाभ्युदयिके कर्मन्य् आशु प्रकीर्तयेत्
mahārṇavādau paryaṅka-śāyinaṁ ca naraḥ smaret | balabhadraṁ samṛddhy-arthaṁ sarva-karmāṇi saṁsmaret jagat-patim apatyārthaṁ stuvān bhaktyā na sīdati | śrīśaṁ sarvābhyudayike karmany āśu prakīrtayet
English translation
When one is in the middle of an ocean, he should remember the Supreme Lord as He lies on the bed of Ananta. To gain prosperity, one should remember Balabhadra while performing all his activities. If one offers prayers to the Lord of the universe with devotion for the benefit of his son, he will not face any difficulty. While performing all types of auspicious activities, one should chant the holy names of the Supreme Lord, the husband of Laksmi.
HBV 11.303
Sourceअरिष्टेषु ह्य् अशेषेषु विशोकꣳ च सदा जपेत् । मरु-प्रपाताग्नि-जल-बन्धनादिषु मृत्युषु । स्वतन्त्र-परतन्त्रेषु वासुदेवꣳ जपेद् बुधः
ariṣṭeṣu hy aśeṣeṣu viśokaṁ ca sadā japet | maru-prapātāgni-jala-bandhanādiṣu mṛtyuṣu | svatantra-paratantreṣu vāsudevaṁ japed budhaḥ
English translation
If one is troubled bv seemingly insurmountable obstacles, he should chant the nwnr, Vtsoka. If, bv the arrangement of the providence, one goes a c u m m that b afflicted by severe drought, or when one is in great danger acer. oc bondage, or when one is disturbed by some unexpected he should faithfully chant the name, Vasudeva.
HBV 11.304–305
Sourceसर्वार्थ-शक्ति-युक्तस्य देव-देवस्य चक्रिणः । यथाभिरोचते नाम तत् सर्वार्थेषु कीर्तयेत् सर्वार्थ-सिद्धिम् आप्नोति नाम्नाम् एकार्थता यथा । सर्वाण्य् एतानि नामानि परस्य ब्रह्मणो हरेः
sarvārtha-śakti-yuktasya deva-devasya cakriṇaḥ | yathābhirocate nāma tat sarvārtheṣu kīrtayet sarvārtha-siddhim āpnoti nāmnām ekārthatā yathā | sarvāṇy etāni nāmāni parasya brahmaṇo hareḥ
English translation
The Supreme Lord, who carries a cakra in His hand, is the master of the demigods and the possessor of unlimited prowess. According to one's inclination, one should glorify the Lord's holy names to achieve perfection BO all activities. The above-mentioned holy names of the Supreme Lord are applicable to Him alone. The chanting of any of these holy names is competent to award one all perfection.
HBV 11.306
Sourceएवꣳ विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे च मार्कण्डेय-वज्र-सꣳवादे किꣳ च— कूर्मꣳ वराहꣳ मत्स्यꣳ वा जल-प्रतरणे स्मरेत् । भ्राजिष्णुम् अग्नि-जनने जपेन् नाम त्व् अखण्डितम्
evaṁ viṣṇu-dharmottare ca mārkaṇḍeya-vajra-saṁvāde kiṁ ca— kūrmaṁ varāhaṁ matsyaṁ vā jala-prataraṇe smaret | bhrājiṣṇum agni-janane japen nāma tv akhaṇḍitam
English translation
that is found in the Visnu'dharmottara it is stated) kurmarh varaharh matsyarh va jala-prasthdrane smaret bhrdjisnum agni-janane japen noma w akhanditam While swimming, one should remember the names, Kurma, Varaha, and Matsya. If one is threatened by fire, he should chant the name, Visnu, without interruption.
-, SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.307
Sourceगरुडध्वजानुस्मरणाद् आपदो मुच्यते नरः । ज्वर-जुष्ट-शिरो-रोग-विष-वीर्यꣳ च शम्यति
garuḍadhvajānusmaraṇād āpado mucyate naraḥ | jvara-juṣṭa-śiro-roga-viṣa-vīryaṁ ca śamyati
English translation
To become freed from the influence of any calamity, as well as to become relieved from diseases and the effects of poison, one should remember the holy name, Garudadhvaja.
HBV 11.308
Sourceबलभद्रꣳ तु युद्धार्थी कृश्यारम्भे हलायुधम् । उत्तरानाꣳ वाणिज्यार्थी रामम् अभ्युदये नृप
balabhadraṁ tu yuddhārthī kṛśyārambhe halāyudham | uttarānāṁ vāṇijyārthī rāmam abhyudaye nṛpa
English translation
O King, those who desire to fight should think of Balarama. While working on a farm, one should remember the name, Halayudha. Those who want prosperity in business should remember Uttarana, and those who want to complete a difficult task should remember the name, Rama.
HBV 11.309
Sourceमङ्गल्यꣳ मङ्गलꣳ विष्णुꣳ मङ्गल्येषु च कीर्तयेत् । उत्तिष्ठन् कीर्तयेद् विष्णुꣳ प्रस्वपन् मधवꣳ नरः । भोजने चैव गोविन्दꣳ सर्वत्र मधुसूदनम्
maṅgalyaṁ maṅgalaṁ viṣṇuṁ maṅgalyeṣu ca kīrtayet | uttiṣṭhan kīrtayed viṣṇuṁ prasvapan madhavaṁ naraḥ | bhojane caiva govindaṁ sarvatra madhusūdanam
English translation
While performing a pious activity, the name Visnu, which is the abode of all auspiciousness, should be remembered. While going to sleep, one should remember Madhava, while eating, one should remember Govinda, and in all spheres of life, one should glorify Madhusudana.
HBV 11.310–312
Sourceतत्रैवान्यत्र— औषधे चिन्तयेद् विष्णुꣳ भोजने च जनार्दनम् । शयने पद्मनाभꣳ च मैथुने च प्रजापतिम् सङ्ग्रामे चक्रिणꣳ क्रुद्धꣳ स्थान-भ्रꣳशे त्रिविक्रमम् । नारायणꣳ वृषोत्सर्गे श्रीधरꣳ प्रिय-सङ्गमे । जल-मध्ये च वाराहꣳ पावके जलशायिनम् कानने नरसिꣳहꣳ च पर्वते रघुनन्दनम् । दुःस्वप्ने स्मर गोविन्दꣳ विशुद्धौ मधुसूदनम् । मायासु वामनꣳ देवꣳ सर्व-कार्येषु माधवम्
tatraivānyatra— auṣadhe cintayed viṣṇuṁ bhojane ca janārdanam | śayane padmanābhaṁ ca maithune ca prajāpatim saṅgrāme cakriṇaṁ kruddhaṁ sthāna-bhraṁśe trivikramam | nārāyaṇaṁ vṛṣotsarge śrīdharaṁ priya-saṅgame | jala-madhye ca vārāhaṁ pāvake jalaśāyinam kānane narasiṁhaṁ ca parvate raghunandanam | duḥsvapne smara govindaṁ viśuddhau madhusūdanam | māyāsu vāmanaṁ devaṁ sarva-kāryeṣu mādhavam
English translation
While taking medicine, one should remember the names, Sri Visnu and Janardana. While going to sleep, one should remember Padmanabha. At the time of marriage, one should remember Prajapati; at the time of fighting, one should remember Kruddha cakri; when in danger of losing one's position, one should remember Trivikrama; while offering a bull in charity, one should remember Narayana; while meeting one's beloved, one should remember Sridhara; while in the water, one should remember Varahadeva; when in danger due to fire, one should remember the Supreme Lord who lies upon the ocean of milk. In the forest, one should remember Nrsimha; in the mountains, one should remember Raghunandana; during a nightmare, one should remember Govinda; while performing pious activities, one should remember Madhusudana; when in illusion, one should remember Vamana; and in all activities, one should remember Madhava.
HBV 11.313–314
Sourceकिꣳ च— कीर्तयेद् वासुदेवꣳ च अनुक्तेष्व् अपि यादव । कार्यारम्भे तथा राजन् यथेष्टꣳ नाम कीर्तयेत् सर्वाणि नामानि हि तस्य राजन् सर्वार्थ-सिद्ध्यै तु भवन्ति पुम्सः । तस्माद् यथेष्टꣳ खलु कृष्ण-नाम सर्वेषु कार्येषु जपेत भक्त्या
kiṁ ca— kīrtayed vāsudevaṁ ca anukteṣv api yādava | kāryārambhe tathā rājan yatheṣṭaṁ nāma kīrtayet sarvāṇi nāmāni hi tasya rājan sarvārtha-siddhyai tu bhavanti pumsaḥ | tasmād yatheṣṭaṁ khalu kṛṣṇa-nāma sarveṣu kāryeṣu japeta bhaktyā
English translation
7S SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA sarvdni ndmdni hi tasya rdjan sarvdrtha-siddhayai tu bhavanti purhsah tasmdd yathestharh khalu krsna'ndma sarvesu kdryesu japeta bhaktyd One should chant the holy name, Vasudeva, in all circumstances that have not been mentioned. It is the duty of everyone to chant the holy names of the Lord at the beginning of every endeavor. O King, all the holy names of Lord Krsna are capable of awarding one perfection. That is why one should remember the holy names of Krsna while performing all of one's activities.
HBV 11.315
Sourceविष्णु-धर्मे हरि-भक्ति-सुधोदये चोक्तꣳ नारदेन— अहो सु-निर्मल यूयꣳ रागो हि हरि-कीर्तने । अविधूय तमः कृत्स्नꣳ नृणाम् उदेति सूर्यवत्
viṣṇu-dharme hari-bhakti-sudhodaye coktaṁ nāradena— aho su-nirmala yūyaṁ rāgo hi hari-kīrtane | avidhūya tamaḥ kṛtsnaṁ nṛṇām udeti sūryavat
English translation
Oh! Your hearts must be pure because I can see that you have developed attachment for chanting the holy name of Lord Hari. Just as darkness vanishes as soon as the sun rises, all darkness born of ignorance is dissipated from the heart by the influence of the chanting of the holy name of the Lord.
HBV 11.316–317
Sourceगरुदे— पापानलस्य दीप्तस्य मा कुर्वन्तु भयꣳ नराः । गोविन्द-नाम-मेघौघैर् नश्यते नीर-बिन्दुभिः अवशेनापि यन्-नाम्नि कीर्तने सर्व-पातकैः । पुमान् विमुच्यते सद्यः सिꣳह-त्रस्तैर् मृगैर् इव
garude— pāpānalasya dīptasya mā kurvantu bhayaṁ narāḥ | govinda-nāma-meghaughair naśyate nīra-bindubhiḥ avaśenāpi yan-nāmni kīrtane sarva-pātakaiḥ | pumān vimucyate sadyaḥ siṁha-trastair mṛgair iva
English translation
s n o need far anyone to be afraid of the blazing fire of sinful berame, just as a fire can be extinguished by rain from a cloud, the f ^ a n i i o a i the cloud of Lord Govinda's holy name extinguishes the ; fire of sinful reactions. Just as a deer flees as soon as she sees a lion, aO sinful reactions immediately depart when one spontaneously chants the hohr name of Lord Govinda.
HBV 11.318–319
Sourceयन्-नाम-कीर्तनꣳ भक्त्या विलापनम् अनुत्तमम् । मैत्रेयाशेष-पापानाꣳ धातूनाम् इव पावकः यस्मिन् न्यस्त-मतिर् न याति नरकꣳ स्वर्गो’पि यच्-चिन्तने विघ्नो यत्र निवेशितात्म-मनसो ब्राह्मो’पि लोको’ल्पकः । मुक्तिꣳ चेतसि यः स्थितो’मल-धियाꣳ पुꣳसाꣳ ददात्य् अव्ययः किꣳ चित्रꣳ यद्-अघꣳ प्रय्âति विलयꣳ तत्राच्युते कीर्तिते
yan-nāma-kīrtanaṁ bhaktyā vilāpanam anuttamam | maitreyāśeṣa-pāpānāṁ dhātūnām iva pāvakaḥ yasmin nyasta-matir na yāti narakaṁ svargo’pi yac-cintane vighno yatra niveśitātma-manaso brāhmo’pi loko’lpakaḥ | muktiṁ cetasi yaḥ sthito’mala-dhiyāṁ puṁsāṁ dadāty avyayaḥ kiṁ citraṁ yad-aghaṁ prayâti vilayaṁ tatrācyute kīrtite
English translation
O Maitreya, as fire purifies all kinds of metal, the chanting of the holy name of Lord Krsna destroys all kinds of sinful reactions. By fixing one's mind on the Supreme Lord, one will never have to experience the torments of hell. By meditating upon Him, one's passage to the heavenly planets becomes opened. By absorbing one's mind on Him, elevation to Brahmaloka becomes an insignificant accomplishment. The inexhaustible Lord, when meditated upon by a pure-hearted devotee, sits in his heart and awards him liberation. Is it astonishing that simply by chanting the holy name of the Lord, all of one's sinful reactions are vanquished?
HBV 11.320
Sourceविष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे — सायꣳ प्रातस् तथा कृत्वा देव-देवस्य कीर्तनम् । सर्व-पाप-विनिर्मुक्तः स्वर्ग-लोके महीयते
viṣṇu-dharmottare — sāyaṁ prātas tathā kṛtvā deva-devasya kīrtanam | sarva-pāpa-vinirmuktaḥ svarga-loke mahīyate
English translation
By chanting the holy name of Lord Mukunda every morning and evening, one is liberated from all sinful reactions and becomes eligible to reside in the heavenly planets.
HBV 11.321
Sourceवामने— नारायणो नाम नरो नराणाꣳ प्रसिद्ध-चौरः कथितः पृथिव्याम् । अनेक-जन्मार्जित-पाप-सञ्चयꣳ हरत्य् अशेषꣳ श्रुत-मात्र एव
vāmane— nārāyaṇo nāma naro narāṇāṁ prasiddha-cauraḥ kathitaḥ pṛthivyām | aneka-janmārjita-pāpa-sañcayaṁ haraty aśeṣaṁ śruta-mātra eva
English translation
As a thief is known by his actions, the thief in the form of the holy name of Lord Narayana has become famous by exhibiting His pastimes. Ordinary thieves steal wealth and possessions but the thief of the holy name takes away all of one's sinful reactions that were accumulated over many lifetimes.
HBV 11.322
Sourceस्कान्दे— गोविन्देति तथा प्रोक्तꣳ भक्त्या वा भक्ति-वर्जितैः । दहते सर्व-पापानि युगान्ताग्निर् इवोत्थितः
skānde— govindeti tathā proktaṁ bhaktyā vā bhakti-varjitaiḥ | dahate sarva-pāpāni yugāntāgnir ivotthitaḥ
English translation
As blazing fire at the time of annihilation burns the entire universe to ashes, the chanting of the holy name of Lord Govinda, whether with devotion or even neglectfully, burns all of one's sinful reactions to ashes.
HBV 11.323
Sourceगोविन्द-नाम्ना यः कश्चिन् नरो भवति भू-तले । कीर्तनाद् एव तस्यापि पापꣳ याति सहस्रधा
govinda-nāmnā yaḥ kaścin naro bhavati bhū-tale | kīrtanād eva tasyāpi pāpaṁ yāti sahasradhā
English translation
If, in this world, a person is named Govinda and someone calls his name, that person's sinful reactions will be destroyed thousands of times over.
HBV 11.324
Sourceकाशी-खण्डे— प्रमादाद् अपि सꣳस्पृष्टो यथानल-कणो दहेत् । तथौष्ठ-पुट-सꣳस्पृष्टꣳ हरि-नाम दहेद् अघम्
kāśī-khaṇḍe— pramādād api saṁspṛṣṭo yathānala-kaṇo dahet | tathauṣṭha-puṭa-saṁspṛṣṭaṁ hari-nāma dahed agham
English translation
Even if someone touches fire by mistake, it will still burn him. Similarly, if the holy names of Lord Hari are uttered, even unintentionally, they will burn that person's sinful reactions to ashes.
HBV 11.325
Sourceबृहन्-नारदीये लुब्धकोपख्यानान्ते— नराणाꣳ विषयान्धानाꣳ ममताकुल-चेतसाम् । एकम् एव हरेर् नाम सर्व-पाप-विनाशनम्
bṛhan-nāradīye lubdhakopakhyānānte— narāṇāṁ viṣayāndhānāṁ mamatākula-cetasām | ekam eva harer nāma sarva-pāpa-vināśanam
English translation
in the Brhan-naradiya Purana, it is stated) rmrandrh visayandhdndrh mamatdkula-ce tdsdm ekam eva harer rxdma sarva-pdpa' vindsnam Chanting the holy names of Lord Hari is the only means for destroying the sinful reactions of those who are blinded by too much material attachment.
HBV 11.326
Sourceअत एव तत्रैव यमेनोक्तम्— हरि हरि सकृद् उच्चारितꣳ दस्यु-च्छलेन यैर् मनुष्यैः । जननी-जठर-मार्ग-लुप्ता न मम पट-लिपिꣳ विशन्ति मर्त्याः
ata eva tatraiva yamenoktam— hari hari sakṛd uccāritaṁ dasyu-cchalena yair manuṣyaiḥ | jananī-jaṭhara-mārga-luptā na mama paṭa-lipiṁ viśanti martyāḥ
English translation
Those who chant the name, Hari, in the sense that, "let me steal," because the word Hari also means, "to take away," even once, will no longer be forced to enter a mother's womb.
HBV 11.327
Sourceपाद्मे वैशाख-माहात्म्ये देवशर्मोपाख्यानान्ते श्री-नारदोक्तौ— हत्यायुतꣳ पान-सहस्रम् उग्रꣳ गुर्व्-अङ्गना-कोटि-निषेवनꣳ च । स्तेयान्य् अनेकानि हरि-प्रियेण गोविन्द-नाम्ना निहतानि सद्यः
pādme vaiśākha-māhātmye devaśarmopākhyānānte śrī-nāradoktau— hatyāyutaṁ pāna-sahasram ugraṁ gurv-aṅganā-koṭi-niṣevanaṁ ca | steyāny anekāni hari-priyeṇa govinda-nāmnā nihatāni sadyaḥ
English translation
that is found in the Vaisakhd'mahdtmya section of the Padma Purdna) hatydyutarh pdnasahasram ugrarh gurv-angand-koti-nisevaryxrh ca steydny anekdni hari-priyena govinda-ndmnd nihatdni sadyah The sinful reactions accumulated by killing of thousands of living entities, drinking wine thousands of times, having sex with the wife of one's spiritual master thousands of times, and stealing the wealth of the brahmana thousands of times are destroyed without a doubt by chanting the name, Govinda, which is Lord Hari's favorite name.
HBV 11.328
Sourceअनिच्छयापि दहति स्पृष्टो हुत-वहो यथा । तथा दहति गोविन्द-नाम व्याजाद् अपीरितम्
anicchayāpi dahati spṛṣṭo huta-vaho yathā | tathā dahati govinda-nāma vyājād apīritam
English translation
Just as touching fire causes one to be burnt, even if it is done unintentionally, by chanting the holy names of the Supreme Lord, even while calling the names of one's children, all of one's sinful reactions are vanquished.
HBV 11.329–330
Sourceतत्रैव श्री-यम-ब्राह्मण-सꣳवादे— कीर्तनाद् एव कृष्णस्य विष्णोर् अमित-तेजसः । दुरितानि विलीयन्ते तमाꣳसीव दिनोदये नान्यत् पश्यामि जन्तूनाꣳ विहाय करि-कीर्तनम् । सर्व-पाप-प्रशमनꣳ प्रायश्चित्तꣳ द्विजोत्तम
tatraiva śrī-yama-brāhmaṇa-saṁvāde— kīrtanād eva kṛṣṇasya viṣṇor amita-tejasaḥ | duritāni vilīyante tamāṁsīva dinodaye nānyat paśyāmi jantūnāṁ vihāya kari-kīrtanam | sarva-pāpa-praśamanaṁ prāyaścittaṁ dvijottama
English translation
is recorded in the same literature, these verses are found) kirtandd eva krsnasya visnor amita-tejasah duritdni viliyante tamdrhs'wa dinodaye ndnyat pasyami jantundrh vihdya kari-kirtanam
sarva-papa-prasarnanarh prdyascittam dvijottama O exalted brdhmana, by chanting the holy names of Lord Krsna, or Visnu, who is unlimitedly powerful, all of one's sinful reactions are vanquished, just as darkness disappears upon the appearance of the sun. There is no better means of atonement for having performed sinful activities than glorification of the holy names of Lord Hari.
HBV 11.331–333
Sourceअयꣳ हि कृत-निर्वेशो जन्म-कोट्य्-अꣳहसाम् अपि । यद् व्याजहार विवशो नाम स्वस्त्य्-अयनꣳ हरेः [भा.पु. ६.२.९-१०] स्तेनः सुरा-पो मित्र-ध्रुग् ब्रह्म-हा गुरु-तल्प-गः । स्त्री-राज-पितृ-गो-हन्ता ये च पातकिनो ऽपरे सर्वेषाम् अप्य् अघवताम् इदम् एव सुनिष्कृतम् । नाम-व्याहरणꣳ विष्णोर् यतस् तद्-विषया मतिः
ayaṁ hi kṛta-nirveśo janma-koṭy-aṁhasām api | yad vyājahāra vivaśo nāma svasty-ayanaṁ hareḥ [bhā.pu. 6.2.9-10] stenaḥ surā-po mitra-dhrug brahma-hā guru-talpa-gaḥ | strī-rāja-pitṛ-go-hantā ye ca pātakino 'pare sarveṣām apy aghavatām idam eva suniṣkṛtam | nāma-vyāharaṇaṁ viṣṇor yatas tad-viṣayā matiḥ
English translation
Srimad-Bhagavatam [6.2.7, 9-10] these verses are found) ayarh hi hrta-nirveso janma-koty-amhsdm api yad vyajahdra vivaso noma svasty-ayanarh hareh stenah surdpo mitra-dhrug brahma-hd guru-talpa-gah stri-rdja-pitr-gO'hantd ye ca pdtakino 'pare sarvesam apy aghavatam idam eva su-niskrtam ndrrm-vydlmranarh visnor yatas tad-visayd matih Ajamila has already atoned for all his sinful acts. Indeed, he has atoned not only for sins performed in this life but for those performed in millions of past lives because in a helpless condition he chanted the holy name of Narayana. Even though he did not chant purely, he chanted without offense, and therefore he is now eligible for liberation. The chanting of the holy name of Lord Visnu is the best process of atonement for a thief of gold, a drunkard, one who betrays a friend or relative, one who kills a brdhmana, or one who indulges in sex with the wife of his guru or another superior. It is also the best method of atonement for one who murders women, the king or his father, for one who slaughters cows, and for all other sinful men. Simply by chanting the holy name of Lord Visnu, such
sinful persons may attract the attention of the Supreme Lord, who therefore considers, "Because this man has chanted My holy name, My duty is to give him protection."
HBV 11.334
Source[भा.पु. ६.२.११] न निष्कृतैर् उदितैर् ब्रह्म-वादिभिस् तथा विशुद्ध्यत्य् अघवान् व्रतादिभिः । यथा हरेर् नाम-पदैर् उदाहृतैस् तद् उत्तमश्लोक-गुणोपलम्भकम्
[bhā.pu. 6.2.11] na niṣkṛtair uditair brahma-vādibhis tathā viśuddhyaty aghavān vratādibhiḥ | yathā harer nāma-padair udāhṛtais tad uttamaśloka-guṇopalambhakam
English translation
The degree of purification that one can attain by chanting the holy names of Lord Hari cannot be attained by following the various methods of atonement for counteracting sinful reactions that are prescribed by thoughtful sages, such as Manu. The unique quality of chanting the holy names of the Lord is that, along with removing one's sinful reactions, the holy names reveal the transcendental glories of the Supreme Lord, who is praised with select verses.
HBV 11.335–336
Source[भा.पु. ६.२.१४-१५] साङ्केत्यꣳ पारिहास्यꣳ वा स्तोभꣳ हेलनम् एव वा । वैकुण्ठ-नाम-ग्रहणम् अशेषाघ-हरꣳ विदुः पतितः स्खलितो भग्नः सन्दष्टस् तप्त आहतः । हरिर् इत्य् अवशेनाह पुमान् नार्हति यातनाः
[bhā.pu. 6.2.14-15] sāṅketyaṁ pārihāsyaṁ vā stobhaṁ helanam eva vā | vaikuṇṭha-nāma-grahaṇam aśeṣāgha-haraṁ viduḥ patitaḥ skhalito bhagnaḥ sandaṣṭas tapta āhataḥ | harir ity avaśenāha pumān nārhati yātanāḥ
English translation
One who chants the holy name of the Lord is immediately freed from the reactions of unlimited sins, even if he chants indirectly [to indicate something else], jokingly, for musical entertainment, or even neglectfully. This is accepted by all the learned scholars of the scriptures. If one chants the holy name of Hari and then dies because of an accidental misfortune, such as falling from the top of a house, slipping and suffering broken bones while traveling on the road, being bitten by a serpent, being afflicted with pain and high fever, or being injured by a weapon, one is immediately absolved from having to enter hellish life, even though he is sinful.
HBV 11.337
Source[भा.पु. ६.२.१८] अज्ञानाद् अथवा ज्ञानाद् उत्तमश्लोक-नाम यत् । सङ्कीर्तितम् अघꣳ पुꣳसो दहेद् एधो यथानलः
[bhā.pu. 6.2.18] ajñānād athavā jñānād uttamaśloka-nāma yat | saṅkīrtitam aghaṁ puṁso dahed edho yathānalaḥ
English translation
fine burns dry grass to ashes, so the holy name of the Lord, whether chanted knowingly or unknowingly, burns to ashes, without fail, all the reactions of one's sinful activities.
HBV 11.338
Source[भा.पु. ६.१३.८] ब्रह्म-हा पितृ-हा गो-घ्नो मातृ-हाचार्य-हाघवान् । श्वादः पुल्कसको वापि शुद्ध्येरन् यस्य कीर्तनात्
[bhā.pu. 6.13.8] brahma-hā pitṛ-hā go-ghno mātṛ-hācārya-hāghavān | śvādaḥ pulkasako vāpi śuddhyeran yasya kīrtanāt
English translation
The killer of the brdhmana, one's father, a cow, one's mother, the spiritual master, as well as a dog-eater and other sinful people can become purified simply by chanting the holy names of Lord Krsna.
HBV 11.339–340
Sourceलघु-भागवते— वर्तमानꣳ तु यत् पापꣳ यद् भूतꣳ यद् भविष्यति । तत् सर्वꣳ निर्दहत्य् आशु गोविन्दानल-कीर्तनात् सदा द्रोह-परो यस् तु सज्जनानाꣳ मही-तले । जायते पावनो धन्यो हरेर् नामानुकीर्तनात्
laghu-bhāgavate— vartamānaṁ tu yat pāpaṁ yad bhūtaṁ yad bhaviṣyati | tat sarvaṁ nirdahaty āśu govindānala-kīrtanāt sadā droha-paro yas tu sajjanānāṁ mahī-tale | jāyate pāvano dhanyo harer nāmānukīrtanāt
English translation
By the fire of glorification of Govinda, all of one's present, past, and future sinful reactions are immediately vanquished. Even a person who
habitually disturbs the devotees can become glorious and purified simply by chanting the holy names of Lord Hari.
HBV 11.341
Sourceकौर्मे— वसन्ति यानि कोटिस् तु पावनानि महीतले । न तानि तत्-तुलाꣳ यान्ति कृष्ण-नामानुकीर्तने
kaurme— vasanti yāni koṭis tu pāvanāni mahītale | na tāni tat-tulāṁ yānti kṛṣṇa-nāmānukīrtane
English translation
The holy name of Lord Krsna cannot be compared with the innumerable objects that are available in this world.
HBV 11.342
Sourceबृहद्-विष्णु-पुराणे— नाम्नो’स्य यावती शक्तिः पाप-निर्हरणे हरेः । तावत् कर्तुꣳ न शक्नोति पातकꣳ पातकी जनः
bṛhad-viṣṇu-purāṇe— nāmno’sya yāvatī śaktiḥ pāpa-nirharaṇe hareḥ | tāvat kartuṁ na śaknoti pātakaṁ pātakī janaḥ
English translation
The holy names of Lord Hari have the power to destroy more sins that even the worst sinner is able to commit.
HBV 11.343
Sourceइतिहासोत्तमे— स्वादो’पि न हि शक्नोति कर्तुꣳ पापानि यत्नतः । तावन्ती यावती शक्तिर् विष्णोर् नाम्नो’सुभ-क्षये
itihāsottame— svādo’pi na hi śaknoti kartuṁ pāpāni yatnataḥ | tāvantī yāvatī śaktir viṣṇor nāmno’subha-kṣaye
English translation
Even a sinful dog-eater cannot overpower the sin-destroying prowess of Lord Visnu's holy names by making a determined effort to commit as many sinful activities as possible.
HBV 11.344
Sourceविशेषतः कलौ, स्कान्दे— तन् नास्ति कर्मजꣳ लोके वाग्-जꣳ मानसम् एव वा । यन् न क्षपयते पापꣳ कलौ गोविन्द-कीर्तनम्
viśeṣataḥ kalau, skānde— tan nāsti karmajaṁ loke vāg-jaṁ mānasam eva vā | yan na kṣapayate pāpaṁ kalau govinda-kīrtanam
English translation
[hoe is no sin bom of one's mind, speech, or actions ixd by chanting the holy name of Govinda.
HBV 11.345–346
Sourceविष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे — शमायालꣳ जलꣳ वह्नेस् तमसो भस्करोदयः । शान्त्यै कलेर् अघौघस्य नाम-सङ्कीर्तनꣳ हरेः नाम्नाꣳ हरेः कीर्तनतः प्रयाति सꣳसार-पारꣳ दुरितौघ-मुक्तः । नरः स सत्यꣳ कलि-दोष-जन्म पापꣳ निहत्य् आशु किम् अत्र चित्रम्
viṣṇu-dharmottare — śamāyālaṁ jalaṁ vahnes tamaso bhaskarodayaḥ | śāntyai kaler aghaughasya nāma-saṅkīrtanaṁ hareḥ nāmnāṁ hareḥ kīrtanataḥ prayāti saṁsāra-pāraṁ duritaugha-muktaḥ | naraḥ sa satyaṁ kali-doṣa-janma pāpaṁ nihaty āśu kim atra citram
English translation
As sunlight destroys darkness and as water extinguishes fire, the congregational chanting of the holy names of Lord Hari destroys all kinds of sinful reactions. Where is the doubt that the holy name of Lord Hari, which purifies a person, thus enabling him to cross beyond the ocean of material existence and reach the eternal abode of the Lord, will actually cleanse one ot the contamination of Kali-yuga?
HBV 11.347
Sourceब्रह्माण्ड-पुराणे— वराक-चान्द्रायण-तप्त-कृच्छ्रैर् न देहि-शुद्धिर् भवतीह तादृक् । कलौ सकृन् माधव-कीर्तनेन गोविन्द-नाम्ना भवतीह यादृक्
brahmāṇḍa-purāṇe— varāka-cāndrāyaṇa-tapta-kṛcchrair na dehi-śuddhir bhavatīha tādṛk | kalau sakṛn mādhava-kīrtanena govinda-nāmnā bhavatīha yādṛk
English translation
The degree of purification that embodied living entities achieve by congregationally chanting the holy name of Lord Govinda in this age of Kali cannot be achieved by observing the pardk-vrata or cdndrdyana-vrata, standing on one's head within a circle o{ fire, or by any other such methods.
HBV 11.348
Sourceतत्रैव— महा-पातक-युक्तो’पि कीर्तयेन्न् अनिशꣳ हरिम् । शुद्धान्तःकरणो भूत्वा जायते पङ्क्ति-पावनः
tatraiva— mahā-pātaka-yukto’pi kīrtayenn aniśaṁ harim | śuddhāntaḥkaraṇo bhūtvā jāyate paṅkti-pāvanaḥ
English translation
tatraiva (In the same literature it is stated) mahd'pdtaka'yukto 'pi kirtayenn anisarh harim suddhdntahkarano bhutvd jdyate pankti-pdvanah By chanting the holy names of Lord Hari, throughout the day and night, even a most sinful person can become purified, and he purifies others as well.
HBV 11.349
Sourceलघु-भागवते— गोविन्देति मुदा युक्तः कीर्तयेद् यस् त्व् अनन्य-धीः । पावनेन च धन्येन तेनेयꣳ पृथिवी धृता
laghu-bhāgavate— govindeti mudā yuktaḥ kīrtayed yas tv ananya-dhīḥ | pāvanena ca dhanyena teneyaṁ pṛthivī dhṛtā
English translation
One who joyfully chants the holy name, Govinda, with utmost attention is certainly a glorious and pure-hearted soul. Indeed, such a person sustains the earth.
HBV 11.350
Sourceहरि-भक्ति-सुधोदये— न चैवम् एकꣳ वक्तारꣳ जिह्वा रक्षति वैष्णवी । आश्राव्य भगवत्-ख्यातिꣳ जगत् कृत्स्नꣳ पुनाति हि
hari-bhakti-sudhodaye— na caivam ekaṁ vaktāraṁ jihvā rakṣati vaiṣṇavī | āśrāvya bhagavat-khyātiṁ jagat kṛtsnaṁ punāti hi
English translation
It is not that one who is attached to chanting the holy name of Lord Visnu only purifies himself. He can purify the entire world by propagating the glories of chanting the Lord's holy names.
HBV 11.351
Sourceदशम-स्कन्धे (१०.४.१७)— यन्-नाम गृह्णन्न् अखिलन् श्रोतॄन् आत्मानम् एव च । सद्यः पुनाति किꣳ भूयस् तस्य स्पृष्टः पदा हि ते
daśama-skandhe (10.4.17)— yan-nāma gṛhṇann akhilan śrotṝn ātmānam eva ca | sadyaḥ punāti kiṁ bhūyas tasya spṛṣṭaḥ padā hi te
English translation
A T D . is the touch ot Your lotus feet?
HBV 11.352
Sourceअत एवोक्तꣳ प्रह्लादेन नारसिꣳहे— ते सन्तः सर्व-भूतानाꣳ निरुपाधिक-बान्धवाः । ये नृसिꣳह भवन्-नाम गायन्त्य् उच्चैर् मुदान्विताः
ata evoktaṁ prahlādena nārasiṁhe— te santaḥ sarva-bhūtānāṁ nirupādhika-bāndhavāḥ | ye nṛsiṁha bhavan-nāma gāyanty uccair mudānvitāḥ
English translation
Therefore, Prahlada spoke this verse, which is found in the Nrsimha Purana) te santah sarva-bhutdndrh nirupadhika-bdndhavah ye nrsirhha bhavan-ndma gdyanty uccair muddnvitdh My dear Lord, those who loudly chant Your holy names with jubilation are to be considered saintly persons. They are the genuine, selfless friends of all living entities.
HBV 11.353
Sourceअच्युतानन्द-गोविन्द-नामोच्चरण-भीषितः । नश्यन्ति सकला रोगाः सत्यꣳ सत्यꣳ वदाम्य् अहम्
acyutānanda-govinda-nāmoccaraṇa-bhīṣitaḥ | naśyanti sakalā rogāḥ satyaṁ satyaṁ vadāmy aham
English translation
the satisfaction of the Supreme Lord, this verse is found) acy tutdnanda-govirida' ndmoccdrana-bhisitah nasyanti sakald rogdh satyarh satyarh vaddmy aham Truthfully speaking, when the holy names of the Lord, such as Acyuta, Ananda, and Govinda are chanted, diseases run away in fear.
Q0 SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.354
Sourceन साम्ब व्याधिजꣳ दुःखꣳ हेयꣳ नान्यौषधैर् अपि । हरि-नामौषधꣳ पीत्वा व्याधिस् त्याज्यो न सꣳशयः
na sāmba vyādhijaṁ duḥkhaṁ heyaṁ nānyauṣadhair api | hari-nāmauṣadhaṁ pītvā vyādhis tyājyo na saṁśayaḥ
English translation
0 Samba, if no medicine helps to cure a disease then one should not try to administer more medicine. In such a situation, one should cure a disease by drinking medicine in the form of chanting the holy name of Lord Hari. Of this there is no doubt.
HBV 11.355
Sourceस्कान्दे— आधयो व्याधयो यस्य स्मरणान् नाम-कीर्तनात् । तदैव विलयꣳ यान्ति तम् अनन्तꣳ नमाम्य् अहम्
skānde— ādhayo vyādhayo yasya smaraṇān nāma-kīrtanāt | tadaiva vilayaṁ yānti tam anantaṁ namāmy aham
English translation
1 offer my respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of Lord Anantadeva. Simply by remembering and chanting His holy names, all types of calamities and diseases are vanquished.
HBV 11.356
Sourceवह्नि-पुराणे— महा-व्याधि-समाच्छन्नो राज-वधोपापिदितः । नारायणेति सङ्कीर्त्य निराटङ्को भवेन् नरः
vahni-purāṇe— mahā-vyādhi-samācchanno rāja-vadhopāpiditaḥ | nārāyaṇeti saṅkīrtya nirāṭaṅko bhaven naraḥ
English translation
People who are being tormented by the king or overwhelmed by a dreaded disease can become fearless by chanting the holy names of Lord Narayana.
HBV 11.357
Sourceसर्व-रोगोपशमनꣳ सर्वोपद्रव-नाशनम् । शान्तिदꣳ सर्वारिष्टानाꣳ हरेर् नामानुकीर्तनम्
sarva-rogopaśamanaṁ sarvopadrava-nāśanam | śāntidaṁ sarvāriṣṭānāṁ harer nāmānukīrtanam
English translation
brhad'Visnu-purdne (In the Brhad-visnu Purdna it is stated)
sarva-rogopasamanam sarvopadrava-ndsanam sdntidarh sarvaristdndrh harer ndrndnukirtanarn Congregational chanting of the holy names of Lord Hari cures all kinds of diseases, removes all disturbances, and counteracts all forms of ^-suspiciousness.
HBV 11.358
Sourceब्रह्म-वैवर्ते— सर्व-पाप-प्रशमनꣳ सर्वोपद्रव-नाशनम् । सर्व-दुःख-क्षय-कारꣳ हरि-नामानुकीर्तनम्
brahma-vaivarte— sarva-pāpa-praśamanaṁ sarvopadrava-nāśanam | sarva-duḥkha-kṣaya-kāraṁ hari-nāmānukīrtanam
English translation
All sinful reactions are nullified, all disturbances are dispelled, and all miseries are removed simply by chanting the holy names of Lord Hari.
HBV 11.359
Sourceद्वादश-स्कन्धे (१२.१२.४८)— सङ्कीर्त्यमानो भगवान् अनन्तः श्रुतनुभावो व्यसनꣳ हि पुꣳसाम् । प्रविश्य चित्तꣳ विधुनोत्य् अशेषꣳ यथा तमो’र्को’भ्रम् इवाति-वातः
dvādaśa-skandhe (12.12.48)— saṅkīrtyamāno bhagavān anantaḥ śrutanubhāvo vyasanaṁ hi puṁsām | praviśya cittaṁ vidhunoty aśeṣaṁ yathā tamo’rko’bhram ivāti-vātaḥ
English translation
When one respectfully glorifies the Supreme Personality of Godhead or simply hears about His transcendental qualities, the Lord enters his heart and dispels every trace of misfortune, just as the sun removes darkness, or as a strong wind drives away clouds.
HBV 11.360
Sourceआर्ता विषण्णाः शिथिलाश् च भीता घोरेषु च व्याधिषु वर्तमानाः । सङ्कीर्त्य नारायण-शब्दम् एकꣳ विमुक्त-दुःखाः सुखिनो भवन्ति
ārtā viṣaṇṇāḥ śithilāś ca bhītā ghoreṣu ca vyādhiṣu vartamānāḥ | saṅkīrtya nārāyaṇa-śabdam ekaṁ vimukta-duḥkhāḥ sukhino bhavanti
English translation
Q? SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA Those who are afflicted by distress due to poverty, those who are in danger of losing their lives because of drinking poison, those who suffer from poor health, those who are afraid of their enemies, and those who are afflicted with a serious disease can become freed from all suffering simply by chanting the holy name, Narayana, even once.
HBV 11.361–362
Sourceकीर्तनद् देव-देवस्य विष्णोर् अमित-तेजसः । यक्ष-रक्षस-वेतल-भूत-प्रेत-विनयकः दकिन्यो विद्रवन्ति स्म ये तथान्ये च सिꣳहकः । सर्वानर्थ-हरꣳ तस्य नाम-सङ्कीर्तनꣳ स्मृतम्
kīrtanad deva-devasya viṣṇor amita-tejasaḥ | yakṣa-rakṣasa-vetala-bhūta-preta-vinayakaḥ dakinyo vidravanti sma ye tathānye ca siṁhakaḥ | sarvānartha-haraṁ tasya nāma-saṅkīrtanaṁ smṛtam
English translation
Simply by the chanting the holy name of Lord Visnu, who possesses unlimited potencies, and who is the Lord of the demigods—Yaksas, Raksasas, hobgoblins, ghosts, witches, and all kinds of wild animals run away in fear. The holy names of Lord Hari also have the potency to destroy all kinds of anarthas.
HBV 11.363
Sourceकिꣳ च— नाम-सङ्कीर्तनꣳ कृत्वा क्षुट्-तृट्-प्रस्खलितादिषु । वियोगꣳ शीघ्रम् आप्नोति सर्वानर्थैर् न सꣳशयः
kiṁ ca— nāma-saṅkīrtanaṁ kṛtvā kṣuṭ-tṛṭ-praskhalitādiṣu | viyogaṁ śīghram āpnoti sarvānarthair na saṁśayaḥ
English translation
While sneezing, while feeling thirsty, or while feeling depressed, one should chant the holy names of the Supreme Lord, so as to become liberated from all types of ananrthas. Of this there is no doubt.
HBV 11.364
Sourceमोहानलोल्लसज्-ज्वाल-ज्वलल्-लोकेषु सर्वदा । यन्-नामाम्भोधर-च्छायाꣳ प्रविष्टो नैव दह्यते
mohānalollasaj-jvāla-jvalal-lokeṣu sarvadā | yan-nāmāmbhodhara-cchāyāṁ praviṣṭo naiva dahyate
English translation
Those in material existence are continuously suffering due to the ever- foe of illusion, and the darkness born of ignorance. However, if )tmg shade ot a cloud, in the form of the Lord's holy names, relief.
HBV 11.365
Sourceस्कान्दे— कलि-काल-कुसर्पस्य तीक्ष्ण-दꣳष्ट्रस्य मा भयम् । गोविन्द-नाम-दावेन दग्धो यास्यति भस्मताम्
skānde— kali-kāla-kusarpasya tīkṣṇa-daṁṣṭrasya mā bhayam | govinda-nāma-dāvena dagdho yāsyati bhasmatām
English translation
There is no need to fear the sharp-teethed, ferocious snake, in the form oi Kali, because it will be burnt to ashes by a blazing forest fire, in the form of Govinda's holy name.
HBV 11.366–367
Sourceहरि-नाम-परा ये च घोरे कलि-युगे नराः । त एव कृत-कृत्याश् च न कलिर् बाधते हि तान् हरे केशव गोविन्द वासुदेव जगन्-मय । इतीरयन्ति ते नित्यꣳ न हि तान् बाधते कलिः
hari-nāma-parā ye ca ghore kali-yuge narāḥ | ta eva kṛta-kṛtyāś ca na kalir bādhate hi tān hare keśava govinda vāsudeva jagan-maya | itīrayanti te nityaṁ na hi tān bādhate kaliḥ
English translation
Glorious are those who are attached to the chanting of the holy names of Lord Hari in this degraded age of Kali. It is a fact that Kali cannot create any impediments for such devotees.
o4 SRIHARI-BHAKTI'VILASA O Hari! O Kesava! O Govnda! O Vasudeva! O Jaganmaya! Those who regularly chant the holy names of the Supreme Lord will never face any difficulty from the mischievous Kali.
HBV 11.368
Sourceये’हर्-निशꣳ जगद्-धातुर् वासुदेवस्य कीर्तनम् । कुर्वन्ति तान् नर-व्याघ्र न कलिर् बाधते नरान्
ye’har-niśaṁ jagad-dhātur vāsudevasya kīrtanam | kurvanti tān nara-vyāghra na kalir bādhate narān
English translation
O tiger-like ruler, Kali cannot create any obstacles for those who constantly chant, throughout the entire day and night, the holy names of Lord Vasudeva, the maintainer of the universe.
HBV 11.369
Sourceनारसिꣳहे— यथा यथा हरेर् नाम कीर्तयन्ति स्म नारकाः । तथा तथा हरौ भक्तिम् उद्वहन्तो दिवꣳ ययुः
nārasiṁhe— yathā yathā harer nāma kīrtayanti sma nārakāḥ | tathā tathā harau bhaktim udvahanto divaṁ yayuḥ
English translation
When the residents of hell chanted the holy names of Lord Hari, they attained the supreme abode of Lord Visnu. The very attachment they displayed for the chanting of the holy name, they maintained for the Lord's devotional service.
HBV 11.370
Sourceइतिहासोत्तमे— नरके पच्यमानानाꣳ नराणाꣳ पाप-कर्मणाम् । मुक्तिः सञ्जायते तस्मान् नाम-सङ्कीर्तनाद् धरेः
itihāsottame— narake pacyamānānāṁ narāṇāṁ pāpa-karmaṇām | muktiḥ sañjāyate tasmān nāma-saṅkīrtanād dhareḥ
English translation
Those who reside in hell, and those who are always engaged in sinful activities, also become liberated from their hellish conditions of life simply by the influence of the holy names of Lord Hari.
HBV 11.371
Sourceषष्ठ-स्कन्धे (६.२.४६)— नातः परꣳ कर्म-निबन्ध-कृन्तनꣳ मुमुक्षताꣳ तीर्थ-पदानुकीर्तनात् । न यत् पुनः कर्मसु सज्जते मनो रजस्-तमोभ्याꣳ कलिलꣳ ततो’न्यथा
ṣaṣṭha-skandhe (6.2.46)— nātaḥ paraṁ karma-nibandha-kṛntanaṁ mumukṣatāṁ tīrtha-padānukīrtanāt | na yat punaḥ karmasu sajjate mano rajas-tamobhyāṁ kalilaṁ tato’nyathā
English translation
Therefore, o n e who desires freedom from material bondage should accept the process of chanting the n a m e , fame, form and pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, at whose feet all holy places reside. O n e c a n n o t derive such benefit from other methods, such as pious atonement, speculative knowledge and meditation in mystic yoga, because even after following such methods, o n e will surely take to fruitive activities once again, being unable to control his mind, which is contaminated by passion and ignorance.
HBV 11.372
Sourceद्वादशे (१२.३.४४) च— यन्-नाम-धेयꣳ म्रियमाण आतुरः पतन् स्खलन् वा विवशो गृणन् पुमान् । विमुक्त-कर्मार्गल उत्तमाꣳ गतिꣳ प्राप्नोति यक्ष्यन्ति न तꣳ कलौ जनाः
dvādaśe (12.3.44) ca— yan-nāma-dheyaṁ mriyamāṇa āturaḥ patan skhalan vā vivaśo gṛṇan pumān | vimukta-karmārgala uttamāṁ gatiṁ prāpnoti yakṣyanti na taṁ kalau janāḥ
English translation
Terrified, due to being about to die, a m a n collapses o n his bed. A l t h o u g h his voice is faltering and h e is hardly conscious of what h e is saying, if h e utters the holy name of the Supreme Lord h e can be freed from the reactions to karma and thus achieve the supreme destination. A n d yet, people in the age of Kali will not worship the Supreme Lord.
HBV 11.373
Sourceउक्त्य कर्म-निबन्धेति तथा कर्मार्गलेति च । अवश्य-भोग्यतापत्तेः प्रारब्धे पर्यवस्यति
uktya karma-nibandheti tathā karmārgaleti ca | avaśya-bhogyatāpatteḥ prārabdhe paryavasyati
English translation
O n e will be forced to enjoy t h e fruits of his karma, whether now or in future. This is called prdrabdha, which was described in the previous verses.
HBV 11.374
Sourceगोविन्देति जपन् जन्तुः प्रत्य्-अहꣳ नियतेन्द्रियः । सर्व-पाप-विनिर्मुक्तः सुरवद् भासते नरः
govindeti japan jantuḥ praty-ahaṁ niyatendriyaḥ | sarva-pāpa-vinirmuktaḥ suravad bhāsate naraḥ
English translation
Low-class men, who have become degraded due to a lack of pious activities, are freed from all types of sinful reactions simply by regularly chanting the holy name of Govinda, with a controlled mind. By this chanting, they become as effulgent as demigods, or associates of the Supreme Lord, who award one the ultimate goal of life.
HBV 11.375
Sourceमम नामानि लोके’स्मिन् श्रद्धया यस् तु कीर्तयेत् । तस्यापराध-कोटिस् तु क्षमाम्य् एव न सꣳशयः
mama nāmāni loke’smin śraddhayā yas tu kīrtayet | tasyāparādha-koṭis tu kṣamāmy eva na saṁśayaḥ
English translation
I forgive the offenses of one who faithfully chants My holy names, even if he had committed millions of offenses. Do not doubt My statement in this regard.
HBV 11.376
Sourceमन्त्रतस् तन्त्रतश् छिद्रꣳ देश-कालार्ह-वस्तुतः । सर्वꣳ करोति निश्छिद्रम् अनुसङ्कीर्तनꣳ तव
mantratas tantrataś chidraṁ deśa-kālārha-vastutaḥ | sarvaṁ karoti niśchidram anusaṅkīrtanaṁ tava
English translation
which is found in the Srimad'Bhagavatam [8.23.16]) mantratas tantratas chidram desa-kdldrha-vas tutah sarvarh karoti nischidram anusankirtanarh tava
There may be discrepancies in pronouncing the mantras and observing the regulative principles, and, moreover, there may be discrepancies in regard to time, place, person and paraphernalia. But when Your Lordship's hoir name is chanted, everything becomes faultless.
HBV 11.377
Sourceस्कान्दे च— यस्य स्मृत्या च नामोक्त्या तपो-यज्ञ-क्रियादिषु । न्यूनꣳ सम्पूर्णताम् एति सद्यो वन्दे तम् अच्युतम्
skānde ca— yasya smṛtyā ca nāmoktyā tapo-yajña-kriyādiṣu | nyūnaṁ sampūrṇatām eti sadyo vande tam acyutam
English translation
I worship Lord Acyuta, the remembrance of whom and the chanting of whose holy name awards one perfection in the performance of all kinds of austerities, sacrifices, and other Vedic rituals.
HBV 11.378
Sourceर्ग्-वेदो हि यजुर्-वेदः साम-वेदो’प्य् अथर्वणः । अधीतस् तेन येनोक्तꣳ हरिर् इत्य् अक्षर-द्वयम्
rg-vedo hi yajur-vedaḥ sāma-vedo’py atharvaṇaḥ | adhītas tena yenoktaṁ harir ity akṣara-dvayam
English translation
One who has uttered the two syllable, ha and ri, has certainly studied the Rg Veda, Yajur Veda, Sama Veda, and Atharva Veda.
HBV 11.379
Sourceमा ऋचो मा यजुस् तात मा साम पठ किꣳचन । गोविन्देति हरेर् नाम गेयꣳ गायस्व नित्यशः
mā ṛco mā yajus tāta mā sāma paṭha kiṁcana | govindeti harer nāma geyaṁ gāyasva nityaśaḥ
English translation
My dear child, you should simply chant the name, Govinda, every day. Then, you will no longer need to study the Rg, Yajur, Soma, and Atharva Vedas.
HBV 11.380
Sourceविष्णोर् एकैक-नामापि सर्व-वेदाधिकꣳ मतम् । तदृङ्-नाम-सहस्रेण राम-नाम समꣳ स्मृतम्
viṣṇor ekaika-nāmāpi sarva-vedādhikaṁ matam | tadṛṅ-nāma-sahasreṇa rāma-nāma samaṁ smṛtam
English translation
Lord Ramacandra, as found in the Padma Purdna, it is stated) visnor ekaika-ndmdpi sarva-vedddhikarh matam t^rn'ndrna-sahasrena rdma-ndma samara smrtam Each and every name of Lord Visnu is more glorious than the entire Vedas. One holy name of Rama is equal to the one thousand holy names of Lord Visnu.
HBV 11.381
Sourceस्कान्दे— कुरुक्षेत्रेण किꣳ तस्य किꣳ कस्य पुस्करेण वा । जिह्वाग्रे वसते यस्य हरिर् इत्य् अक्षर-द्वयम्
skānde— kurukṣetreṇa kiṁ tasya kiṁ kasya puskareṇa vā | jihvāgre vasate yasya harir ity akṣara-dvayam
English translation
What is the need of visiting the holy places of pilgrimage—Kuruksetra, Kasi, or Puskara—for one whose tongue chants the two syllables, Hari?
HBV 11.382
Sourceवामने— तीर्थ-कोटि-सहस्राणि तीर्थ-कोटि-शतानि च । तनि सर्वाण्य् अवाप्नोति विष्णोर् नामानुकीर्तनात्
vāmane— tīrtha-koṭi-sahasrāṇi tīrtha-koṭi-śatāni ca | tani sarvāṇy avāpnoti viṣṇor nāmānukīrtanāt
English translation
Whether there are one hundred million holy places of pilgrimage or one thousand million holy places, it is of no real concern. One can achieve the benefit of visiting all of these holy places simply by chanting the holy names of Lord Visnu.
HBV 11.383
Sourceविश्वामित्र-सꣳहितायाम्— विश्रुताणि बहून्य् एव तीर्थानि बहुधानि च । कोत्य्-अꣳशेनापि तुल्यानि नाम-कीर्तनतो हरेः
viśvāmitra-saṁhitāyām— viśrutāṇi bahūny eva tīrthāni bahudhāni ca | koty-aṁśenāpi tulyāni nāma-kīrtanato hareḥ
English translation
The innumerable holy places of pilgrimage that are mentioned in the xnpcures are not even equal to one ten-millionth of the chanting of the \f names of Lord Hari.
HBV 11.384
Sourceलघु-भागवते— किꣳ तात वेदागम-शास्त्र-विस्तरैस् तीर्थैर् अनेकैर् अपि किꣳ प्रयोजनम् । यद्य् आत्मनो वाञ्छसि मुक्ति-कारणꣳ गोविन्द गोविन्द इति स्फुतꣳ रट
laghu-bhāgavate— kiṁ tāta vedāgama-śāstra-vistarais tīrthair anekair api kiṁ prayojanam | yady ātmano vāñchasi mukti-kāraṇaṁ govinda govinda iti sphutaṁ raṭa
English translation
O son, what is the use of studying so much literature, such as the Vedas, '•--2 : such scriptures? What is the need of traveling to so many holy bees of pilgrimage? If you are actually interested in attaining liberation [ben simply chant, loudly and clearly, "O Govinda! O Govinda!"
HBV 11.385
Sourceगो-कोटि-दानꣳ ग्रहणे खगस्य प्रयाग-गङ्गोदक-कल्प-वासः । यज्ञायुतꣳ मेरु-सुवर्ण-दानꣳ गोविन्द-कीर्तेर् न समꣳ शताꣳशैः
go-koṭi-dānaṁ grahaṇe khagasya prayāga-gaṅgodaka-kalpa-vāsaḥ | yajñāyutaṁ meru-suvarṇa-dānaṁ govinda-kīrter na samaṁ śatāṁśaiḥ
English translation
Giving ten million cows in charity at the time of a solar eclipse, standing Q the water of the Ganges at Prayaga for one kalpa, performing ten thousand :-:: *.:es and donating as much gold as is found at Mount Sumeru—these ions acts are not equal to one-hundredth the chanting of the holy name of 2 - r. i -.
100 SRI HARI'BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.386
Sourceबौधयन-सꣳहितायाम्— इष्ट-पूर्तानि कर्माणि सु-बहूनि कृतान्य् अपि । भव-हेतूनि तान्य् एव हरेर् नाम तु मुक्तिदम्
baudhayana-saṁhitāyām— iṣṭa-pūrtāni karmāṇi su-bahūni kṛtāny api | bhava-hetūni tāny eva harer nāma tu muktidam
English translation
Even if one performs many welfare activities, they will simply result in being the cause of his material bondage. On the other hand, the chanting of the holy names of Lord Hari awards one liberation, and nothing else.
HBV 11.387–388
Sourceवाजपेय-सहस्राणाꣳ नित्यꣳ फलम् अभीप्ससि । प्रातर् उत्थाय भूपाल कुरु गोविन्द-कीर्तनम् किꣳ करिष्यति साङ्ख्येन किꣳ योगैर् नर-नायक । मुक्तिम् इच्छसि राजेन्द्र कुरु गोविन्द-कीर्तनम्
vājapeya-sahasrāṇāṁ nityaṁ phalam abhīpsasi | prātar utthāya bhūpāla kuru govinda-kīrtanam kiṁ kariṣyati sāṅkhyena kiṁ yogair nara-nāyaka | muktim icchasi rājendra kuru govinda-kīrtanam
English translation
recorded in the Qaruda Pur ana, these verses are found) vdjapeya-sahasrdndrh nityarh phalanx abhipsasi pratar utthdya bhupala kuru govinda-kirtanam kirn karisyati sankhyena kirn yogair nara-ndyaka muktim icchasi rdjendra kuru govinda-kirtanam O King Ambarisa, if you wish to receive the benefit of performing thousands of Vajapeya sacrifices every day then simply chant the holy name of Govinda, after getting up early in the morning. What gain can you accomplish by cultivating the Sarikhya philosophy or practicing astdnga- yoga1. If you are serious about attaining liberation then just go on chanting the holy name, Govinda.
HBV 11.389
Sourceअहो बत श्वपचो’तो गरीयान् यज्-जिह्वाग्रे वर्तते नाम तुभ्यम् । तेपुस् तपस् ते जुहुवुर् सस्नुर् अर्या ब्रह्मानूचुर् नाम गृह्णन्ति ये ते
aho bata śvapaco’to garīyān yaj-jihvāgre vartate nāma tubhyam | tepus tapas te juhuvur sasnur aryā brahmānūcur nāma gṛhṇanti ye te
English translation
O my Lord! Persons who chant the holy names of Your Lordship are tar, far advanced in spiritual life, even if born in families of dog-eaters. Such cnanters have undoubtedly performed all kinds of austerities and sacrifices, bathed in all sacred places, and finished all scriptural studies.
HBV 11.390
Sourceस्कान्दे ब्रह्म-नारद-सꣳवादे चातुर्मास्य-माहात्म्ये— एतत् सद्-वर्ग-हरणꣳ रिपु-निग्रहणꣳ परम् । अध्यात्म-मूलम् एतद् धि विष्णोर् नामानुकीर्तनम्
skānde brahma-nārada-saṁvāde cāturmāsya-māhātmye— etat sad-varga-haraṇaṁ ripu-nigrahaṇaṁ param | adhyātma-mūlam etad dhi viṣṇor nāmānukīrtanam
English translation
In a conversation between Lord Brahma and Narada that is found in the Caturrndsya'Tnahdtrnya section of the Skanda Pur ana it is stated) etat sad-varga-imrariarh ripU'nigrahanarh param adhydtrna-muiarn etad dhi visnor ndrndnuklrtanam Chanting the holy name of Lord Visnu defeats one's six enemies—lust, anger, greed, madness, envy, and illusion. Such chanting is expert is subduing the senses and it is the cause for achieving the goal of self-realization.
HBV 11.391
Sourceविष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे — हृदि कृत्वा तथा कामम् अभीष्टꣳ द्विज-पुङ्गवः । एकꣳ नाम जपेद् यस् तु शतꣳ कामान् अवाप्नुयात्
viṣṇu-dharmottare — hṛdi kṛtvā tathā kāmam abhīṣṭaṁ dvija-puṅgavaḥ | ekaṁ nāma japed yas tu śataṁ kāmān avāpnuyāt
English translation
If one chants even a single holy name of the Supreme Lord while maintaining some particular desire within his mind, he will not only find that his desire is fulfilled but he will receive the fulfillment of one hundred more desires.
HBV 11.392
Sourceतत्रैव श्री-कृष्णामृत-स्तोत्रे— सर्व-मङ्गल-मङ्गल्यम् आयुष्यꣳ व्याधि-नाशनम् । भुक्ति-मुक्ति-प्रदꣳ दिव्यꣳ वासुदेवस्य कीर्तनम्
tatraiva śrī-kṛṣṇāmṛta-stotre— sarva-maṅgala-maṅgalyam āyuṣyaṁ vyādhi-nāśanam | bhukti-mukti-pradaṁ divyaṁ vāsudevasya kīrtanam
English translation
Chanting the holy name of Krsna awards one all kinds of auspiciousness, increases one's duration of life, cures all diseases, awards one material enjoyment and liberation, and finally takes one back to Godhead.
HBV 11.393
Sourceश्री-नारायण-व्यूह-स्तवे— परिहासोपहासाद्यैर् विष्णोर् गृह्णन्ति नाम ते । कृतार्थास् ते’पि मनुजास् तेभ्यो’पीह नमो नमः
śrī-nārāyaṇa-vyūha-stave— parihāsopahāsādyair viṣṇor gṛhṇanti nāma te | kṛtārthās te’pi manujās tebhyo’pīha namo namaḥ
English translation
Those who chant the holy name of Lord Visnu, even in a joking manner, are also glorious. I offer my repeated obeisances to them.
HBV 11.394
Sourceवाराहे च— ते धन्यास् ते कृतार्थाश् च तैर् एव सुकृतꣳ कृतम् । तैर् आप्तꣳ जन्मनः प्राप्यꣳ ये काले कीर्तयन्ति माम्
vārāhe ca— te dhanyās te kṛtārthāś ca tair eva sukṛtaṁ kṛtam | tair āptaṁ janmanaḥ prāpyaṁ ye kāle kīrtayanti mām
English translation
Those who chant My holy names while bathing, and performing other such bodily necessities, are glorious. They have achieved real benefit and their human birth has become successful.
HBV 11.395
Sourceविशेषतः कलौ— सकृद् उच्चारयन्त्य् एतद् दुर्लभꣳ चाकृतात्मनाम् । कलौ युगे हरेर् नाम ते कृतार्था न सꣳशयः
viśeṣataḥ kalau— sakṛd uccārayanty etad durlabhaṁ cākṛtātmanām | kalau yuge harer nāma te kṛtārthā na saṁśayaḥ
English translation
There is no question of doubting the fact that those who chant Lord Hari's holy names, even once, are most glorious. In the age of Kali, it is rarely
: : : : a sinful person will take to the chanting of the holy names of the _ :z.
HBV 11.396
Sourceकलिꣳ सभाजयन्त्य् आर्या गुण-जाः सार-भागिनः । यत्र सङ्कीर्तनेनैव सर्वः स्वर्थो’भिलभ्यते
kaliṁ sabhājayanty āryā guṇa-jāḥ sāra-bhāginaḥ | yatra saṅkīrtanenaiva sarvaḥ svartho’bhilabhyate
English translation
Those who are actually wise can appreciate the great value of this age :f Kali. Such enlightened persons worship Kali-yuga because in this fallen i£c. all perfection of life can easily be achieved simply by the performance : r sanklrtana.
HBV 11.397
Sourceस्कान्दे तत्रैव— तथा चैवोत्तमꣳ लोके तपः श्री-हरि-कीर्तनम् । कलौ युगे विशेषेण विष्णु-प्रीत्यै समाचरेत्
skānde tatraiva— tathā caivottamaṁ loke tapaḥ śrī-hari-kīrtanam | kalau yuge viśeṣeṇa viṣṇu-prītyai samācaret
English translation
In this world, glorification of Lord Hari is the foremost kind of austerity. Therefore, to- please Lord Visnu in this age of Kali, one should continuously chant the holy names of the Lord.
HBV 11.398–399
Sourceयथा स्कान्दे— दान-व्रत-तपस्-तीर्थ-यात्रादीनाꣳ च याः स्थिताः । शक्तयो देव-महताꣳ सर्व-पाप-हराः शुभाः राज-सूयाश्वमेधानाꣳ ज्ञानस्याध्यात्म-वस्तुनः । आकृष्य हरिणा सर्वाः स्थापिताः स्वेषु नामसु
yathā skānde— dāna-vrata-tapas-tīrtha-yātrādīnāṁ ca yāḥ sthitāḥ | śaktayo deva-mahatāṁ sarva-pāpa-harāḥ śubhāḥ rāja-sūyāśvamedhānāṁ jñānasyādhyātma-vastunaḥ | ākṛṣya hariṇā sarvāḥ sthāpitāḥ sveṣu nāmasu
English translation
skdnde (In the Skanda Purana it is stated) ddna-vrata- tapas-tirtha- ksetrddindrh ca yah sthitah saktayo deva-mahatdrh sarva-papa-hardh subhdh rdjasuydsvamedhdndrh --vastunah dkrsya harind sarvdh sthdpitdh svesu ndmasu
,^4 SRiHARI'BHAKTI'VILASA The power to nullify sinful reactions that is invested in giving charity, executing vows, performing austerities, traveling to holy places of pilgrimage, worshiping the demigods, serving the devotees, conducting the Rajasuya sacrifice and horse sacrifice, and cultivating knowledge of self-realization— all of this potency has been invested in the holy names of the Supreme Lord.
HBV 11.400
Sourceवातो’प्य् अतो हरेर् नाम्न उग्राणाम् अपि दुःसहः । सर्वेषाꣳ पाप-राशीनाꣳ यथैव तमसाꣳ रविः
vāto’py ato harer nāmna ugrāṇām api duḥsahaḥ | sarveṣāṁ pāpa-rāśīnāṁ yathaiva tamasāṁ raviḥ
English translation
As the sun dissipates darkness, the holy name of the Supreme Lord destroys even the most grievous sinful reactions when chanted.
HBV 11.401
Sourceअतएव ब्रह्माण्डे— सर्वार्थ-शक्ति-युक्तस्य देवदेवस्य चक्रिणः । यच् चाभिरुचितꣳ नाम तत् सर्वार्थेषु योजयेत्
ataeva brahmāṇḍe— sarvārtha-śakti-yuktasya devadevasya cakriṇaḥ | yac cābhirucitaṁ nāma tat sarvārtheṣu yojayet
English translation
To achieve all kinds of perfection, you should always chant the holy name of the Supreme Lord that you feel attracted to. The Supreme Lord is omnipotent, He is the master of the demigods, and He carries a cakra in his hand.
HBV 11.402
Sourceस्थाने हृषीकेश तव प्रकीर्त्या जगत् प्रहृष्यत्य् अनुरज्यते च । रक्षाꣳसि भीतानि दिशो द्रवन्ति सर्वे नमस्यन्ति च सिद्ध-सङ्घाः
sthāne hṛṣīkeśa tava prakīrtyā jagat prahṛṣyaty anurajyate ca | rakṣāṁsi bhītāni diśo dravanti sarve namasyanti ca siddha-saṅghāḥ
English translation
O master of the senses, the world becomes joyful upon hearing Your name, and thus everyone becomes attached to You. Although the perfected
gs ofier You their respectful homage, the demons are afraid, and they fane and there. All this is rightly done.
HBV 11.403
Sourceबृहन्-नारदीये— नारायण जगन्नाथ वासुदेव जनार्दन । इतीरयन्ति ये नित्यꣳ ते वै सर्वत्र वन्दिताः
bṛhan-nāradīye— nārāyaṇa jagannātha vāsudeva janārdana | itīrayanti ye nityaṁ te vai sarvatra vanditāḥ
English translation
Those who regularly chant the holy names of the Supreme Lord, such as iarayana, Jagannatha, Vasudeva, and Janardana are glorified everywhere.
HBV 11.404
Sourceश्री-सूतेनोक्तꣳ तत्रैव यज्ञध्वजोपाख्यानान्ते— स्वपन् भुञ्जन् व्रजꣳस् तिष्ठꣳश् च वदꣳस् तथा । ये वदन्ति हरेर् नाम तेभ्यो नित्यꣳ नमो नमः
śrī-sūtenoktaṁ tatraiva yajñadhvajopākhyānānte— svapan bhuñjan vrajaṁs tiṣṭhaṁś ca vadaṁs tathā | ye vadanti harer nāma tebhyo nityaṁ namo namaḥ
English translation
in the same literature, Suta Gosvami spoke this verse) svapan bhanjan vrajarhs tisthann uttistharhs ca vadarhs tathd ye vadanti harer noma tebhyo nityarh namo namah I offer my repeated obeisances unto those who chant the holy name of Lord Hari while sleeping, eating, walking, standing, or speaking.
HBV 11.405
Sourceश्री-नारायण-व्यूह-स्तवे— स्त्री शूद्रः पुक्कशो वापि ये चान्ये पाप-योनयः । कीर्तयन्ति हरिꣳ भक्त्या तेभ्यो’पीह नमो नमः
śrī-nārāyaṇa-vyūha-stave— strī śūdraḥ pukkaśo vāpi ye cānye pāpa-yonayaḥ | kīrtayanti hariṁ bhaktyā tebhyo’pīha namo namaḥ
English translation
Obeisances should be offered to women, sudras, dog-eaters, and others who are beyond the purview of Vedic society if they devotedly glorify the holy names of Lord Hari.
106 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.406–407
Sourceपाद्मे बृहत्-सहस्र-नाम-कथनारम्भे— अनन्य-गतयो मर्त्या भोगिनो’पि परन्तपाः । ज्ञान-वैराग्य-रहिता ब्रह्मचर्यादि-वर्जिताः सर्व-धर्मोज्झिता विष्णोर् नाम-मात्रैक-जल्पकाः । सुखेन याꣳ गतिꣳ यान्ति न ताꣳ सर्वे’पि धार्मिकाः
pādme bṛhat-sahasra-nāma-kathanārambhe— ananya-gatayo martyā bhogino’pi parantapāḥ | jñāna-vairāgya-rahitā brahmacaryādi-varjitāḥ sarva-dharmojjhitā viṣṇor nāma-mātraika-jalpakāḥ | sukhena yāṁ gatiṁ yānti na tāṁ sarve’pi dhārmikāḥ
English translation
with the thousand names of the Supreme Lord, it is stated) ananya-gatayo martyd bhogino 'pi parantapah jnana-vairdgya-rahitd brahmacaryddi'Varjitdh sarva-dharmojjhitd visnor ndma-rndtraika-jalpakdh sukhena yam gatirh ydnti na tarn sarve 'pi dharmikdh Those who are always engaged in sense gratification, who have no fixed goal of life, who always inflict pain on others, who are devoid of spiritual knowledge and detachment, who do not practice celibacy, and who never follow religious principles—if they joyfully chant the holy names of Lord Visnu with a little faith, they can attain a destination that is rarely achieved by even the most pious people.
HBV 11.408
Sourceविष्णु-धर्मे क्षत्र-बन्धूपाख्याने— न देश-नियमस् तस्मिन् न काल-नियमस् तथा । नोच्छिष्ठादौ निषेधो’स्ति श्री-हरेर् नाम्नि लुब्धक
viṣṇu-dharme kṣatra-bandhūpākhyāne— na deśa-niyamas tasmin na kāla-niyamas tathā | nocchiṣṭhādau niṣedho’sti śrī-harer nāmni lubdhaka
English translation
in the Visnu-dharmottara, this verse is found) na desa-niyamas tasmin na kdla-niyamas tathd nocchistddau nisedho 'sti sri'harer ndmni lubdhaka O Lubdhaka, there is no consideration of time and place with regards to chanting the holy name of Lord Hari. As such, there is no harm in chanting the holy name of the Lord, even in a contaminated state.
HBV 11.409
Sourceस्कान्दे, पाद्मे वैशाख-माहात्म्ये, विष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे च— चक्रायुधस्य नामानि सदा सर्वत्र कीर्तयेत् । नाशौचꣳ कीर्तने तस्य स पवित्र-करो यतः
skānde, pādme vaiśākha-māhātmye, viṣṇu-dharmottare ca— cakrāyudhasya nāmāni sadā sarvatra kīrtayet | nāśaucaṁ kīrtane tasya sa pavitra-karo yataḥ
English translation
Because Lord Hari is all-purifying, there are no hard and fast rules for His holy names. It is the duty of everyone to always chant the holy of the Lord in all conditions of life.
HBV 11.410
Sourceपुनः स्कन्धे— न देश-कालावस्थासु शुद्ध्य्-आदिकम् अपेक्षते । किन्तु स्वतन्त्रम् एवैतन् नाम कामित-कामदम्
punaḥ skandhe— na deśa-kālāvasthāsu śuddhy-ādikam apekṣate | kintu svatantram evaitan nāma kāmita-kāmadam
English translation
Chanting the holy names of the Supreme Lord does not depend upon one's purity or impurity, nor does it have anything to do with time, place, or circumstances. The holy name is fully independent and it awards the fulfillment of one's desires.
HBV 11.411
Sourceवैश्वानर-सꣳहितायाम्— न देश-काल-नियमो न शौचाशौच-निर्णयः । परꣳ सङ्कीर्तनाद् एव राम रामेति मुच्यते
vaiśvānara-saṁhitāyām— na deśa-kāla-niyamo na śaucāśauca-nirṇayaḥ | paraṁ saṅkīrtanād eva rāma rāmeti mucyate
English translation
Simply by chanting the holy name, Rama, Rama, conditioned souls can be liberated from material entanglement. There is no consideration of time, place, purity, or impurity as far as chanting the holy name is concerned.
jQ« SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.412–414
Sourceवैष्णव-चिन्तामणौ श्री-युधिष्ठिरꣳ प्रति श्री-नारद-वाक्यꣳ— न देश-नियमो राजन् न काल-नियमस् तथा । विद्यते नात्र सन्देहो विष्णोर् नामानुकीर्तने कालो’स्ति दाने यज्ञे च स्थाने कालो’स्ति सज्-जपे । विष्णु-सङ्कीर्तने कालो नास्त्य् अत्र पृथिवी-तले एतन् निर्विद्यमानानाम् इच्छताम् अकुतो-भयम् । योगिनाꣳ नृप निर्णीतꣳ हरेर् नामानुकीर्तनम्
vaiṣṇava-cintāmaṇau śrī-yudhiṣṭhiraṁ prati śrī-nārada-vākyaṁ— na deśa-niyamo rājan na kāla-niyamas tathā | vidyate nātra sandeho viṣṇor nāmānukīrtane kālo’sti dāne yajñe ca sthāne kālo’sti saj-jape | viṣṇu-saṅkīrtane kālo nāsty atra pṛthivī-tale etan nirvidyamānānām icchatām akuto-bhayam | yogināṁ nṛpa nirṇītaṁ harer nāmānukīrtanam
English translation
which is recorded in the Vaisnava'Cintdmani) na desa-niyamo rdjan na kdla-niyamas tathd vidyate nana sandeho visnor ndrndnukirtane kdlo 'sti done yajne ca sndne halo 'sti sajjape visnusankirtane halo nasty atra prthivi-tale O King, there is no doubt that one does not have to follow any particular rule, such as selecting a proper time or place, while chanting the holy names of Lord Visnu. For activities like charity, sacrifice, a holy bath, and chanting mantras, one must follow the prescribed rules and regulations. However, one need not follow any such rules and regulations while chanting the holy names of Lord Visnu. 0 Text 414 dvitiya-skande (In the Srimad-Bhagavatam [2.1.11] it is stated) etan nirvidyamdndndrn icchatdm akuto-bhayam yogindm nrpa nirnitarh harer ndrndnukirtanam O King, constant chanting of the holy name of the Lord, following in the footsteps of the great souls is the doubtless and fearless way of success for all, including those who are free from all material desires, those who are desirous of all material enjoyment, and those who are self-satisfied by dint of transcendental knowledge.
HBV 11.415
Sourceवाराहे— नारायणाच्युतानन्त वासुदेवेति यो नरः । सततꣳ कीर्तयेद् भूमि याति मल्लयताꣳ स हि
vārāhe— nārāyaṇācyutānanta vāsudeveti yo naraḥ | satataṁ kīrtayed bhūmi yāti mallayatāṁ sa hi
English translation
vdrdhe (In the Varaha Purdna it is stated)
ELEVENTH VILAS A ,QQ ndrdyandcyutdnanta vdsudeveti yo narah satatarh kirtayed bhumi ydnti mallayatdrh sa hi 0 mother Earth, one who constantly chants the holy names of the Lord, • d h as Narayana, Acyuta, Ananta, and Vasudeva attains, at the very least, i-cryuiya-mukti, or merging into My existence.
HBV 11.416
Sourceगारुडे— किꣳ करिष्यति साङ्ख्येन किꣳ योगैर् नर-नायक । मुक्तिम् इच्छसि राजेन्द्र कुरु गोविन्द-कीर्तनम्
gāruḍe— kiṁ kariṣyati sāṅkhyena kiṁ yogair nara-nāyaka | muktim icchasi rājendra kuru govinda-kīrtanam
English translation
O ruler of men, what will you gain by cultivating Sarikhya, or astdhga- yoga? If you are actually interested in liberation from material bondage then just chant the holy name of Govinda.
HBV 11.417
Sourceयथा, पद्म-पुराणे उत्तर-खण्डे— सकृद् उच्चारितꣳ येन हरिर् इत्य् अक्षर-द्वयम् । बद्धः परिकरस् तेन मोक्षाय गमनꣳ प्रति
yathā, padma-purāṇe uttara-khaṇḍe— sakṛd uccāritaṁ yena harir ity akṣara-dvayam | baddhaḥ parikaras tena mokṣāya gamanaṁ prati
English translation
One who, even once, chants the two syllables, ha and ri, quickly becomes eligible to attain liberation.
HBV 11.418
Sourceब्रह्म-पुराणे— अप्य् अन्य-चित्तो’शुद्धो वा यः सदा कीर्तयेद् धरिम् । सो’पि दोष-क्षयान् मुक्तिꣳ लभेच् चेदि-पतिर् यथा
brahma-purāṇe— apy anya-citto’śuddho vā yaḥ sadā kīrtayed dharim | so’pi doṣa-kṣayān muktiṁ labhec cedi-patir yathā
English translation
If one always chants the holy names of Lord Hari, even in a contaminated state, or without attention—all of his offenses are forgiven so that he achieves
liberation from material existence. An example of this is Sisupala, the king of Cedi.
HBV 11.419
Sourceपाद्मे देवहूति-स्तुतौ— सकृद् उच्चारयेद् यस् तु नारायणम् अतन्द्रितः । शुद्धान्तःकरणो भूत्वा विर्वाणम् अधिगच्छति
pādme devahūti-stutau— sakṛd uccārayed yas tu nārāyaṇam atandritaḥ | śuddhāntaḥkaraṇo bhūtvā virvāṇam adhigacchati
English translation
The heart of a person who even once utters the holy name, Narayana, giving up his indolence, is purified so that he becomes qualified for liberation from material bondage.
HBV 11.420
Sourceमात्स्ये— पर-दार-रतो वापि परापकृति-कारकः । स शुद्धो मुक्तिम् आप्नोति हरेर् नामानुकीर्तनात्
mātsye— para-dāra-rato vāpi parāpakṛti-kārakaḥ | sa śuddho muktim āpnoti harer nāmānukīrtanāt
English translation
Even those who enjoy sex with another man's wife, and those who always do harm to others—if they take to the chanting of the holy names of Lord Hari, they can be purified from all sinful reactions and thus also achieve liberation.
HBV 11.421
Sourceवैशम्पायन-सꣳहितायाम्— सर्व-धर्म-बहिर्-भूतः सर्व-पाप-रतस् तथा । मुच्यते नात्र सन्देहो विष्णोर् नामानुकीर्तनात्
vaiśampāyana-saṁhitāyām— sarva-dharma-bahir-bhūtaḥ sarva-pāpa-ratas tathā | mucyate nātra sandeho viṣṇor nāmānukīrtanāt
English translation
Even one who does not follow any religious principles and who is fond of committing sinful activities—if he takes to the chanting of Lord Visnu's holy names, he will surely be liberated from the vicious cycle of repeated birth and death. Of this there is no doubt.
HBV 11.422
Sourceबृहन्-नारदीये [१.२.४९]— यथा कथञ्चित् यन् नास्ति कीर्तिते वा श्रुते’पि वा । पापिनो’पि विशुद्धाः स्युः शुद्धा मोक्षम् अवाप्नुयुः
bṛhan-nāradīye [1.2.49]— yathā kathañcit yan nāsti kīrtite vā śrute’pi vā | pāpino’pi viśuddhāḥ syuḥ śuddhā mokṣam avāpnuyuḥ
English translation
or other, one hears or chants the holy names of the Supreme be liberated from all sinful reactions and attain liberation from
HBV 11.423
Sourceभारत-विभागे— प्राण-प्रयाण-पाथेयꣳ सꣳसार-व्याधि-भेषजम् । दुःख-शोक-परित्राणꣳ हरिर् इत्य् अक्षर-द्वयम्
bhārata-vibhāge— prāṇa-prayāṇa-pātheyaṁ saṁsāra-vyādhi-bheṣajam | duḥkha-śoka-paritrāṇaṁ harir ity akṣara-dvayam
English translation
The two syllables, ha and ri, are the only asset of a person who is walking on the path toward death. Indeed, these two syllables are the only remedy tor material miseries, and suffering due to lamentation.
HBV 11.424
Sourceनारदीये— नव्यꣳ नव्यꣳ नाम-धेयꣳ मुरारेर् यद् यच् चैतद् गेय-पीयूष-पुष्टम् । ये गायन्ति त्यक्त-लज्जाः स-हर्षꣳ जीवन्-मुक्ताः सꣳशयो नास्ति तत्र
nāradīye— navyaṁ navyaṁ nāma-dheyaṁ murārer yad yac caitad geya-pīyūṣa-puṣṭam | ye gāyanti tyakta-lajjāḥ sa-harṣaṁ jīvan-muktāḥ saṁśayo nāsti tatra
English translation
Those who give up all shyness and joyfully chant Lord Hari's holy names, which constantly provide one a newer and newer nectarean sweetness that is highly praised by eloquent speakers of the Vedic literature, are to be considered liberated, even though they are still living in this world. There should be no doubt in this regard.
HBV 11.425
Sourceआपन्नः सꣳसृतिꣳ घोराꣳ यन्-नाम विवशो गृणन् । ततः सद्यो विमुच्येत यद् बिभेति स्वयꣳ भयम्
āpannaḥ saṁsṛtiṁ ghorāṁ yan-nāma vivaśo gṛṇan | tataḥ sadyo vimucyeta yad bibheti svayaṁ bhayam
English translation
Living beings who are entangled in the complicated meshes of birth and death can be freed immediately by even unconsciously chanting the holy name of Krsna, which is feared by fear personified.
HBV 11.426
Sourceयस्यावतार-गुण-कर्म-विडम्बनानि नामानि ये’सु-विगमे विवशा गृणन्ति । ते’नैक-जन्म-शमलꣳ सहसैव हित्वा सꣳयान्त्य् अपावृतामृतꣳ तम् अजꣳ प्रपद्ये
yasyāvatāra-guṇa-karma-viḍambanāni nāmāni ye’su-vigame vivaśā gṛṇanti | te’naika-janma-śamalaṁ sahasaiva hitvā saṁyānty apāvṛtāmṛtaṁ tam ajaṁ prapadye
English translation
Let us offer our respectful obeisances unto that Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose incarnations and activities are chanted by us for glorification, though He can hardly be fully known as He is.
HBV 11.427
Sourceएतावतालम् अघ-निर्हरणाय पुꣳसाꣳ सङ्कीर्तनꣳ भगवतो गुण-कर्म-नाम्नाम् । विक्रुश्य पुत्रम् अघवान् यद् अजामिलो’पि नारायणेति म्रियमाण इयाय मुक्तिम्
etāvatālam agha-nirharaṇāya puṁsāṁ saṅkīrtanaṁ bhagavato guṇa-karma-nāmnām | vikruśya putram aghavān yad ajāmilo’pi nārāyaṇeti mriyamāṇa iyāya muktim
English translation
Therefore, it should be understood that one is easily relieved from all sinful reactions by chanting the holy name of the Lord, as well as His qualities and activities. This is the only process recommended for relief from sinful reactions. Even if one chants the holy name of the Lord with improper pronunciation, he will achieve relief from material bondage if he chants without offenses. Ajamila, for example, was extremely sinful, but while dying he merely chanted the holy name, and although calling his son, he achieved complete liberation because he remembered the name of Narayana.
HBV 11.428
Sourceउक्तꣳ च लैङ्गे श्री-नारदꣳ प्रति श्री-शिवेन— व्रजꣳस् तिष्ठन् स्वपन्न् अश्नन् श्वसन् वाक्य-प्रपूरणे । नाम-सङ्कीर्तनꣳ विष्णोर् हेलया कलि-मर्दनम् । कृत्वा स्वरूपताꣳ याति भक्ति-युक्तꣳ परꣳ व्रजेत्
uktaṁ ca laiṅge śrī-nāradaṁ prati śrī-śivena— vrajaṁs tiṣṭhan svapann aśnan śvasan vākya-prapūraṇe | nāma-saṅkīrtanaṁ viṣṇor helayā kali-mardanam | kṛtvā svarūpatāṁ yāti bhakti-yuktaṁ paraṁ vrajet
English translation
The chanting of Lord Hari's holy names destroys the contamination of Kali. Even if chanted with negligence, or while walking, sitting, sleeping, eating, breathing, or speaking, one attains liberation. What then can be said of those who chant His holy names with full devotion? Such devotees certainly return to the Lord's supreme abode.
HBV 11.429–430
Sourceनारदीये श्री-ब्रह्मणा— ब्राह्मणः श्वपचीꣳ भुञ्जन् विशेषेण रजस्वलाम् । अश्नाति सुरया पक्वꣳ मरणे हरिम् उच्चरन् अभक्ष्यागम्ययोर् जातꣳ विहायाघौघ-सञ्चयम् । प्रयाति विष्णु-सालोक्यꣳ विमुक्तो भव-बन्धनैः
nāradīye śrī-brahmaṇā— brāhmaṇaḥ śvapacīṁ bhuñjan viśeṣeṇa rajasvalām | aśnāti surayā pakvaṁ maraṇe harim uccaran abhakṣyāgamyayor jātaṁ vihāyāghaugha-sañcayam | prayāti viṣṇu-sālokyaṁ vimukto bhava-bandhanaiḥ
English translation
If one chants the holy names of Lord Hari at the time of death, even after he had enjoyed sex with the wife of a dog-eater during her menstrual period, and had eaten rice cooked in wine, he will be freed from the heavy burden of his sinful reactions, and attain the supreme abode of Lord Visnu.
U4 SRI HARI'BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.431
Sourceबृहन्-नारदीये [१.११.१०१] शुक्रꣳ प्रति श्री-बलिना— जिह्वाग्रे वर्तते यस्य हरिर् इत्य् अक्षर-द्वयम् । विष्णोर् लोकम् अवाप्नोति पुनर् आवृत्ति-दुर्लभम्
bṛhan-nāradīye [1.11.101] śukraṁ prati śrī-balinā— jihvāgre vartate yasya harir ity akṣara-dvayam | viṣṇor lokam avāpnoti punar āvṛtti-durlabham
English translation
One whose tongue vibrates the two syllables, hari, will ascend to the abode of Lord Visnu and never again return to this material world.
HBV 11.432
Sourceपाद्मे— यत्र तत्र स्थितो वापि कृष्ण कृष्णेति कीर्तयेत् । सर्व-पाप-विशुद्धात्मा स गच्छेत् परमाꣳ गतिम्
pādme— yatra tatra sthito vāpi kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇeti kīrtayet | sarva-pāpa-viśuddhātmā sa gacchet paramāṁ gatim
English translation
If one simply chants, Krsna Krsna—in whatever condition of life he may be in—he will be freed from all sinful reactions and achieve life's ultimate goal.
HBV 11.433
Sourceतत्रैव वैशाख-माहात्म्ये अम्बरीषꣳ प्रति नारदेन— तद् एव पुण्यꣳ परमꣳ पवित्रꣳ गोविन्द-गेहे गमनाय पत्रम् । तद् एव लोके सुकृतैक-सत्रꣳ यद् उच्यते केशव-नाम-मात्रम्
tatraiva vaiśākha-māhātmye ambarīṣaṁ prati nāradena— tad eva puṇyaṁ paramaṁ pavitraṁ govinda-gehe gamanāya patram | tad eva loke sukṛtaika-satraṁ yad ucyate keśava-nāma-mātram
English translation
in the Vaisdkha-mdhdtmya section of the same literature) tad eva punyarh paramarh pavitrarh govinda-gehe gamandya patram tad eva loke sukrtaika'Satrarh yad ucyate kesava-ndma-matram Simply by uttering the holy name of Lord Kesava, which is supremely pure, and which elevates one to His eternal abode, one will accumulate immense piety.
HBV 11.434–435
Sourceब्रह्म-वैवर्ते— एवꣳ सङ्ग्रहणी-पुत्राभिधान-व्याजतो हरिम् । समुच्चार्यान्त-काले’गाद् धाम तत् परमꣳ हरेः नारायणम् इति व्याजाद् उच्चार्य कलुषाश्रयः । अजामिलो’प्य् अगाद् धाम किम् उत श्रद्धया गृणन्
brahma-vaivarte— evaṁ saṅgrahaṇī-putrābhidhāna-vyājato harim | samuccāryānta-kāle’gād dhāma tat paramaṁ hareḥ nārāyaṇam iti vyājād uccārya kaluṣāśrayaḥ | ajāmilo’py agād dhāma kim uta śraddhayā gṛṇan
English translation
Simply by calling out the name of the prostitute's son, Narayana, at the time of death, the sinful Ajamila went back to the supreme abode of Lord Hari. When the most sinful Ajamila went to Vaikuntha, simply by calling out the name, Narayana, not actually referring to the Lord, but to his son, then what can be said about the benefit obtained by chanting the holy name of the Lord with faith and devotion?
HBV 11.436
Sourceम्रियमाणो हरेर् नाम गृणन् पुत्रोपचारितम् । अजामिलो’प्य् अगाद् धाम किम् उत श्रद्धया गृणन्
mriyamāṇo harer nāma gṛṇan putropacāritam | ajāmilo’py agād dhāma kim uta śraddhayā gṛṇan
English translation
While suffering at the time of death, Ajamila chanted the holy name of the Lord, and although the chanting was directed toward his son, he nevertheless returned home, back to Godhead. Therefore if one faithfully and inoffensively chants the holy name of the Lord, where is the doubt that he will return to Godhead?
HBV 11.437
Sourceवामने— ये कीर्तयन्ति वरदꣳ वर-पद्मनाभꣳ शङ्खाब्ज-चक्र-शर-चाप-गदासि-हस्तम् । पद्मालया-वदन-पङ्कज-षट्-पदाक्षꣳ नूनꣳ प्रयान्ति सदनꣳ मधु-घातिनस् ते
vāmane— ye kīrtayanti varadaṁ vara-padmanābhaṁ śaṅkhābja-cakra-śara-cāpa-gadāsi-hastam | padmālayā-vadana-paṅkaja-ṣaṭ-padākṣaṁ nūnaṁ prayānti sadanaṁ madhu-ghātinas te
English translation
Those who chant the holy names of Lord Hari, who awards benedictions to His devotees, whose navel resembles a lotus flower, who holds a conch, disc, club, lotus, bow and arrow in His hands, and who is just like a bumblebee hovering around the lotus face of Laksmi, will certainly become residents of Vaikuntha.
HBV 11.438
Sourceआङ्गिरस-पुराणे— वासुदेवेति मनुज उच्चार्य भव-भीतितः । तन्-मुक्तः पदम् आप्नोति विष्णोर् एव न सꣳशयः
āṅgirasa-purāṇe— vāsudeveti manuja uccārya bhava-bhītitaḥ | tan-muktaḥ padam āpnoti viṣṇor eva na saṁśayaḥ
English translation
To attain freedom from fear of material existence, one should chant the holy name of Lord Vasudeva. This will undoubtedly award one shelter at Lord Visnu's lotus feet.
HBV 11.439
Sourceनन्दि-पुराणे— सर्वदा सर्व-कालेषु ये’पि कुर्वन्ति पातकम् । नाम-सङ्कीर्तनꣳ कृत्वा यान्ति विष्णोः परꣳ पदम्
nandi-purāṇe— sarvadā sarva-kāleṣu ye’pi kurvanti pātakam | nāma-saṅkīrtanaṁ kṛtvā yānti viṣṇoḥ paraṁ padam
English translation
By congregationally chanting the holy names of the Supreme Lord, even the most sinful people can attain the supreme abode of Lord Visnu.
HBV 11.440
Sourceकलेर् दोष-निधे राजन्न् अस्ति ह्य् एको महान् गुणः । कीर्तनाद् एव कृष्णस्य मुक्त-सङ्गः परꣳ व्रजेत्
kaler doṣa-nidhe rājann asti hy eko mahān guṇaḥ | kīrtanād eva kṛṣṇasya mukta-saṅgaḥ paraṁ vrajet
English translation
My dear King, although Kali-yuga is full of faults, there is still one good quality about this age. It is that simply by chanting the Hafe Krsna maha-
' can become free from material bondage and be promoted to the
HBV 11.441
Sourceयथा गारुडे— यद् इच्छसि परꣳ ज्ञानꣳ ज्ञानाद् यत् परमꣳ पदम् । तद्-आदरेण राजेन्द्र कुरु गोविन्द-कीर्तनम्
yathā gāruḍe— yad icchasi paraṁ jñānaṁ jñānād yat paramaṁ padam | tad-ādareṇa rājendra kuru govinda-kīrtanam
English translation
as recorded in the Qaruda Purdna) :.' '-' "S-".s.~". '. yat paramam padam L^i-JLi. ' . - . . -.'.;i--.J.::\ kuru govinda-klrtanam k Jearking. it vou wish to attain supreme knowledge and thereby attain • f x e a e abode oi the Lord then chant the holy names of Govinda, with and devotion.
HBV 11.442
Sourceवाराहे— वासुदेवस्य सङ्कीर्त्या सुरापो व्याधितो’पि वा । मुक्तो जायेत नियतꣳ महा-विष्णुः प्रसीदति
vārāhe— vāsudevasya saṅkīrtyā surāpo vyādhito’pi vā | mukto jāyeta niyataṁ mahā-viṣṇuḥ prasīdati
English translation
Even drunkards and people who are afflicted with terrible diseases can attain liberation from the vicious cycle of repeated birth and death, and satisfy Lord Visnu, simply by chanting the holy names of Lord Hari.
HBV 11.443
Sourceबृहन्-नारदीये [१.३४.२३]— नाम-सङ्कीर्तनꣳ विष्णोः क्षुत्-तृट्-प्रस्खलितादिषु । करोति सततꣳ विप्रास् तस्य प्रीतो ह्य् अधोक्षजः
bṛhan-nāradīye [1.34.23]— nāma-saṅkīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥ kṣut-tṛṭ-praskhalitādiṣu | karoti satataṁ viprās tasya prīto hy adhokṣajaḥ
English translation
O brdhrrwnas, the Supreme Lord, who is transcendentally situated and thus beyond the jurisdiction of material senses, always becomes pleased with someone who constantly glorifies His holy names—even when they are afflicted with hunger, thirst, and other forms of distress.
SRI H A R I - B H A K T I - V I L AS A
HBV 11.444
Sourceविष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे— नाम-सङ्कीर्तनꣳ विष्णोः क्षुत्-तृट्-प्रस्खलितादिषु । यः करोति महाभाग तस्य तुष्यति केशवः
viṣṇu-dharmottare— nāma-saṅkīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥ kṣut-tṛṭ-praskhalitādiṣu | yaḥ karoti mahābhāga tasya tuṣyati keśavaḥ
English translation
O greatly fortunate one, Lord Kesava becomes pleased with one who, when hungry, thirsty, or distressed for other reasons, chants His holy names.
HBV 11.445
Sourceविष्णु-रहस्ये— यद् अभ्यर्च्य हरिꣳ भक्त्या कृते क्रतु-शतैर् अपि । फलꣳ प्राप्नोत्य् अविकलꣳ कलौ गोविन्द-कीर्तनात्
viṣṇu-rahasye— yad abhyarcya hariṁ bhaktyā kṛte kratu-śatair api | phalaṁ prāpnoty avikalaṁ kalau govinda-kīrtanāt
English translation
Being put into a very dangerous situation, Draupadi called out to Me, "O Govinda! O Govinda!" and for this I have become highly indebted to her. Indeed, this debt is firmly established within My heart.
HBV 11.446–448
Sourceआदि-पुराणे— गीत्वा च मम नामानि विचरेन् मम सन्निधौ । इदꣳ ब्रवीमि ते सत्यꣳ क्रीतो’हꣳ तस्य चार्जुन गीत्वा च मम नामानि विचरेन् मम सन्निधौ । इति ब्रवीमि ते सत्यꣳ क्रीतो’हꣳ तस्य चार्जुन इति । एवꣳ च श्रुत्वा च मम नामानीत्य् आदि
ādi-purāṇe— gītvā ca mama nāmāni vicaren mama sannidhau | idaṁ bravīmi te satyaṁ krīto’haṁ tasya cārjuna gītvā ca mama nāmāni vicaren mama sannidhau | iti bravīmi te satyaṁ krīto’haṁ tasya cārjuna iti | evaṁ ca śrutvā ca mama nāmānīty ādi
English translation
is recorded in the Adi Purdna, these verses are found) gawd ca mama ndmdni nartayen mama sannidhau idam bravimi te satyarh krito 'ham tena carjuna gatvd ca mama ndmdni rudanti mama sannidhau tesam aharh parikrito ndnya-krlto jandrdanah
D Arjuna, those who sing My holy names and dance before Me in ecstasy j purchase Me with the price of their devotion. I promise you this. I b—chose who chant My names and cry with devotion before Vic «o—Bfi—i Imi Me with their love. Ten 448 . . L ~ - . : • .: :.: -•...: ..: . ; - . . . . . ::;-.;.:: nie should hear the glories of My holy names and performing other such devotional activities.
HBV 11.449
Sourceविष्णु-धर्मे प्रह्लादेन— जितꣳ तेन जितꣳ तेन जितꣳ तेनेति निश्चितम् । जिह्वाग्रे वर्तते यस्य हरिर् इत्य् अक्षर-द्वयम्
viṣṇu-dharme prahlādena— jitaṁ tena jitaṁ tena jitaṁ teneti niścitam | jihvāgre vartate yasya harir ity akṣara-dvayam
English translation
When someone's tongue is heard to vibrate the two syllables, hari, it is to be understood that he has brought the Supreme Lord under his control, he has surely brought the Supreme Lord under his control, he has certainly brought the Supreme Lord under his control.
HBV 11.450
Sourceस्कान्दे काशी-खण्डे, पाद्मे च वैशाख-माहात्म्ये— इदम् एव हि माङ्गल्यम् एतद् एव धनार्जनम् । जीवितस्य फलꣳ चैतद् यद् दामोदर-कीर्तनम्
skānde kāśī-khaṇḍe, pādme ca vaiśākha-māhātmye— idam eva hi māṅgalyam etad eva dhanārjanam | jīvitasya phalaṁ caitad yad dāmodara-kīrtanam
English translation
Vaisakha'tnahatrnya section of the Padma Purdna, this verse appears) idam eva hi mangalyarh etad eva dhandrjanarn jlvitasya phalarh caitad yad ddmodara-kirtanam Chanting the holy name of Damodara is the only real benefit oi performing all kinds of auspicious activities. Indeed, it is the only perfection of accumulating wealth and the only valid reason for remaining alive.
HBV 11.451
Sourceमधुर-मधुरम् एतन् मङ्गलꣳ मङ्गलानाꣳ सकल-निगम-वल्ली-सत्-फलꣳ चित्-स्वरूपम् । सकृद् अपि परिगीतꣳ श्रद्धया हेलया वा भृगु-वर नर-मात्रꣳ तारयेत् कृष्ण-नाम
madhura-madhuram etan maṅgalaṁ maṅgalānāṁ sakala-nigama-vallī-sat-phalaṁ cit-svarūpam | sakṛd api parigītaṁ śraddhayā helayā vā bhṛgu-vara nara-mātraṁ tārayet kṛṣṇa-nāma
English translation
O best of the descendents of Bhrgu! If the holy name of Lord Krsna, which is sweeter than the sweetest, which is more auspicious than the most auspicious, which is the eternal fruit of the Vedic tree, and which is fully transcendental, is chanted, either faithfully or faithlessly, even once, without any offense, it will definitely deliver one from material existence.
HBV 11.452
Sourceविष्णु-रहस्ये— एतद् एव परꣳ ज्ञानम् एतद् एव परꣳ तपः । एतद् एव परꣳ तत्त्वꣳ वासुदेवस्य कीर्तनम्
viṣṇu-rahasye— etad eva paraṁ jñānam etad eva paraṁ tapaḥ | etad eva paraṁ tattvaṁ vāsudevasya kīrtanam
English translation
Glorification of Lord Hari is the foremost knowledge, the foremost austerity, and the foremost truth. This is the verdict of all great authorities.
HBV 11.453
Sourceवैष्णव-चिन्तामणौ श्री-शिवोमा-सꣳवादे— अघच्छित्-स्मरणꣳ विष्णोर् बह्व्-आयासेन साध्यते । ओष्ठ-स्पन्दन-मात्रेण कीर्तनꣳ तु ततो वरम्
vaiṣṇava-cintāmaṇau śrī-śivomā-saṁvāde— aghacchit-smaraṇaṁ viṣṇor bahv-āyāsena sādhyate | oṣṭha-spandana-mātreṇa kīrtanaṁ tu tato varam
English translation
is found in the Vaistiava-cintamani, this verse is found) aghacchit'Smaranam visnor bahv-dydsena sddhyate ans tha-spandana-rridtreria klrtanam tu tato varam It takes a great deal of endeavor to release oneself from material bondage by constantly remembering Lord Visnu but simply by moving one's lips,
tfae fear of material existence is vanquished. Therefore, chanting is more •operant than remembering.
HBV 11.454
Sourceअन्यत्र च— येन जन्म-शतैः पूर्वꣳ वासुदेवः समर्चितः । तन्-मुखे हरि-नामानि सदा तिष्ठन्ति भारत
anyatra ca— yena janma-śataiḥ pūrvaṁ vāsudevaḥ samarcitaḥ | tan-mukhe hari-nāmāni sadā tiṣṭhanti bhārata
English translation
3 King, only one who has properly worshiped Lord Vasudeva in hundreds it previous births is able to constantly chant His holy names.
HBV 11.455
Sourceविशेषतः कलौ, रहस्ये— यद् अभ्यर्च्य हरिꣳ भक्त्या कृते क्रतु-शतैर् अपि । फलꣳ प्राप्नोत्य् अविकलꣳ कलौ गोविन्द-कीर्तनात्
viśeṣataḥ kalau, rahasye— yad abhyarcya hariṁ bhaktyā kṛte kratu-śatair api | phalaṁ prāpnoty avikalaṁ kalau govinda-kīrtanāt
English translation
The same benefit that was obtained by performing hundreds of sacrifices in Satya-yuga, and the same benefit that was received by worshiping Lord Hari in Dvapara-yuga, can be achieved in this age of Kali simply by chanting the holy names of Govinda.
HBV 11.456
Sourceध्यायन् कृते यजन् यज्ञैस् त्रेतायाꣳ द्वापरे’र्चयन् । यद् आप्नोति तद् आप्नोति कलौ सङ्कीर्त्य केशवम्
dhyāyan kṛte yajan yajñais tretāyāṁ dvāpare’rcayan | yad āpnoti tad āpnoti kalau saṅkīrtya keśavam
English translation
The result one obtained by meditation in Satya-yuga, by performing sacrifice in Treta-yuga, and by worshiping the Lord of the universe in Dvapara-yuga, can be obtained simply by chanting the holy names of the Lord in Kali-yuga.
-*- SRI HARI'BHAKTI'VILASA
HBV 11.457
Sourceकृते यद् ध्यायतो विष्णुꣳ त्रेतायाꣳ यजतो मखैः । द्वापरे परिचर्यायाꣳ कलौ तद् धरि-कीर्तनात्
kṛte yad dhyāyato viṣṇuṁ tretāyāṁ yajato makhaiḥ | dvāpare paricaryāyāṁ kalau tad dhari-kīrtanāt
English translation
The result that was achieved by meditation in Satya-yuga, by sacrifice in Treta-yuga, and by temple worship in Dvapara-yuga, can be obtained in this age of Kali simply by Hari-kirtana.
HBV 11.458
Sourceकृष्ण-वर्णꣳ त्विषाकृष्णꣳ साङ्गोपाङ्गास्त्र-पार्षदम् । यज्ञैः सङ्कीर्तन-प्रायैर् यजन्ति हि सु-मेधसः
kṛṣṇa-varṇaṁ tviṣākṛṣṇaṁ sāṅgopāṅgāstra-pārṣadam | yajñaiḥ saṅkīrtana-prāyair yajanti hi su-medhasaḥ
English translation
In this age of Kali, those who are endowed with sufficient intelligence will worship the Lord, who is accompanied by His associates, by the performance of sankirtana'yajfia.
HBV 11.459
Sourceस्कान्दे च— महा-भागवता नित्यꣳ कलौ कुर्वन्ति कीर्तनम्
skānde ca— mahā-bhāgavatā nityaṁ kalau kurvanti kīrtanam
English translation
In this age of Kali, exalted personalities are always seen chanting the holy names of Lord Krsna.
HBV 11.460
Sourceबृहन्-नारदीये [१.४०.११५] नारदोक्तꣳ— हरेर् नामैव नामैव नामैव मम जीवनम् । कलौ नास्त्य् एव नास्त्य् एव नास्त्य् एव गतिर् अन्यथा
bṛhan-nāradīye [1.40.115] nāradoktaṁ— harer nāmaiva nāmaiva nāmaiva mama jīvanam | kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva nāsty eva gatir anyathā
English translation
Q this age oi Kali, the holy name of Lord Hari, the holy name of Lord lv name of Lord Hari is my life and soul. Apart from the chanting ame of the Lord, there is no alternative, there is no alternative,
HBV 11.461
Sourceअतएवोक्तम्— सकृद् उच्चारयन्त्य् एव हरेर् नाम चिद्-आत्मकम् । फलꣳ नास्य क्षमो वक्तुꣳ सहस्र-वदनो विधिः
ataevoktam— sakṛd uccārayanty eva harer nāma cid-ātmakam | phalaṁ nāsya kṣamo vaktuṁ sahasra-vadano vidhiḥ
English translation
Even Anantadeva, with His one thousand mouths, and four-headed Bcahma are unable to fully describe the benefit one obtains by chanting, . en once. Lord Han's transcendental holy name.
HBV 11.462
Sourceपाद्मोत्तर-खण्डे श्री-रामाष्टोत्तर-शत-नाम-स्तोत्रे श्री-शिवेन— र-कारादीनि नामानि शृण्वतो देवि जायते । प्रीतिर् मे मनसो नित्यꣳ राम-नाम-विशङ्कया
pādmottara-khaṇḍe śrī-rāmāṣṭottara-śata-nāma-stotre śrī-śivena— ra-kārādīni nāmāni śṛṇvato devi jāyate | prītir me manaso nityaṁ rāma-nāma-viśaṅkayā
English translation
names of Lord Ramacandra, which is found in the Padma Purdna) rakdrddini ndmdni srnvato devi jdyate pritir me manaso nityam rdrna-ndma-visankayd 0 Goddess, I become joyful as soon as I hear a name that begins with the syllable, ra, because I assume that it is the holy name of Lord Rama.
HBV 11.463
Sourceवैष्णव-चिन्तामणौ— ईशो’हꣳ सर्व-जगताꣳ नाम्नाꣳ विष्णोर् हि जापकः । सत्यꣳ सत्यꣳ वदाम्य् एष हरेर् नाम गतिर् नॄणाम्
vaiṣṇava-cintāmaṇau— īśo’haṁ sarva-jagatāṁ nāmnāṁ viṣṇor hi jāpakaḥ | satyaṁ satyaṁ vadāmy eṣa harer nāma gatir nṝṇām
English translation
1 became the controller of the universe simply by chanting the holy names of Lord Visnu. I swear, again and again, that the holy name of Lord Hari is the ultimate goal for one who has attained a human birth.
j24 SRI HARI'BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.464–466
Sourceआदि-पुराणे च श्री-कृष्णार्जुन-सꣳवादे— श्रद्धया हेलया नाम रटन्ति मम जन्तवः । तेषाꣳ नाम सदा पार्थ वर्तते हृदये मम न नाम सदृशꣳ ज्ञानꣳ न नाम सदृशꣳ व्रतम् । न नाम सदृशꣳ ध्यानꣳ न नाम सदृशꣳ फलम् न नाम सदृशस् त्यागो न नाम सदृशः शमः । न नाम सदृशꣳ पुण्यꣳ न नाम सदृशी गतिः
ādi-purāṇe ca śrī-kṛṣṇārjuna-saṁvāde— śraddhayā helayā nāma raṭanti mama jantavaḥ | teṣāṁ nāma sadā pārtha vartate hṛdaye mama na nāma sadṛśaṁ jñānaṁ na nāma sadṛśaṁ vratam | na nāma sadṛśaṁ dhyānaṁ na nāma sadṛśaṁ phalam na nāma sadṛśas tyāgo na nāma sadṛśaḥ śamaḥ | na nāma sadṛśaṁ puṇyaṁ na nāma sadṛśī gatiḥ
English translation
that is recorded in the Adi Purdna, these verses appear) sraddhayd helayd noma ratanti mama jantavah tesdrh noma sadd pdrtha vartate hrdaye mama na ndmasadrsam jndnam na ndmasadrsam vratarh na ndma-sadrsarh dhydnam na ndma'Sadrsam phalam na ndmasadrsas tydgo na ndma-sadrsah. samah na ndma-sadrsam punyam na ndma-sadrsi gatih O Arjuna, I always remember those persons who chant My holy names, whether with faith, or negligently. There is no understanding equal to that possessed by one who chants the holy name, there is no vow equal to the chanting of the holy name, there is no meditation equal to the chanting of the holy name, there is no benefit equal to that which is gained by chanting the holy name, there is no detachment equal to that exhibited by one who always chants the holy name, there is no peace equal to that experienced by one who chants the holy name, there is no piety equal to that attained by one who chants the holy name, and there is no goal of life equal to the chanting of the holy name.
HBV 11.467–469
Sourceकिꣳ च— नामैव परमा मुक्तिर् नामैव परमा गतिः । नामैव परमा शान्तिर् नामैव परमा स्थितिः नामैव परमा भक्तिर् नामैव परमा मतिः । नामैव परमा प्रीतिर् नामैव परमा स्मृतिः नामैव कारणꣳ जन्तोर् नामैव प्रभुर् एव च । नामैव परमाराध्यो नामैव परमो गुरुः
kiṁ ca— nāmaiva paramā muktir nāmaiva paramā gatiḥ | nāmaiva paramā śāntir nāmaiva paramā sthitiḥ nāmaiva paramā bhaktir nāmaiva paramā matiḥ | nāmaiva paramā prītir nāmaiva paramā smṛtiḥ nāmaiva kāraṇaṁ jantor nāmaiva prabhur eva ca | nāmaiva paramārādhyo nāmaiva paramo guruḥ
English translation
n e is certainly the supreme goal of life, the holy name certainly awards n r absolute peace, the holy name certainly brings one to the highest state i existence, the holy name is certainly the foremost limb of devotional s m x e . the holy name is certainly develops the brightest intelligence, the . : i~e certainly awards one the supreme form of love of God, the holy : ertainly the best means of remembrance, the holy name is certainly the life and soul of the living entities, the holy name is the only worshipable Lord, and the holy name is the supreme spiritual master.
HBV 11.470–471
Sourceकिꣳ च— नाम-युक्तान् जनान् दृष्ट्वा स्निग्धो भवति यो नरः । स याति परमꣳ स्थानꣳ विष्णुना सह मोदते तस्मान् नामानि कौन्तेय भजस्व दृढ-मानसः । नाम-युक्तः प्रियो’स्माकꣳ नाम-युक्तो भवार्जुन
kiṁ ca— nāma-yuktān janān dṛṣṭvā snigdho bhavati yo naraḥ | sa yāti paramaṁ sthānaṁ viṣṇunā saha modate tasmān nāmāni kaunteya bhajasva dṛḍha-mānasaḥ | nāma-yuktaḥ priyo’smākaṁ nāma-yukto bhavārjuna
English translation
O son of Kunti, one who becomes joyful upon seeing a person who is inclined to chant the holy names of the Lord will also go back to Godhead and enjoy the association of Lord Visnu. Therefore, My advice is that you go on chanting My holy names with firm determination because one who is attached to chanting My holy names is very dear to Me.
HBV 11.472
Sourceअथ श्री-भगवन्-नाम-जपस्य स्मरणस्य च । श्रवणस्यापि माहात्म्यम् ईषद् भेदाद् विलिख्यते
atha śrī-bhagavan-nāma-japasya smaraṇasya ca | śravaṇasyāpi māhātmyam īṣad bhedād vilikhyate
English translation
17£ SRI HARI'BHAKTI-VILASA sravanasyapi mahatmyarh isdd bheddd vilikhyate Now, we shall discuss the various characteristics of hearing, chanting, and remembering the glories of the holy names of the Lord.
HBV 11.473
Sourceविष्णु-रहस्ये श्री-भगवद्-उक्तौ— सत्यꣳ ब्रवीमि मनुजाः स्वयꣳ ऊर्द्वस्वयꣳ ऊर्ध्व-बाहुर् यो माꣳ मुकुन्द नरसिꣳह जनार्दनेति । जीवन् जपत्य् अनुदिनꣳ मरणे ऋणीव पाषाण-काष्ठ-सदृशाय ददाम्य् अभीष्टम्
viṣṇu-rahasye śrī-bhagavad-uktau— satyaṁ bravīmi manujāḥ svayaṁ ūrdvasvayaṁ ūrdhva-bāhur yo māṁ mukunda narasiṁha janārdaneti | jīvan japaty anudinaṁ maraṇe ṛṇīva pāṣāṇa-kāṣṭha-sadṛśāya dadāmy abhīṣṭam
English translation
this regard, as recorded in the Visnu'rahasya) satyarh bravimi manujdh svayam urdhva-bahur yo mom mukunda narasirhha jandrdaneti jivan japaty anu-dinam marane rniva pasdna-kastha-sadrsdya dadydmy abhistam O members of human society, I raise My arms and boldly declare that when someone regularly chants My names, saying, "O Mukunda! O Nrsimha! O Janardana!" I feel indebted to him and thus award him his desired goal of life, even if he happens to be dry and hard-hearted, like a piece of wood or stone.
HBV 11.474
Sourceकाशी-काण्डे अग्नि-बिन्दु-स्तुतौ— नारायणेति नरकार्णवतारणेति दामोदरेति मधुहेति चतुर्भुजेति । विश्वम्भरेति विरजेति जनार्दनेति क्वास्तीह जन्म जपताꣳ क्व कृतान्त-भीतिः
kāśī-kāṇḍe agni-bindu-stutau— nārāyaṇeti narakārṇavatāraṇeti dāmodareti madhuheti caturbhujeti | viśvambhareti virajeti janārdaneti kvāstīha janma japatāṁ kva kṛtānta-bhītiḥ
English translation
O Narayana! O deliverer from hellish conditions! O Damodara! O killer of the Madhu demon! O Caturbhuja! O Visvambara! O Viraja! O Janardana!—how can persons who chant these holy names be afraid of re- birth and the abode of Yamaraja?
HBV 11.475
Sourceपाद्मे वैशाख-माहात्म्ये [५.९६.८३] यम-ब्राह्मण-सꣳवादे— वासुदेव-जपासक्तान् अपि पाप-कृतो जनान् । नोपसर्पन्ति तान् विप्र यमदूताश् च दारुणाः
pādme vaiśākha-māhātmye [5.96.83] yama-brāhmaṇa-saṁvāde— vāsudeva-japāsaktān api pāpa-kṛto janān | nopasarpanti tān vipra yamadūtāś ca dāruṇāḥ
English translation
smtiil people become attached to the chanting of the holy name of Lad Han then they too will be delivered from all obstacles, such as lust; the daxeiutd material miseries; and the wrath of the Yamadutas.
HBV 11.476
Sourceबृहद्-विष्णु-पुराणे— क्व नाक-पृष्ठ-गमनꣳ पुनर्-आवृत्ति-लक्षणम् । क्व जपो वासुदेवेति मुक्ति-बीजम् अनुत्तमम्
bṛhad-viṣṇu-purāṇe— kva nāka-pṛṣṭha-gamanaṁ punar-āvṛtti-lakṣaṇam | kva japo vāsudeveti mukti-bījam anuttamam
English translation
What comparison can be made between the attainment of heaven, from where one has to return to this world once again, and the chanting of Lord Yasudeva's holy names, which is the only means for liberation?
HBV 11.477
Sourceइतिहासोत्तमे— स्वप्ने’पि नाम-स्मृतिर् आदि-पुꣳसः क्षयꣳ करोत्य् आहित-पाप-राशेः । प्रयत्नतः किꣳ पुनर् आदि-पुꣳसः प्रकीर्तिते नाग्निर् जनार्दनस्य
itihāsottame— svapne’pi nāma-smṛtir ādi-puṁsaḥ kṣayaṁ karoty āhita-pāpa-rāśeḥ | prayatnataḥ kiṁ punar ādi-puṁsaḥ prakīrtite nāgnir janārdanasya
English translation
itihdsottame (In the Itihdsa'Uttama it is stated) svdpne 'pi ndma'Smrtir adi-purhsah ksayarh karoty ahita-pdpa-rdseh prayatnatah kirh punar adi-purhsah praklrtite ndmni jandrdanasya Need it be said that chanting the holy names of Lord Janardana will certainly destroy heaps of sinful reactions when simply by remembering the holy names of the Lord, even while dreaming, all of one's accumulated sinful reactions are eradicated?
I2O SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.478
Sourceलघु-भागवते— ते स-भाग्या मनुष्येषु कृतार्था नृप निश्चितम् । स्मरन्ति ये स्मारयन्ति हरेर् नाम कलौ युगे
laghu-bhāgavate— te sa-bhāgyā manuṣyeṣu kṛtārthā nṛpa niścitam | smaranti ye smārayanti harer nāma kalau yuge
English translation
0 saintly king, those who remember the holy names of Lord Hari and preach the glories of the holy names to others in this age of Kali are certainly to be considered most fortunate.
HBV 11.479
Sourceपाद्मे देवहूति-स्तुतौ— प्रयाणे चाप्रयाणे च यन्-नाम-स्मरणान् नॄणाम् । सद्यो नश्यति पापौघो नमस् तस्मै चिद्-आत्मने
pādme devahūti-stutau— prayāṇe cāprayāṇe ca yan-nāma-smaraṇān nṝṇām | sadyo naśyati pāpaugho namas tasmai cid-ātmane
English translation
Godhead, Lord Hari. Simply by remembering His holy names during one's life, or at the time of death, all of one's sinful reactions are immediately vanquished.
HBV 11.480
Sourceतत्रैवोत्तर-खण्डे— यन्-नाम-स्मरणाद् एव पापिनाम् अपि सत्वरम् । मुक्तिर् भवति जातूनाꣳ ब्रह्मादीनाꣳ सुदुर्लभा
tatraivottara-khaṇḍe— yan-nāma-smaraṇād eva pāpinām api satvaram | muktir bhavati jātūnāṁ brahmādīnāṁ sudurlabhā
English translation
By remembering My holy names, even the most sinful people can attain that destination which is rarely achieved, even by the demigods, headed by Brahma.
HBV 11.481–482
Sourceब्रह्म-वैवर्ते— यद्-अनुध्यानदावाग्नि-दग्ध-कर्म-तृणः पुमान् । विशुद्धः पश्यति व्यक्तम् अव्यक्तम् अपि केशवम् तद् अस्य नाम जीवस्य पतितस्य भवाम्बुधौ । हस्तावलम्ब-दानाय प्रवीणो नापरो हरेः
brahma-vaivarte— yad-anudhyānadāvāgni-dagdha-karma-tṛṇaḥ pumān | viśuddhaḥ paśyati vyaktam avyaktam api keśavam tad asya nāma jīvasya patitasya bhavāmbudhau | hastāvalamba-dānāya pravīṇo nāparo hareḥ
English translation
_ -_ -..-. z:?--- ot truitive activities are burnt to ashes. The chanting ---_:. . :\ mes : the Lord is rhe only means of deliverance for those who • e 11^1 1 into the ocean of material existence. It is a fact that there is no * to be liberated from material bondage other than by chanting the holy • m r of Lord Hari.
HBV 11.483
Sourceजावालि-सꣳहितायाम्— हरेर् नाम परꣳ जप्यꣳ ध्येयꣳ गेयꣳ निरन्तरम् । कीर्तनीयꣳ च बहुधा निर्वृतीर् बहुधेच्छता
jāvāli-saṁhitāyām— harer nāma paraṁ japyaṁ dhyeyaṁ geyaṁ nirantaram | kīrtanīyaṁ ca bahudhā nirvṛtīr bahudhecchatā
English translation
Those who are always on the lookout for varieties of material enjoyment ; continuously chant, meditate upon, and glorify the holy names of Lord Hari.
HBV 11.484
Sourceबृहन्-नारदीये श्री-नारदोक्तौ— यन्-नाम-श्रवणेनापि महा-पातकिनो’पि ये । पावनत्वꣳ प्रपद्यन्ते कथꣳ स्तोष्यामि खिन्न-धीः
bṛhan-nāradīye śrī-nāradoktau— yan-nāma-śravaṇenāpi mahā-pātakino’pi ye | pāvanatvaṁ prapadyante kathaṁ stoṣyāmi khinna-dhīḥ
English translation
How can an unintelligent person like me glorify the Lord's holy names which, simply by hearing, even the most sinful people are purified.
HBV 11.485
Sourceइतिहासोत्तमे— श्रुतꣳ सङ्कीर्तितꣳ वापि हरेर् आश्चर्य-कर्मणः । दहत्य् एनाꣳसि सर्वाणि प्रसङ्गात् किम् उ भक्तितः
itihāsottame— śrutaṁ saṅkīrtitaṁ vāpi harer āścarya-karmaṇaḥ | dahaty enāṁsi sarvāṇi prasaṅgāt kim u bhaktitaḥ
English translation
When all sinful reactions are burnt to ashes simply by hearing or chanting the holy names of Lord Hari, whose activities are most wonderful then what can be said about the benefit one receives by hearing and chanting His holy names in pure devotion?
HBV 11.486
Sourceन हि भगवन्न् अघटितम् इदꣳ त्वद्-दर्शनान् नृणाम् अखिल-पाप-क्षयः । यन्-नाम सकृच् छ्रवणात् पुक्कशो’पि विमुच्यते साक्षात् इति ।
na hi bhagavann aghaṭitam idaṁ tvad-darśanān nṛṇām akhila-pāpa-kṣayaḥ | yan-nāma sakṛc chravaṇāt pukkaśo’pi vimucyate sākṣāt iti |
English translation
My Lord, it is not impossible for one to be immediately freed from all material contamination by seeing You. Not to speak of seeing You personally, merely by hearing the holy name of Your Lordship only once, even candalas, men of the lowest class, are freed from all material contamination. Under the circumstances, who will not be freed from material contamination simply by seeing You?
HBV 11.487
Sourceश्रीमन्-नाम्नाꣳ च सर्वेषाꣳ माहात्म्येषु समेष्व् अपि । कृष्णस्यैवावतारेषु विशेषः को’पि कस्यचित्
śrīman-nāmnāṁ ca sarveṣāṁ māhātmyeṣu sameṣv api | kṛṣṇasyaivāvatāreṣu viśeṣaḥ ko’pi kasyacit
English translation
Although the glories of all the holy names of the Supreme Lord are unlimited, still, among all the names of His incarnations, the name, Krsna, has special significance.
HBV 11.488
Sourceब्रह्माण्ड-पुराणे श्री-कृष्णाष्टोत्तर-शत-नाम-माहात्म्ये— सहस्र-नाम्नाꣳ पुण्यानाꣳ त्रिर्-आवृत्त्या तु यत् फलम् । एकावृत्त्या तु कृष्णस्य नामैकꣳ तत् प्रयच्छति
brahmāṇḍa-purāṇe śrī-kṛṣṇāṣṭottara-śata-nāma-māhātmye— sahasra-nāmnāṁ puṇyānāṁ trir-āvṛttyā tu yat phalam | ekāvṛttyā tu kṛṣṇasya nāmaikaṁ tat prayacchati
English translation
Lord Krsna that is found in the Brahmdnda Pur ana, it is stated) sahasra-ndmndrh punydndm trir dvrttya tu yat phalam ekdvrttya tu krsnasya ndrrmikarh tat prayacchati The benefit obtained by reciting the thousand names of Lord Visnu can be obtained simply by reciting the holy name of Sri Krsna just once.
HBV 11.489–490
Sourceइदꣳ किरीटी सꣳजप्य जयी पाशुपतास्त्र-भाक् । कृष्णस्य प्राण-भूतः सन् कृष्णꣳ सारथिम् आप्तवान् किम् इदꣳ बहुना शꣳसन् मानुषानन्द-निर्भरः । ब्रह्मानन्दम् अवाप्यान्ते कृष्ण-सायुज्यम् आप्नुयात्
idaṁ kirīṭī saṁjapya jayī pāśupatāstra-bhāk | kṛṣṇasya prāṇa-bhūtaḥ san kṛṣṇaṁ sārathim āptavān kim idaṁ bahunā śaṁsan mānuṣānanda-nirbharaḥ | brahmānandam avāpyānte kṛṣṇa-sāyujyam āpnuyāt
English translation
By chanting the holy names of Krsna, Arjuna acquired the Pasupata weapon and became a very dear friend of the Lord and thereby was able ID engage Him as his charioteer. Simply by chanting the holy names of Lord Krsna, one become merged in an ocean of transcendental ecstasy and ultimately, attains His association in the spiritual sky.
HBV 11.491
Sourceवाराहे च श्री-माथुर-माहात्म्ये— तत्र गुह्यानि नामानि भविष्यन्ति मम प्रिये । पुण्यानि च पवित्राणि सꣳसार-च्छेदनानि च
vārāhe ca śrī-māthura-māhātmye— tatra guhyāni nāmāni bhaviṣyanti mama priye | puṇyāni ca pavitrāṇi saṁsāra-cchedanāni ca
English translation
«3 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA O dear one, in My pastimes as Krsna, My most confidential holy names will be most auspicious, supremely purifying, and the deliverer of the conditioned souls from material existence.
HBV 11.492–493
Sourceद्वारका-माहात्म्ये प्रह्लाद-बलि-सꣳवादे— अतीताः पुरुषाः सप्त भविषाश् च चतुर्दश । नरस् तारयते सर्वान् कलौ कृष्णेति कीर्तनात् कृष्ण कृष्णेति कृष्णेति स्वपन् जाग्रद् व्रजꣳस् तथा । यो जल्पति कलौ नित्यꣳ कृष्ण-रूपी भवेद् धि सः
dvārakā-māhātmye prahlāda-bali-saṁvāde— atītāḥ puruṣāḥ sapta bhaviṣāś ca caturdaśa | naras tārayate sarvān kalau kṛṣṇeti kīrtanāt kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇeti kṛṣṇeti svapan jāgrad vrajaṁs tathā | yo jalpati kalau nityaṁ kṛṣṇa-rūpī bhaved dhi saḥ
English translation
recorded in the Dvdraka Mdhdtmya, this verse appears) amah purusah sapta bhavisyds ca caturdasa naras tdrayate sarvdn kalau krsneti'kirtandt krsna-krsneti krsneti svapan jdgrad vrajarhs tathd yo jalpati kalau nityarh krsiw-rupi bhaved dhi sah Those who chant the holy name of Lord Krsna in this dangerous age of Kali will deliver seven past generations of their family, as well as fourteen future generations. In this age of Kali, one who, while awake or while dreaming, chants, "Krsna! Krsna!" becomes situated on the same platform as the Lord.
HBV 11.494
Sourceब्रह्म-वैवर्ते— हनन् ब्राह्मणम् अत्यन्तꣳ कामतो वा सुराꣳ पिबन् । कृष्ण कृष्णेत्य् अहो-रात्रꣳ सङ्कीर्त्य शुचिताम् इयात्
brahma-vaivarte— hanan brāhmaṇam atyantaṁ kāmato vā surāṁ piban | kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇety aho-rātraṁ saṅkīrtya śucitām iyāt
English translation
Even if someone had killed a brdhmana, or habitually drank wine, if he chants, "Krsna! Krsna! throughout the day and night, he will become purified.
HBV 11.495
Sourceविष्णु-धर्मे— कृष्णेति मङ्गलꣳ नाम यस्य वाचि प्रवर्तते । भस्मीभवन्ति राजेन्द्र महा-पातक-कोटयः
viṣṇu-dharme— kṛṣṇeti maṅgalaṁ nāma yasya vāci pravartate | bhasmībhavanti rājendra mahā-pātaka-koṭayaḥ
English translation
0 ruler of men, when one utters the most auspicious holy name, Krsna, afl his countless sinful reactions are burnt to ashes.
HBV 11.496
Sourceनारसिꣳहे श्री-भगवद्-उक्तौ— कृष्ण कृष्णेति कृष्णेति यो माꣳ स्मरति नित्यशः । जलꣳ भित्त्वा यथा पद्मꣳ नरकाद् उद्धराम्य् अहम्
nārasiṁhe śrī-bhagavad-uktau— kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇeti kṛṣṇeti yo māṁ smarati nityaśaḥ | jalaṁ bhittvā yathā padmaṁ narakād uddharāmy aham
English translation
1 personally deliver from a hellish condition of life one who constantly remembers Me by chanting My holy name, "Krsna! Krsna! Krsna!" He is zeiivered from material existence just as a lotus flower emerges from the -ater.
HBV 11.497
Sourceगारुडे पाद्मे च— सꣳसार-सर्प-सꣳदष्टꣳ नष्ट-चेष्टैक-भेषजम् । कृष्णेति वैष्णवꣳ मन्त्रꣳ श्रुत्वा मुक्तो भवेन् नरः
gāruḍe pādme ca— saṁsāra-sarpa-saṁdaṣṭaṁ naṣṭa-ceṣṭaika-bheṣajam | kṛṣṇeti vaiṣṇavaṁ mantraṁ śrutvā mukto bhaven naraḥ
English translation
One who has lost his original consciousness due to being bitten by a poisonous snake in the form of material existence can be relieved of his distress simply by hearing the Vaisnava mantra, Krsna, which is the only remedy for the diseased condition of material life.
.-,. SRIHARI-BHAKTI'VILASA
HBV 11.498
Sourceप्रभास-पुराणे— नाम्नाꣳ मुख्यतरꣳ नाम कृष्णाख्यꣳ मे परन्तप । प्रायश्चित्तम् अशेषाणाꣳ पापानाꣳ मोचकꣳ परम्
prabhāsa-purāṇe— nāmnāṁ mukhyataraṁ nāma kṛṣṇākhyaṁ me parantapa | prāyaścittam aśeṣāṇāṁ pāpānāṁ mocakaṁ param
English translation
Narada Muni and Kusadhvaja that is found in the Prabhasa Purdna) ndmndrh mukhyatararh ndma krsiydkhyarh me parantapa prdyascittam asesdndrh pdpdndrh mocakarh param O vanquisher of the enemies, among all My holy names, the name, Krsna, is the foremost. This holy name is the best means of atonement for even unlimited sinful activities, and it is the giver of liberation.
HBV 11.499
Sourceपाद्मे— यत्र यत्र स्थितो वापि कृष्ण-कृष्णेति कीर्तयेत् । सर्व-पाप-विशुद्धात्मा स गच्छेत् परमाꣳ गतिम्
pādme— yatra yatra sthito vāpi kṛṣṇa-kṛṣṇeti kīrtayet | sarva-pāpa-viśuddhātmā sa gacchet paramāṁ gatim
English translation
Wherever one may be, if he somehow chants, "Krsna! Krsna!", he will immediately become freed from all sinful reactions and achieve the highest goal of life.
HBV 11.500
Sourceविष्णु-धर्मोत्तरे श्री-कृष्ण-सहस्र-नाम-स्तोत्रे— बल्लवी-कान्त किꣳ तैस् तैर् उपायैः कृष्ण-नाम ते । किन्तु जिह्वाग्रगꣳ जाग्रन् निरुन्धे हि महा-भयम्
viṣṇu-dharmottare śrī-kṛṣṇa-sahasra-nāma-stotre— ballavī-kānta kiṁ tais tair upāyaiḥ kṛṣṇa-nāma te | kintu jihvāgragaṁ jāgran nirundhe hi mahā-bhayam
English translation
is recorded in the Visnu'dharmottara, this verse appears) ballavi-kdnta kirn tais tair updyaih krsna-ridma te kintu jihvdgragam jdgran niruddhe hi mahdbhayam O beloved Lord of the gopis, what is the use of performing fruitive activities and cultivating knowledge? If Your holy name, Krsna, remains present on my tongue then where is the fear of material existence?
HBV 11.501
Sourceतत्रैवान्यत्र— सत्यꣳ ब्रवीमि ते शम्भो गोपनीयम् इदꣳ मम । मृत्यु-सꣳजीवनीꣳ नाम कृष्णाख्याम् अवधारय
tatraivānyatra— satyaṁ bravīmi te śambho gopanīyam idaṁ mama | mṛtyu-saṁjīvanīṁ nāma kṛṣṇākhyām avadhāraya
English translation
xadeva. I am telling you the truth—the holy name of Krsna is E confidential. Know for certain that this holy name can bring a dead man back to life.
HBV 11.502
Sourceभारत-विभागे— कृष्णः कृष्णः कृष्ण इत्य् अन्त-काले जल्पन् जन्तुर् जीवितꣳ यो जहाति । आद्यः शब्दः कल्पते तस्य मुक्त्यै व्रीडा-नम्रौ तिष्ठतो’न्यावृणस्थौ
bhārata-vibhāge— kṛṣṇaḥ kṛṣṇaḥ kṛṣṇa ity anta-kāle jalpan jantur jīvitaṁ yo jahāti | ādyaḥ śabdaḥ kalpate tasya muktyai vrīḍā-namrau tiṣṭhato’nyāvṛṇasthau
English translation
One who, at the time of death, chants the holy name, "Krsna! Krsna! .ill not have to chant any other holy name to be delivered. Among 11 the names of the Lord, the name, Krsna, is sufficient for liberation. In .act, the other holy names of the Lord feel embarrassed, like an unemployed - _:: r. who has no work.
HBV 11.503
Sourceअन्यत्रापि— नाम चिन्तामणिः कृष्णश् चैतन्य-रस-विग्रहः । पूर्णः शुद्धो नित्य-मुक्तो’भिन्नत्वान् नाम-नामिनोः
anyatrāpi— nāma cintāmaṇiḥ kṛṣṇaś caitanya-rasa-vigrahaḥ | pūrṇaḥ śuddho nitya-mukto’bhinnatvān nāma-nāminoḥ
English translation
The holy name of Krsna is transcendentally blissful. It bestows all spiritual benedictions, for it is Krsna Himself, the reservoir of all pleasure. Krsna's name is complete, and it is the form of all transcendental mellows. It is not a material name under any condition, and it is no less powerful than Krsna Himself. Since Krsna's name is not contaminated by the material qualities, there is no question of its being involved with maya. Krsna's name is always
*-, SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA
liberated and spiritual; it is never conditioned by the laws of material nature. This is because the name of Krsna and Krsna Himself are identical.
HBV 11.504
Sourceतेभ्यो नमो’स्तु भव-वारिधि-जीर्ण-पङ्क- सꣳमग्न-मोक्षण-विचक्षण-पादुकेभ्यः । कृष्णेति वर्ण-युगलꣳ श्रवणेन येषाꣳ आनन्दथूर्भवति नर्तित-रोम-वृन्दः
tebhyo namo’stu bhava-vāridhi-jīrṇa-paṅka- saṁmagna-mokṣaṇa-vicakṣaṇa-pādukebhyaḥ | kṛṣṇeti varṇa-yugalaṁ śravaṇena yeṣāṁ ānandathūrbhavati nartita-roma-vṛndaḥ
English translation
I offer my respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of the devotees who are capable of lifting up the fallen conditioned souls who are entangled in to the mire of material existence, who shed incessant tears of love while hearing the two syllables, Krsna, and whose hair stands on end while listening to the holy name of the Lord.
HBV 11.505
Sourceतद् अश्म-सारꣳ हृदयꣳ बतेदꣳ यद् गृह्यमाणैर् हरि-नाम-धेयैः । न विक्रियेताथ यदा विकारो नेत्रे जलꣳ गात्र-रुहेषु हर्षः
tad aśma-sāraṁ hṛdayaṁ batedaṁ yad gṛhyamāṇair hari-nāma-dheyaiḥ | na vikriyetātha yadā vikāro netre jalaṁ gātra-ruheṣu harṣaḥ
English translation
Certainly that heart is steel-framed which, in spite of one's chanting the holy name of the Lord with concentration, does not change when ecstasy takes place, tears fill the eyes, and the hairs stand on end.
HBV 11.506
Sourceइतिहासोत्तमे च— नाम्नि सङ्कीर्तिते विष्णोर् यस्य पुꣳसो न जायते । सरोम-पुलकꣳ गात्रꣳ स भवेत् कुलिशोपमः
itihāsottame ca— nāmni saṅkīrtite viṣṇor yasya puṁso na jāyate | saroma-pulakaṁ gātraṁ sa bhavet kuliśopamaḥ
English translation
One whose hair does not stand on end while chanting the holy names of Lord Krsna possesses a heart that is as hard as a thunderbolt.
HBV 11.507–508
Sourceनाम-सङ्कीर्तनाज् जातꣳ पुण्यꣳ नोपचयन्ति ये । नाना-व्याधि-समायुक्ताः शत-जन्मसु ते नराः सा हानिस् तन् महच् छिद्रꣳ स मोहः स च विभ्रमः । यन्-मुहूर्तꣳ क्षणꣳ वापि वासुदेवो न चिन्त्यते
nāma-saṅkīrtanāj jātaṁ puṇyaṁ nopacayanti ye | nānā-vyādhi-samāyuktāḥ śata-janmasu te narāḥ sā hānis tan mahac chidraṁ sa mohaḥ sa ca vibhramaḥ | yan-muhūrtaṁ kṣaṇaṁ vāpi vāsudevo na cintyate
English translation
kdtydyana sarhhitdydm (In the Katydyana Samhitd it is stated) noma sankirttanaj jdtarh punyarh nopa cayanti ye ndndvyddhi samdyuktdh sata janmasu te narah sd hdnis tan mahacchidrarh sa mohah sa ca vibhramah yan muhurttarh ksanarh vdpi vdsudevarh na klrttayet Those who do not take advantage of the congregational chanting of :he Lord's holy names will suffer from various diseases in the next hundreds of lives. Any time that is not spent chanting the holy names of the Lord is a waste, harmful, and causes illusion. In other words, if one does not utilize every moment chanting the holy names of the Lord—his life is spent in vain.
HBV 11.509
Sourceअवमत्य च ये यान्ति भगवत्-कीर्तनꣳ नराः । ते यान्ति नरकꣳ घोरꣳ तेन पापेन कर्मणा
avamatya ca ye yānti bhagavat-kīrtanaṁ narāḥ | te yānti narakaṁ ghoraṁ tena pāpena karmaṇā
English translation
Vaisakha'tnahatmya section of the Padma Purdna, this verse appears) avamatya ca ydnti bhagavat kirttanarh nardh te ydnti narakarh ghorarh tena pdpena karmmnd Those who ignore the chanting of the Lord's holy names and go elsewhere to utilize their time in another way will enter the darkest regions of hell as a result of their sinful mentality.
HBV 11.510–512
Sourceश्रुतयः— ॐ आस्य जानन्तो नाम चिद् विविक्तन् महस् ते विष्णो सुमतिꣳ भजामहे ओꣳ तत् सत् ओꣳ पदꣳ देवस्य नमसा व्यन्तः श्रवस्य् अवश्रव आपन्नम् ऋक्तम् । नामानि चिद् दधिरे यज्ञियन्ति भद्रायान्ते रणयन्तः सन्दृष्टौ ओꣳ तम् उ स्तोतारः पूर्वꣳ यथाविद ऋतस्य गर्भꣳ जनुषा पिपर्तन । आस्य जानन्तो नाम चिद् विविक्तन् महस् ते विष्णो सुमतिꣳ भजामहे
śrutayaḥ— om āsya jānanto nāma cid viviktan mahas te viṣṇo sumatiṁ bhajāmahe oṁ tat sat oṁ padaṁ devasya namasā vyantaḥ śravasy avaśrava āpannam ṛktam | nāmāni cid dadhire yajñiyanti bhadrāyānte raṇayantaḥ sandṛṣṭau oṁ tam u stotāraḥ pūrvaṁ yathāvida ṛtasya garbhaṁ januṣā pipartana | āsya jānanto nāma cid viviktan mahas te viṣṇo sumatiṁ bhajāmahe
English translation
O Lord Visnu, we worship Your holy name, which has a transcendental form of pure knowledge, which is self-manifested, and which is the most sought after entity in this world. O supremely worshipable Lord, we offer our unlimited obeisances at Your lotus feet. Simply by hearing the glories of Your holy name, devotees can attain eternal fame and liberation. Those who have accepted the worship of Your lotus feet as the goal of their lives fully engage in chanting Your holy names to achieve Your direct association. Although it is said that one should make his life successful by glorifying whatever he may have heard about Lord Krsna, the complete whole, we are unable to do this because we do not know how to offer prayers in the prescribed manner. Thus we have concluded that it is our utmost duty to simply chant His holy names.
HBV 11.513
Sourceईदृशे नाम-माहात्म्ये श्रुति-स्मृति-विनिश्चिते । कल्पयन्त्य् अर्थ-वादꣳ ये यान्ति घोर-यातनाम्
īdṛśe nāma-māhātmye śruti-smṛti-viniścite | kalpayanty artha-vādaṁ ye yānti ghora-yātanām
English translation
Those who interpret the glories of the holy names that are ascertained by sruti and smrti, or think that they are imagination, will suffer terrible punishment in hell.
ELEVENTH VILAS A ^Q
HBV 11.514
Sourceश्री-कात्यायन-सꣳहितायाम्— अर्थ-वादꣳ हरेर् नाम्नि सम्भावयति यो नरः । स पापिष्ठो मनुष्याणाꣳ निरये पतन्ति स्फुटम्
śrī-kātyāyana-saṁhitāyām— artha-vādaṁ harer nāmni sambhāvayati yo naraḥ | sa pāpiṣṭho manuṣyāṇāṁ niraye patanti sphuṭam
English translation
of the holy names are an exaggeration) kdtydyana sarhhitdydm (In the Katydyana Samhita it is stated) arthavddam harer ndmni sambhdvayati yo narah sa pdpistho manusydndrh niraye patati sphutam A sinful person who considers the glories of the holy names of Lord Hari to be imagination will certainly traverse the path to hell.
HBV 11.515
Sourceयन्-नाम-कीर्तन-फलꣳ विविधꣳ निशम्य न श्रद्दधाति मनुते यद् उतार्थ-वादम् । यो मानुषस् तम् इह दुःख-चये क्षिपामि सꣳसार-घोर-विविधार्ति-निपीडिताङ्गम्
yan-nāma-kīrtana-phalaṁ vividhaṁ niśamya na śraddadhāti manute yad utārtha-vādam | yo mānuṣas tam iha duḥkha-caye kṣipāmi saṁsāra-ghora-vividhārti-nipīḍitāṅgam
English translation
I sarhsdra ghora vividhdrtti nipiditdngam Unto those who do not believe in the results of chanting the holy names ot the Lord that are described in the revealed scriptures, but rather consider them to be an exaggeration, I personally inflict upon them various sufferings and throw them into the ocean of miseries in this material world.
HBV 11.516–517
Sourceजैमिनि-सꣳहितायाꣳ च— श्रुति-स्मृति-पुराणेषु नाम-माहात्म्य-वाचिषु । ये’र्थ-वाद इति ब्रूयुर् न तेषाꣳ निरय-क्षयः तस्मिꣳश् च भगवन्-नाम्नि जगद्-एकोपकारिणि । विश्वैक-सेव्ये मतिमान् अपराधान् विवर्जयेत्
jaimini-saṁhitāyāṁ ca— śruti-smṛti-purāṇeṣu nāma-māhātmya-vāciṣu | ye’rtha-vāda iti brūyur na teṣāṁ niraya-kṣayaḥ tasmiṁś ca bhagavan-nāmni jagad-ekopakāriṇi | viśvaika-sevye matimān aparādhān vivarjayet
English translation
Those who consider the statements of the sruti, smrti and Purdnas that praise the glories of the holy name to be imagination will suffer unlimitedly in hell. Therefore, every intelligent person must be careful about committing offenses against the chanting of the holy names, which are the only benefactor of all conditioned souls and the only object worthy of service for all classes of men.
HBV 11.518–520
Sourceसर्वापराध-कृद् अपि मुच्यते हरि-सꣳश्रयात् हरेर् अप्य् अपराधान् यः कुर्याद् द्विपद-पाꣳसवः । नामाश्रयः कदाचित् स्यात् तरत्य् एव स नामतः नाम्नो’पि सर्व-सुहृदो ह्य् अपराधात् पतत्य् अधः
sarvāparādha-kṛd api mucyate hari-saṁśrayāt harer apy aparādhān yaḥ kuryād dvipada-pāṁsavaḥ | nāmāśrayaḥ kadācit syāt taraty eva sa nāmataḥ nāmno’pi sarva-suhṛdo hy aparādhāt pataty adhaḥ
English translation
which are found in the Padma Purdna) sarvvdparddha krdapi mucyate harisarhsrayah harer api aparddhan yah kuryydt dvipada pdrhsanah ndmdsrayah kaddcit syatta ratyeva sa ndmatah ndmno'pi sarwasuhrdo hyaparddhdt patatyadhah If a most sinful person takes shelter of the lotus feet of Lord Hari then he can become freed from all of his sinful reactions. If a person who is the lowest among mankind and had committed offenses at the lotus feet of Lord Hari takes shelter of the Lord's holy names, he can become freed from these offenses. Therefore, where is the doubt that if a person commits offenses at the lotus feet of the holy name, he will certainly be degraded to a hellish condition of life?
HBV 11.521–524
Sourceसताꣳ निन्दा नाम्नः परमम् अपराधꣳ वितनुते यतः ख्यातिꣳ यातꣳ कथम् उ सहते तद्-विगर्हाम् । शिवस्य श्री-विष्णोर् य इह गुण-नामादि-सकलꣳ धिया भिन्नꣳ पश्येत् स खलु हरि-नामाहित-करः गुरोर् अवज्ञा श्रुति-शास्त्र-निन्दनꣳ तथार्थ-वादो हरि-नाम्नि कल्पनम् । नाम्नो बलाद् यस्य हि पाप-बुद्धिर् न विद्यते तस्य यमैर् हि शुद्धिः धर्म-व्रत-त्याग-हुतादि-सर्व- शुभ-क्रिया-साम्यम् अपि प्रमादः । अश्रद्दधाने विमुखे’प्य् अशृण्वति यश् चोपदेशः शिव-नामापराधः श्रुते’पि नाम-माहात्म्ये यः प्रीति-रहितो’धमः । अहꣳ-ममादि-परमो नाम्नि सो’प्य् अपराध-कृत्
satāṁ nindā nāmnaḥ paramam aparādhaṁ vitanute yataḥ khyātiṁ yātaṁ katham u sahate tad-vigarhām | śivasya śrī-viṣṇor ya iha guṇa-nāmādi-sakalaṁ dhiyā bhinnaṁ paśyet sa khalu hari-nāmāhita-karaḥ guror avajñā śruti-śāstra-nindanaṁ tathārtha-vādo hari-nāmni kalpanam | nāmno balād yasya hi pāpa-buddhir na vidyate tasya yamair hi śuddhiḥ dharma-vrata-tyāga-hutādi-sarva- śubha-kriyā-sāmyam api pramādaḥ | aśraddadhāne vimukhe’py aśṛṇvati yaś copadeśaḥ śiva-nāmāparādhaḥ śrute’pi nāma-māhātmye yaḥ prīti-rahito’dhamaḥ | ahaṁ-mamādi-paramo nāmni so’py aparādha-kṛt
English translation
1. To blaspheme the devotees who have dedicated their lives for pi ragating the holy names of the Lord. 2. To consider the names of the demigods to be equal to or independent to the holy name of Lord Visnu. 3. To disobey the orders of the spiritual master. 4. To blaspheme the Vedic literatures, or literatures in pursuance of the Vedic version. 5. To consider the glories of the holy name to be imagination. 6. To give some interpretation on the holy name of the Lord. 7. To commit sinful activities on the strength of the holy name of the Lord. 8. To consider pious activities to be equal to the chanting of the holy name of the Lord. 9. To instruct faithless persons about the glories of the holy name. 10. To maintain material attachment, even after receiving so many instructions in this regard, considering the material body to be "me," and everything in relation to the body as, "mine".
HBV 11.525
Sourceजाते नामापराधे’पि प्रमादेन कथञ्चन । सदा सङ्कीर्तयन् नाम तद्-एक-शरणो भवेत्
jāte nāmāparādhe’pi pramādena kathañcana | sadā saṅkīrtayan nāma tad-eka-śaraṇo bhavet
English translation
If, due to carelessness, or any other reason, one commits an offense at the lotus feet of the holy name one must take complete shelter of the holy name and continue chanting without cessation.
14? SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.526
Sourceउक्तꣳ च तेनैव तत्र— नामापराध-युक्तानाꣳ नामान्य् एव हरन्त्य् अघम् । अविश्रान्त-प्रयुक्तानि तान्य् एवार्थ-कराणि च
uktaṁ ca tenaiva tatra— nāmāparādha-yuktānāṁ nāmāny eva haranty agham | aviśrānta-prayuktāni tāny evārtha-karāṇi ca
English translation
The holy names alone can destroy the offenses one commits at the lotus feet of the holy name. If one continues to chant the holy names of the Lord, by the mercy of the holy names, he may become freed from all offenses and ultimately achieve life's ultimate goal.
HBV 11.527
Sourceनामैकꣳ यस्य वाचि स्मरण-पथ-गतꣳ श्रोत्र-मूलꣳ गतꣳ वा शुद्धꣳ वाशुद्ध-वर्णꣳ व्यवहित-रहितꣳ तारयत्य् एव सत्यम् । तच् चेद् देह-द्रविण-जनता-लोभ-पाषण्ड-मध्ये निक्षिप्तꣳ स्यान् न फल-जनकꣳ शीघ्रम् एवात्र विप्र
nāmaikaṁ yasya vāci smaraṇa-patha-gataṁ śrotra-mūlaṁ gataṁ vā śuddhaṁ vāśuddha-varṇaṁ vyavahita-rahitaṁ tārayaty eva satyam | tac ced deha-draviṇa-janatā-lobha-pāṣaṇḍa-madhye nikṣiptaṁ syān na phala-janakaṁ śīghram evātra vipra
English translation
It is a fact that if a person chants even one holy name of Lord Hari, or hears one holy name, whether he utters the holy names correctly or incorrectly, the holy name will nevertheless deliver him. Still, he may not immediately obtain the principal fruit of chanting the holy names of the Lord. If the holy name is chanted by atheists, who are simply interested in the gratification of their bodies, wealth, and family members, it will eventually bear fruit, but not immediately.
HBV 11.528
Sourceमह्मिनाम् अपि यन्-नाम्नः पारꣳ गन्तुम् अनीश्वरः । मनवो’पि मुनीद्राश् च कथꣳ क्षुण्ण-धीर् भजे इति ।
mahminām api yan-nāmnaḥ pāraṁ gantum anīśvaraḥ | manavo’pi munīdrāś ca kathaṁ kṣuṇṇa-dhīr bhaje iti |
English translation
as found in the Brhan'tidradiya Purdna) mahirnndmapi yanndmnah pdrarh gantumanisvardh
14: manavo'pi munindrasca katharh tarn ksurmddhir bhaje How can a less intelligent person like me chant the holy names of the Lord, whose glories cannot be estimated even by exalted personalities, such as Manu and other foremost sages?
HBV 11.529
Sourceइत्थꣳ श्री-कृष्ण-पादाब्जे भक्तिः कार्या सदा बुधैः । सा च तस्य प्रसादेन महा-पुण्यात् प्रजायते
itthaṁ śrī-kṛṣṇa-pādābje bhaktiḥ kāryā sadā budhaiḥ | sā ca tasya prasādena mahā-puṇyāt prajāyate
English translation
In this way, learned devotees execute devotional service at the lotus feet of Lord Krsna. It is not easy to obtain the stage of pure devotional service. Only by the piety that one had accumulated since many births, and by the mercy of Krsna, pure devotional service is awakened within the heart.
HBV 11.530
Sourceन ह्य् अपुण्यवताꣳ लोके मूढानाꣳ कुटिलात्मनाम् । भक्तिर् भवति गोविन्दे स्मरणꣳ कीर्तनꣳ तथा
na hy apuṇyavatāṁ loke mūḍhānāṁ kuṭilātmanām | bhaktir bhavati govinde smaraṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ tathā
English translation
People whose hearts are full of deceit, who are foolish, and who are miscreants, do not develop devotional service at the lotus feet of Govinda. What to speak of this, they are not even qualified to remember or chant the holy names of the Lord.
HBV 11.531
Sourceनिमिषꣳ निमिषार्धꣳ वा मर्त्यानाम् इह नारद । नादग्धाशेष-पापानाꣳ भक्तिर् भवति केशवे
nimiṣaṁ nimiṣārdhaṁ vā martyānām iha nārada | nādagdhāśeṣa-pāpānāṁ bhaktir bhavati keśave
English translation
,44 SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA nadagdha sesa pdpdnarh bhaktir bhavati kesave O Narada, those whose practically unlimited sinful reactions have not yet been burnt to ashes cannot render devotional service to Lord Kesava, even for a moment, or a fraction of a moment.
HBV 11.532
Sourceयोग-वाशिष्ठे— जन्मान्तर-सहस्रेषु तपो-ज्ञान-समाधिभिः । नराणाꣳ क्षीण-पापानाꣳ कृष्णे भक्तिः प्रजायते
yoga-vāśiṣṭhe— janmāntara-sahasreṣu tapo-jñāna-samādhibhiḥ | narāṇāṁ kṣīṇa-pāpānāṁ kṛṣṇe bhaktiḥ prajāyate
English translation
Only those who have exhausted their sinful reactions by performing austerities, cultivating knowledge, and absorbing their minds in samadhi, over a period of hundreds of lifetimes, are able to develop pure devotional service to Lord Krsna.
HBV 11.533
Sourceआदि-वाराहे— जन्मान्तर-सहस्रेषु समाराध्य वृष-ध्वजम् । वैष्णवत्वꣳ लभेद् धीमान् सर्व-पाप-क्षये सति
ādi-vārāhe— janmāntara-sahasreṣu samārādhya vṛṣa-dhvajam | vaiṣṇavatvaṁ labhed dhīmān sarva-pāpa-kṣaye sati
English translation
A learned person who has become freed from all kinds of sinful reactions by worshiping Lord Siva, who rides on his bull carrier, over a duration of thousands of lifetimes, can become a Vaisnava.
HBV 11.534
Sourceजन्म-कोटि-सहस्रेषु पुण्यꣳ यैः समुपार्जितम् । तेषाꣳ भक्तिर् भवेच् छुद्धा देव-देवे जनार्दने
janma-koṭi-sahasreṣu puṇyaṁ yaiḥ samupārjitam | teṣāṁ bhaktir bhavec chuddhā deva-deve janārdane
English translation
in the Brhari'naradiya Purana, this verse appears) janmakortisahasresu punyarh yaih samupdrjjitam tesam bhaktir bhavecchuddhd deva deve jandrddane
J Only those who have accumulated piety during their previous thousands of millions of lifetimes can achieve pure devotional service to Janardana, the Lord oi the demigods.
HBV 11.535
Sourceसुलभꣳ जाह्नवी-स्नानꣳ तथैवातिथि-पूजनम् । सुलभाः सर्व-यज्ञाश् च विष्णु-भक्तिः सुदुर्लभा
sulabhaṁ jāhnavī-snānaṁ tathaivātithi-pūjanam | sulabhāḥ sarva-yajñāś ca viṣṇu-bhaktiḥ sudurlabhā
English translation
In this world, bathing in the Ganges and serving guests are commonly seen. Even the performance of various kinds of sacrifice is not difficult to witness but pure devotional service to Lord Visnu is extremely rare.
HBV 11.536
Sourceगङ्गायाꣳ मरणꣳ चैव दृढा भक्तिश् च केशवे । ब्रह्म-विद्या-प्रबोधश् च नाल्पस्य तपसः फलम्
gaṅgāyāṁ maraṇaṁ caiva dṛḍhā bhaktiś ca keśave | brahma-vidyā-prabodhaś ca nālpasya tapasaḥ phalam
English translation
Relinquishing one's body in the Ganges, developing pure devotional service unto Lord Kesava, and realization of the Absolute Truth are not the results of an insignificant penance.
HBV 11.537
Sourceअगस्त्य-सꣳहितायाम्— व्रतोपवास-नियमैर् जन्म-कोट्याप्य् अनिष्ठितेः । यज्ञैश् च विविधैः सम्यग् भक्तिर् भवति केशवे
agastya-saṁhitāyām— vratopavāsa-niyamair janma-koṭyāpy aniṣṭhiteḥ | yajñaiś ca vividhaiḥ samyag bhaktir bhavati keśave
English translation
Only those persons become qualified to execute pure devotional service to Lord Kesava who have been observing vows, fasting, following scriptural rules and regulations, and performing various sacrifices for their previous millions of lives.
j-jg SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.538–539
Sourceदिवसꣳ दिवसार्धꣳ वा मुहूर्तꣳ चैकम् एव वा । नाशाच् चाशेष-पापस्य भक्तिर् भवति केशवे अनेक-जन्म-साहस्रैर् नाना-योन्य्-अन्तरेषु च । जन्तोः कलुष-हीनस्य भक्तिर् भवति केशवे
divasaṁ divasārdhaṁ vā muhūrtaṁ caikam eva vā | nāśāc cāśeṣa-pāpasya bhaktir bhavati keśave aneka-janma-sāhasrair nānā-yony-antareṣu ca | jantoḥ kaluṣa-hīnasya bhaktir bhavati keśave
English translation
Only one whose complete stock of sinful reactions have been eradicated can render pure devotional service unto Lord Kesava, for a day, for half-a- day, or for even a moment. Only after becoming completely freed from all sinful reactions can one attain pure devotional service unto Lord Kesava.
HBV 11.540
Sourceदान-व्रात-तपो-होम- जप-स्वाध्याय-सꣳयमैः । श्रेयोभिर् विविधैश् चान्यैः कृष्णे भक्तिर् हि साध्यते
dāna-vrāta-tapo-homa- japa-svādhyāya-saṁyamaiḥ | śreyobhir vividhaiś cānyaiḥ kṛṣṇe bhaktir hi sādhyate
English translation
Devotional service unto Lord Krsna is attained by charity, strict vows, austerities and fire sacrifices, by japa, study of Vedic texts, observance of regulative principles and, indeed, by the performance of many other auspicious practices.
HBV 11.541
Sourceयेषाꣳ त्व् अन्त-गतꣳ पापꣳ जनानाꣳ पुण्य-कर्मणाम् । ते द्वन्द्व-मोह-निर्मुक्ता भजन्ते माꣳ दृढव्रताः
yeṣāṁ tv anta-gataṁ pāpaṁ janānāṁ puṇya-karmaṇām | te dvandva-moha-nirmuktā bhajante māṁ dṛḍhavratāḥ
English translation
After many, many births of executing pious activities, when one is freed from all contaminations, and from all illusory dualities, in the transcendental loving service of the Lord.
HBV 11.542
Sourceराजन् पतिर् गुरुर् अलꣳ भवताꣳ यदूनाꣳ दैवꣳ प्रियः कुल-पतिः क्व च किङ्करो वः । अस्त्व् एवम् अङ्ग भगवान् भजताꣳ मुकुन्दो मुक्तिꣳ ददाति कर्हिचित् स्म न भक्ति-योगम्
rājan patir gurur alaṁ bhavatāṁ yadūnāṁ daivaṁ priyaḥ kula-patiḥ kva ca kiṅkaro vaḥ | astv evam aṅga bhagavān bhajatāṁ mukundo muktiṁ dadāti karhicit sma na bhakti-yogam
English translation
as found in the Srimad'Bhagavatam [5.6.18]) rdjan path gurur alarh bhavatdrh yadundrh daivarh priyah kula'patih kva ca kinkaro vah asw evam aixga bhagavdn bhajatdrh mukundo muktirh daddti karhicit sma na bhakti-yogam My dear King, the Supreme Person, Mukunda, is actually the maintainer of all the members of the Pandava and Yadu dynasties. He is your spiritual master, worshipable Deity, friend, and the director of your activities. To say nothing of this, He sometimes serves your family as a messenger or servant. This means He worked just as ordinary servants do. Those engaged in getting the Lord's favor attain liberation from the Lord very easily, but He does not very easily give the opportunity to render direct service unto Him.
HBV 11.543
Sourceलक्षेषु श्रृणुते कश्चित् कोटिष्वेकस्तु बुध्यते । भक्तितत्त्वꣳ परिज्ञाय कश्चिदेव समाचरेत्
lakṣeṣu śrṛṇute kaścit koṭiṣvekastu budhyate | bhaktitattvaṁ parijñāya kaścideva samācaret
English translation
Among hundreds of thousands of people, someone may hear about the science of devotional service and among millions of those who hear about it, seldom does someone follow it perfectly.
1 4 8 SRI HARI-BHAKTI'VILASA
HBV 11.544
Sourceया भक्तिः पूजया सकामजपाङ्गपूजाविधिना हसति तामुपहसतीत्यर्थः तया प्रायस्तुच्छफलावाप्तेः । जपतो मन्त्रजपात् त्रस्यति विभेति दूरमपसरतीत्यर्थः । प्रायो मन्त्रजपे विविधकामानामेव कच्चिन्मुक्तरेव च सिद्ध्युक्तेः । समाधिलक्षणान् योगाच्च बहिः तेनाप्यप्राप्येत्यर्थः । तस्य शून्यमयत्वेन तत्र श्रवणादिभक्तेरप्रवृत्तेः । केन गृह्यते आत्मसात् क्रियते अपि तु भगवत्प्रसादꣳ विना न केनाप्यात्मसात् कर्तुꣳ शक्यते इत्यर्थः
yā bhaktiḥ pūjayā sakāmajapāṅgapūjāvidhinā hasati tāmupahasatītyarthaḥ tayā prāyastucchaphalāvāpteḥ | japato mantrajapāt trasyati vibheti dūramapasaratītyarthaḥ | prāyo mantrajape vividhakāmānāmeva kaccinmuktareva ca siddhyukteḥ | samādhilakṣaṇān yogācca bahiḥ tenāpyaprāpyetyarthaḥ | tasya śūnyamayatvena tatra śravaṇādibhakterapravṛtteḥ | kena gṛhyate ātmasāt kriyate api tu bhagavatprasādaṁ vinā na kenāpyātmasāt kartuṁ śakyate ityarthaḥ
English translation
If someone worhips the Supreme Lord while maintaining material desires then Bhakti-devi will taunt him. If one chants the holy name with material desires then Bhakti-devi will run away and if one takes shelter of the process of mystic yoga then Bhakti-devi will stay far from him. Considering this, who can capture devotional service?
HBV 11.545
Sourceदेवानाꣳ शुद्ध-सत्त्वानाम् ऋषीणाꣳ चामलात्मनाम् । भक्तिर् मुकुन्द-चरणे न प्रायेणोपजायते
devānāṁ śuddha-sattvānām ṛṣīṇāṁ cāmalātmanām | bhaktir mukunda-caraṇe na prāyeṇopajāyate
English translation
the Srimad'Bhdgavatam [6.14.2] this verse is found) devdndrh suddha-satwdndrn rsindrh cdmaldtmandm bhaktir mukunda'Cararie na prdyenopajdyate Demigods situated in the mode of goodness and great saints cleansed of the dirt of material enjoyment hardly ever render pure devotional service at the lotus feet of Lord Mukunda.
HBV 11.546
Sourceश्रीमद्-भक्त्यै नमस् तस्यै यस्या माहात्म्य-मन्दरम् । यत्-प्रभावेण लोलो’यꣳ कीटो’प्य् उद्धर्तुम् इच्छति
śrīmad-bhaktyai namas tasyai yasyā māhātmya-mandaram | yat-prabhāveṇa lolo’yaṁ kīṭo’py uddhartum icchati
English translation
Let me offer my respectful obeisances at the feet of Bhakti-devi, whose glories are as lofty as Mount Mandara. Only by her mercy has an insignificant person like me become tempted to understand her glories.
HBV 11.547
Sourceयथाग्निः सु-समृद्धार्चिः करोत्य् एधाꣳसि भस्मसात् । पापानि भगवद्-भक्तिस् तथा दहति तत्-क्षणात्
yathāgniḥ su-samṛddhārciḥ karoty edhāṁsi bhasmasāt | pāpāni bhagavad-bhaktis tathā dahati tat-kṣaṇāt
English translation
Hi .--.dmatah kathanciddpatite'pi pdpe prdyascittdntara-nirasanatvam (M a devotee accidentally commits a sin, he need not undergo atonement) patkme vaaaidiamdhdtmye ndraddmvarisasarhvdde *!• a oHKnttoi between Narada Muni and King Ambarisa that is found m Ac \*maaU»m-wtii*Mm?a section of the Padma Purdna, this verse appears) ynhagnih prasamiddhdrccih karotyedhdrhsi bhasmasdt pdpdni bhagavadbhaktis tathd dahati tatksandt As a blazing fire burns dry wood to ashes, devotional service rendered to die Supreme Lord immediately burns to ashes all kinds of sinful reactions.
HBV 11.548
Sourceकेचित् केवलया भक्त्या वासुदेव-परायणाः । अघꣳ धुन्वन्ति कार्त्स्न्येन नीहारम् इव भास्करः
kecit kevalayā bhaktyā vāsudeva-parāyaṇāḥ | aghaṁ dhunvanti kārtsnyena nīhāram iva bhāskaraḥ
English translation
narrated in the Srimad-Bhagavatam [6.1.15] it is stated) kecit kevalayd bhaktyd vdsudeva'pardyandh agharh dhunvanti kdrtsnyena nihdram iva bhdskarah Only a rare person who has adopted complete, unalloyed devotional service to Krsna can uproot the weeds of sinful actions with no possibility that they will revive. He can do this simply by discharging devotional service, just as the sun can immediately dissipate fog by its rays.
HBV 11.549
Sourceयथाग्निः सु-समृद्धार्चिः करोत्य् एधाꣳसि भस्मसात् । तथा मद्-विषया भक्तिर् उद्धवैनाꣳसि कृत्स्नशः
yathāgniḥ su-samṛddhārciḥ karoty edhāṁsi bhasmasāt | tathā mad-viṣayā bhaktir uddhavaināṁsi kṛtsnaśaḥ
English translation
recorded in the Srimad-Bhagavatam [11.14.19] this verse appears) yathdgnih sU'Samrddhdrcih karoty edhdmsi bhasmasdt tathd mad-visayd bhaktir uddhavaindrhsi krtsnasah
, „ SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA My dear Uddhava, just as a blazing fire turns wood into ashes, devotion unto Me completely burns to ashes sins committed by My devotees.
HBV 11.550
Sourceस्व-पाद-मूलꣳ भजतः प्रियस्य त्यक्तान्य-भावस्य हरिः परेशः । विकर्म यच् चोत्पतितꣳ कथञ्चिद् धुनोति सर्वꣳ हृदि सन्निविष्टः
sva-pāda-mūlaṁ bhajataḥ priyasya tyaktānya-bhāvasya hariḥ pareśaḥ | vikarma yac cotpatitaṁ kathañcid dhunoti sarvaṁ hṛdi sanniviṣṭaḥ
English translation
Anyone who is fully engaged in the transcendental loving service of the Lord is very dear to Him and the Lord, being situated in the heart of His devotee, excuses all kinds of sins committed accidentally.
HBV 11.551
Sourceमद्-भक्तिꣳ वहताꣳ पुꣳसाम् इह लोके परे’पि वा । नाशुभꣳ विद्यते किञ्चित् कुल-कोटिꣳ नयेद् दितम्
mad-bhaktiṁ vahatāṁ puṁsām iha loke pare’pi vā | nāśubhaṁ vidyate kiñcit kula-koṭiṁ nayed ditam
English translation
which is found in the Dvdrakd Mdhapnya) madbhaktirh vahatdrh purhsdm iha loke pare'pi vd ndsubharh vidyate kincit kulakotirh nayedddivam Those who render devotional service unto Me never face any difficulty, either in this world or the next. Actually, devotional service delivers millions of generations of a devotee's family to My transcendental abode.
HBV 11.552
Sourceबाध्यमानो’पि मद्-भक्तो विषयैर् अजितेन्द्रियः । प्रायः प्रगल्भया भक्त्या विषयैर् नाभिभूयते
bādhyamāno’pi mad-bhakto viṣayair ajitendriyaḥ | prāyaḥ pragalbhayā bhaktyā viṣayair nābhibhūyate
English translation
If My devotee has not fully conquered his senses, he may be harassed material desires, but because of his unflinching devotion for Me, sense gratification will not cause him to forget Me.
HBV 11.553
Sourceतावत् कर्माणि कुर्वीत न निर्विद्येत यावता । मत्-कथा-श्रवणादौ वा श्रद्धा यावन् न जायते
tāvat karmāṇi kurvīta na nirvidyeta yāvatā | mat-kathā-śravaṇādau vā śraddhā yāvan na jāyate
English translation
tatraiva (In the Srimad-Bhdgavatam [11.20.9] it is stated) tdvat karmdni kurvlta na nirvidyeta ydvatd mat-kathd'Sravanddau vd sraddhd ydvan na jay ate One should continue to perform the Vedic ritualistic activities until one actually becomes detached from material sense gratification and develops faith for hearing and chanting about Me.
HBV 11.554
Sourceत्यक्त्वा स्व-धर्मꣳ चरणाम्बुजꣳ हरेर् भजन्न् अपक्वो’थ पतेत् ततो यदि । यत्र क्व वाभद्रम् अभूद् अमुष्य किꣳ को वार्थ आप्तो’भजताꣳ स्व-धर्मतः
tyaktvā sva-dharmaṁ caraṇāmbujaṁ harer bhajann apakvo’tha patet tato yadi | yatra kva vābhadram abhūd amuṣya kiṁ ko vārtha āpto’bhajatāṁ sva-dharmataḥ
English translation
If someone gives up his occupational duties and works in Krsna consciousness and then falls down on account of not completing his work, what loss is there on his part? And what can one gain if one performs his material activities perfectly?
HBV 11.555
Sourceएकान्ति-लक्षणे यच् च लिखितꣳ शरणागतौ । लेख्यꣳ च तत्-तद्-वचनैर् एतत् सुदृढताम् इयात्
ekānti-lakṣaṇe yac ca likhitaṁ śaraṇāgatau | lekhyaṁ ca tat-tad-vacanair etat sudṛḍhatām iyāt
English translation
,-~ SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILAS A Whatever has been written regarding the symptoms of an unalloyed devotee, and whatever will be written later about the symptoms of surrender will reinforce the understanding that one engaged in devotional service becomes detached from fruitive activities.
HBV 11.556
Sourceस वै पुꣳसाꣳ परो धर्मो यतो भक्तिर् अधोक्षजे । अहैतुक्य् अप्रतिहता ययात्मा सुप्रसीदति
sa vai puṁsāṁ paro dharmo yato bhaktir adhokṣaje | ahaituky apratihatā yayātmā suprasīdati
English translation
prathama skandhe (In the Srimad-Bhdgavatam [1.2.6] it is stated) sa vai purhsdrh paro dharmo yato bhaktir adhoksaje ahaituky apratihatd yayatma suprasidati The supreme occupation [dharma] for all humanity is that by which men can attain to loving devotional service unto the transcendent Lord. Such devotional service must be unmotivated and uninterrupted to completely satisfy the self.
HBV 11.557
Sourceधर्मः सत्य-दयोपेतो विद्या वा तपसान्विता । मद्-भक्त्यापेतम् आत्मानꣳ न सम्यक् प्रपुनाति हि
dharmaḥ satya-dayopeto vidyā vā tapasānvitā | mad-bhaktyāpetam ātmānaṁ na samyak prapunāti hi
English translation
Truthfulness, compassion, religious principles, austerity, and knowledge cannot purify the hearts of those who are not engaged in My devotional service.
HBV 11.558
Sourceभक्तिः पुनाति मन्-निष्ठा श्वपाकान् अपि सम्भवात्
bhaktiḥ punāti man-niṣṭhā śvapākān api sambhavāt
English translation
tatraiva (In the Srimad-Bhdgavatam [11.14.21] it is stated) bhaktih pundti man-nisthd sva-pdkdn api sambhavdt Undivided devotional service can purify even those born in the families of dog-eaters.
HBV 11.559
Sourceषष्ठे [भा.पु. ६.३.२२]— एतावान् एव लोके’स्मिन् पुꣳसाꣳ धर्मः परः स्मृतः । भक्ति-योगो भगवति तन्-नाम-ग्रहणादिभिः
ṣaṣṭhe [bhā.pu. 6.3.22]— etāvān eva loke’smin puṁsāṁ dharmaḥ paraḥ smṛtaḥ | bhakti-yogo bhagavati tan-nāma-grahaṇādibhiḥ
English translation
arc fixed on the Lord engage in 1 service. That is the only means for pextectkxi of life.
HBV 11.560
Sourceकिꣳ तस्य बहुभिः मन्त्रैः शास्त्रैः किꣳ बहु-विस्तरैः । वाजपेय-सहस्रैः किꣳ भक्तिर् यस्य जनार्दने
kiṁ tasya bahubhiḥ mantraiḥ śāstraiḥ kiṁ bahu-vistaraiḥ | vājapeya-sahasraiḥ kiṁ bhaktir yasya janārdane
English translation
mnsands of Vajapeya sacrifices for those who have developed firm •ads. a2 tbe devotional service of Lord Janardana.
HBV 11.561
Sourceयस्यास्ति भक्तिर् भगवत्य् अकिञ्चना सर्वैर् गुणैस् तत्र समासते सुराः । हराव् अभक्तस्य कुतो महद्-गुणा मनोरथेनासति धावतो बहिः
yasyāsti bhaktir bhagavaty akiñcanā sarvair guṇais tatra samāsate surāḥ | harāv abhaktasya kuto mahad-guṇā manorathenāsati dhāvato bahiḥ
English translation
CPnhhrfi spoke this verse, which is found in the Srimad-Bhdgavatam [5.18.12]) yasydsti bhaktir bhagavaty akincand sarvair gunais tatra samdsate surah harav abhaktasya kuto mahad-gund dhavato bahih One who has unflinching devotion for the Personality of Godhead has D the good qualities of the demigods. But one who is not a devotee of the - -: r. .- :niv material qualifications that are of little value. This is because he is hovering on the mental plane and is certain to be attracted by the EJbrtng material energy.
HBV 11.562
Sourceत्वꣳ प्रत्यग्-आत्मनि तदा भगवत्य् अनन्त आनन्द-मात्र उपपन्न-समस्त-शक्तौ । भक्तिꣳ विधाय परमाꣳ शनकैर् अविद्या- ग्रन्थिꣳ विभेत्स्यसि ममाहम् इति प्ररूढम्
tvaṁ pratyag-ātmani tadā bhagavaty ananta ānanda-mātra upapanna-samasta-śaktau | bhaktiṁ vidhāya paramāṁ śanakair avidyā- granthiṁ vibhetsyasi mamāham iti prarūḍham
English translation
Thus regaining your natural position and rendering service unto the Supreme Lord, who is the all-powerful reservoir of all pleasure and who lives in ail living entities as the Supersoul, you will very soon forget the illusory understanding of "I" and "my."
HBV 11.563
Sourceयत्-पाद-पङ्कज-पलाश-विलास-भक्त्या कर्माशयꣳ ग्रथितम् उद्ग्रथयन्ति सन्तः । तद्वन् न रिक्त-मतयो यतयो’पि रुद्ध- स्रोतो-गणास् तम् अरणꣳ भज वासुदेवम्
yat-pāda-paṅkaja-palāśa-vilāsa-bhaktyā karmāśayaṁ grathitam udgrathayanti santaḥ | tadvan na rikta-matayo yatayo’pi ruddha- sroto-gaṇās tam araṇaṁ bhaja vāsudevam
English translation
King Prthu, as found in the Srimad-Bhagavatam [4.22.39]) yat-pada-pankaja'paldsa-vildsa-bhaktyd karmdsayarh grathitam udgrathayanti santah tadvan na rikta-matayo yatayo 'pi ruddha- srotO'gands tam aranarh bhaja vdsudevam The devotees, who are always engaged in the service of the toes of the lotus feet of the Lord, can very easily overcome hard-knotted desires for fruitive activities. Because this is very difficult, the nondevotees—the jndnis and yogis—although trying to stop the waves of sense gratification, cannot do so. Therefore you are advised to engage in the devotional service of Krsna, the son of Vasudeva.
HBV 11.564
Sourceतृतीये श्री-कापिलेये [भा.पु. ३.२५.१९]— न युज्यमानया भक्त्या भगवत्य् अखिलात्मनि । सदृशो’स्ति शिवः पन्था योगिनाꣳ ब्रह्म-सिद्धये
tṛtīye śrī-kāpileye [bhā.pu. 3.25.19]— na yujyamānayā bhaktyā bhagavaty akhilātmani | sadṛśo’sti śivaḥ panthā yogināṁ brahma-siddhaye
English translation
^-realisation cannot be attained by any kind of yogi unless il service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, for ssae s A c OHK auspicious path.
HBV 11.565
Sourceषष्ठे च [भा.पु. ६.१.१७]— सध्रीचीनो ह्य् अयꣳ लोके पन्थाः क्षेमो’कुतो-भयः । सुशीलाः साधवो यत्र नारायण-परायणाः
ṣaṣṭhe ca [bhā.pu. 6.1.17]— sadhrīcīno hy ayaṁ loke panthāḥ kṣemo’kuto-bhayaḥ | suśīlāḥ sādhavo yatra nārāyaṇa-parāyaṇāḥ
English translation
The path followed by pure devotees, who are well behaved and fully endowed with the best qualifications, is certainly the most auspicious path in this material world. It is free from fear, and it is authorized by the sastras.
HBV 11.566–567
Sourceअत एवोक्तꣳ द्वितीये श्री-बादरायणिना [भा.पु. २.२.३३-३४]— न ह्य् अतो’न्यः शिवः पन्था विशतः सꣳसृताव् इह । वासुदेवे भगवति भक्ति-योगो यतो भवेत् भगवान् ब्रह्म कार्त्स्न्येन त्रिर् अन्वीक्ष्य मनीषया । तद् अध्यवस्यत् कूट-स्थो रतिर् आत्मन्य् अतो भवेत्
ata evoktaṁ dvitīye śrī-bādarāyaṇinā [bhā.pu. 2.2.33-34]— na hy ato’nyaḥ śivaḥ panthā viśataḥ saṁsṛtāv iha | vāsudeve bhagavati bhakti-yogo yato bhavet bhagavān brahma kārtsnyena trir anvīkṣya manīṣayā | tad adhyavasyat kūṭa-stho ratir ātmany ato bhavet
English translation
For those who are wandering in the material universe, there is no more auspicious means of deliverance than what is aimed at in the direct devotional service of Lord Krsna. The great personality Brahma, with great attention and concentration of the mind, studied the Vedas three times, and after examining them very carefully, he ascertained that attraction for the Supreme Personality of Godhead Sri Krsna is the highest perfection of religion.
,c6 SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.568
Sourceबृहन्-नारदीये श्री-नारदोक्तꣳ (१.४.४, ३०)— यथा समस्त-लोकानाꣳ जीवनꣳ सलिलꣳ स्मृतम् । तथा समस्त-सिद्धीनाꣳ जीवनꣳ भक्तिर् इष्यते
bṛhan-nāradīye śrī-nāradoktaṁ (1.4.4, 30)— yathā samasta-lokānāṁ jīvanaṁ salilaṁ smṛtam | tathā samasta-siddhīnāṁ jīvanaṁ bhaktir iṣyate
English translation
Just as water sustains all living entities, devotional service is certainly the cause of all types of perfection. That is to say, nothing substantial can be accomplished without engagement in the devotional service of the Lord.
HBV 11.569
Sourceजीवन्ति जन्तवः सर्वे यथा मातरमाश्रिताः । तथा भक्तिꣳ समाश्रित्य सर्वे जीवन्ति धार्मिकाः
jīvanti jantavaḥ sarve yathā mātaramāśritāḥ | tathā bhaktiṁ samāśritya sarve jīvanti dhārmikāḥ
English translation
Just as a living being is protected by the mother as she sustains him within her womb, it is by the mercy of Bhakti-devi that one achieves perfection in devotional service.
HBV 11.570
Sourceध्वजारोपण-माहात्म्ये श्री-विष्णु-दूतोक्तौ— महा-पातक-युक्तो वा युक्तो वा सर्व-पातकैः । ईप्सिताꣳ भगवद्-भक्त्या लभते परमाꣳ गतिम्
dhvajāropaṇa-māhātmye śrī-viṣṇu-dūtoktau— mahā-pātaka-yukto vā yukto vā sarva-pātakaiḥ | īpsitāṁ bhagavad-bhaktyā labhate paramāṁ gatim
English translation
Simply by remaining solidly engaged in devotional service unto the Supreme Lord, even a most sinful person can attain the supreme destination.
HBV 11.571
Sourceपाद्मे वैशाख-माहात्म्ये यम-ब्राह्मण-सꣳवादे— अपत्यꣳ द्रविणꣳ दारा हारा हर्म्यꣳ हया गजाः । सुखानि स्वर्ग-मोक्षौ च न दूरे हरि-भक्तितः
pādme vaiśākha-māhātmye yama-brāhmaṇa-saṁvāde— apatyaṁ draviṇaṁ dārā hārā harmyaṁ hayā gajāḥ | sukhāni svarga-mokṣau ca na dūre hari-bhaktitaḥ
English translation
in the Vaisakha'tnahatmya section of the Padma Purana it is stated)
apatyarh dravinarh ddrd hard harmmyarh hayd gajdh sukhdni svarga moksau ca na dure hari bhaktitah For a devotee of Lord Hari, nothing is difficult to obtain, such as children, wealth, a wife, pearl necklace, house, vehicle, kingdom, residence in heaven, or liberation. Simply by his will, a devotee can achieve these things.
HBV 11.572
Sourceवासुदेवे भगवति भक्ति-योगः प्रयोजितः । जनयत्य् आशु वैराग्यꣳ ज्ञानꣳ च यद् अहैतुकम्
vāsudeve bhagavati bhakti-yogaḥ prayojitaḥ | janayaty āśu vairāgyaṁ jñānaṁ ca yad ahaitukam
English translation
By rendering devotional service unto the Personality of Godhead, Sri Krsna, one immediately acquires causeless knowledge and detachment from the world.
HBV 11.573–574
Sourceयत् कर्मभिर् यत् तपसा ज्ञान-वैराग्यतश् च यत् । योगेन दाम-धर्मेण श्रेयोभिर् इतरैर् अपि सर्वꣳ मद्-भक्ति-योगेन मद्-भक्तो लभते’ञ्जसा । स्वर्गापवर्गꣳ मद्-धाम कथञ्चिद् यदि वाञ्छति
yat karmabhir yat tapasā jñāna-vairāgyataś ca yat | yogena dāma-dharmeṇa śreyobhir itarair api sarvaṁ mad-bhakti-yogena mad-bhakto labhate’ñjasā | svargāpavargaṁ mad-dhāma kathañcid yadi vāñchati
English translation
is found in the Srimad-Bhdgavatam [11.20.32-33] it is stated) yat karmabhir yat tapasd jnana-vairdgyatas ca yat yogena ddna--dharrneria sreyobhir itarair api sarvarh mad'bhakti'yogena mad-bhakto labhate 'njasa svargdpavargarh mad-dhdma kathancid yadi vdnchati Everything that can be achieved by fruitive activities, penance, knowledge, detachment, mystic yoga, charity, religious duties and all other means of perfecting life is easily achieved by My devotee through loving service unto Me. If somehow or other My devotee desires promotion to heaven, liberation, or residence in My abode, he easily achieves such benedictions.
, „ SRiHARI'BHAKTI'VILASA
HBV 11.575
Sourceअकामः सर्व-कामो वा मोक्ष-काम उदार-धीः । तीव्रेण भक्ति-योगेन यजेत पुरुषꣳ परम्
akāmaḥ sarva-kāmo vā mokṣa-kāma udāra-dhīḥ | tīvreṇa bhakti-yogena yajeta puruṣaṁ param
English translation
Whether one is without desire [the condition of the devotees], or is desirous of all fruitive results, or is after liberation, one should with all efforts try to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead for complete perfection, culminating in Krsna consciousness.
HBV 11.576
Sourceतृतीये कापिलेये [भा.पु. ३.२५.३३]— अनिमित्ता भागवती भक्तिः सिद्धेर् गरीयसी । जरयत्य् आशु या कोषꣳ निगीर्णम् अनलो यथा
tṛtīye kāpileye [bhā.pu. 3.25.33]— animittā bhāgavatī bhaktiḥ siddher garīyasī | jarayaty āśu yā koṣaṁ nigīrṇam analo yathā
English translation
When the service spirit is engaged in devotional service to the Personality of Godhead, without any motive, that is far better even than salvation. Bhakti, devotional service, dissolves the subtle body of the living entity without separate effort, just as fire in the stomach digests all that we eat.
HBV 11.577
Sourceयस्याम् एव कवय आत्मानम् अविरतꣳ विविध-वृजिन-सꣳसार-परितापोपतप्यमानम् अनुसवनꣳ स्नापयन्तस् तयैव परया निर्वृत्या ह्य् अपवर्गम् आत्यन्तिकꣳ परम-पुरुषार्थम् अपि स्वयम् आसादितꣳ नो एवाद्रियन्ते भगवदीयत्वेनैव परिसमाप्त-सर्वार्थाः
yasyām eva kavaya ātmānam avirataṁ vividha-vṛjina-saṁsāra-paritāpopatapyamānam anusavanaṁ snāpayantas tayaiva parayā nirvṛtyā hy apavargam ātyantikaṁ parama-puruṣārtham api svayam āsāditaṁ no evādriyante bhagavadīyatvenaiva parisamāpta-sarvārthāḥ
English translation
verse appears, as found in the Srimad'Bhdgavatam [5.6.17]) yasydm eva kavaya dtmdnam aviratarh vividha-vrjinasarhsdra' paritdpopatapyamdnam anusavanarh sndpayantas tayaiva parayd nirvrtyd hy apavargam dtyantikarh parama-purusdrtham api svayam dsdditarh no evddriyante bhagavadiyawenaiva parisamdpta-sarvdrthdh.
15( Devotees always bathe themselves in devotional service to get relief from the tribulations of material existence. By doing this, the devotees enjoy supreme happiness, and liberation personified comes to serve them. Nonetheless, they do not accept that service, even if it is personally offered bv the Supreme Personality of Godhead. For the devotees, liberation is very unimportant because, having attained the Lord's transcendental loving service, they have obtained everything desirable and have transcended all material desires.
HBV 11.578
Sourceनैवेच्छत्य् आशिषः क्वापि ब्रह्मर्षिर् मोक्षम् अप्य् उत । भक्तिꣳ पराꣳ भगवति लब्धवान् पुरुषे’व्यये
naivecchaty āśiṣaḥ kvāpi brahmarṣir mokṣam apy uta | bhaktiṁ parāṁ bhagavati labdhavān puruṣe’vyaye
English translation
is found in the Sr'vmad'Bhdgavatam [12.10.6]) naivecchaty dsisah kvdpi brahmarsir moksam apy uta bhaktirh pararh bhagavati labdhavdn puruse 'vyaye Surely this saintly brahmana does not desire any benediction, not even liberation itself, for he has attained pure devotional service unto the inexhaustible Personality of Godhead.
HBV 11.579
Sourceयो दुस्त्यजान् क्षिति-सुत-स्वजनार्थ-दारान् प्रार्थ्याꣳ श्रियꣳ सुर-वरैः सदयावलोकाम् । नैच्छन् नृपस् तद्-उचितꣳ महताꣳ मधुद्विट्- सेवानुरक्त-मनसाम् अभवो’पि फल्गुः
yo dustyajān kṣiti-suta-svajanārtha-dārān prārthyāṁ śriyaṁ sura-varaiḥ sadayāvalokām | naicchan nṛpas tad-ucitaṁ mahatāṁ madhudviṭ- sevānurakta-manasām abhavo’pi phalguḥ
English translation
My dear King, the activities of Bharata Maharaja are wonderful. He gave up his kingdom, his wife and his family, which would have been very difficult for others to renounce. His opulence was so great that even the demigods envied it, yet he gave it up. It was quite befitting for a great personality like him to be an exalted devotee. He could renounce all of this because he was attracted by the beauty, opulence, reputation, knowledge, strength and renunciation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Krsna. Krsna is so
.**. SRiHARI'BHAKTI'VILASA attractive that one can give up all desirable things for His sake. Indeed, even liberation is considered insignificant for those whose minds are attracted to the loving service of the Lord.
HBV 11.580
Sourceन पारमेष्ठ्यꣳ न महेन्द्र-धिष्ण्यꣳ न सार्वभौमꣳ न रसाधिपत्यम् । न योग-सिद्धीर् अपुनर्-भवꣳ वा मय्य् अर्पितात्मेच्छति मद् विनान्यत्
na pārameṣṭhyaṁ na mahendra-dhiṣṇyaṁ na sārvabhaumaṁ na rasādhipatyam | na yoga-siddhīr apunar-bhavaṁ vā mayy arpitātmecchati mad vinānyat
English translation
The devotee who has offered his very life to Me does not want anything separate from Me—not the position of a demigod within the universe, even Brahma or Indra, nor lordship over the entire earth or over the lower planetary systems, nor the mystic perfections of yoga, nor even liberation from the cycle of repeated birth and death.
HBV 11.581
Sourceवासुदेवे भगवति भक्तिम् उद्वहताꣳ नॄणाम् । ज्ञान-वैराग्य-वीर्याणाꣳ नेह कश्चिद् व्यपाश्रयः
vāsudeve bhagavati bhaktim udvahatāṁ nṝṇām | jñāna-vairāgya-vīryāṇāṁ neha kaścid vyapāśrayaḥ
English translation
Those who are firmly fixed in devotional service to Lord Vasudeva and thus are endowed with knowledge and detachment, never accept anything other than devotional service.
HBV 11.582
Sourceधर्मार्थ-कामैः किꣳ तस्य मुक्तिस् तस्य करे स्थिता । समस्त-जगताꣳ मूले यस्य भक्तिः स्थिता त्वयि
dharmārtha-kāmaiḥ kiṁ tasya muktis tasya kare sthitā | samasta-jagatāṁ mūle yasya bhaktiḥ sthitā tvayi
English translation
What is the use of religiosity, economic development, and sense gratification for one who has developed devotion unto Your lotus feet, the eternal shelter of all universes? Indeed, even liberation is always within his grasp.
HBV 11.583
Sourceअतएवोक्तꣳ नारसिꣳहे— पत्रेषु पुष्पेषु फलेषु तोयेस्व् अक्रीत-लभ्येषु सदैव सत्सु । भक्त्या सुलभ्ये पुरुषे पुराणे मुक्तौ किम् अर्थꣳ क्रियते प्रयत्नः
ataevoktaṁ nārasiṁhe— patreṣu puṣpeṣu phaleṣu toyesv akrīta-labhyeṣu sadaiva satsu | bhaktyā sulabhye puruṣe purāṇe muktau kim arthaṁ kriyate prayatnaḥ
English translation
Without money, anyone can collect leaves, flowers, fruit, and water. If, by the strength of devotional service, one can obtain the favor of the Supreme Lord, why should he endeavor for liberation?
HBV 11.584
Sourceआत्मारामाश् च मुनयो निर्ग्रन्था अप्य् उरुक्रमे । कुर्वन्त्य् अहैतुकीꣳ भक्तिम् इत्थम्भूत-गुणो हरिः
ātmārāmāś ca munayo nirgranthā apy urukrame | kurvanty ahaitukīṁ bhaktim itthambhūta-guṇo hariḥ
English translation
All varieties of atmardmas (those who take pleasure in the self), especially those established on the path of self-realization, though freed from all kinds of material bondage, desire to render unalloyed devotional service unto the Personality of Godhead. This means that the Lord possesses transcendental qualities and therefore can attract everyone, including liberated souls.
HBV 11.585
Sourceवामने— येषाꣳ चक्र-गदा-पाणौ भक्तिर् अव्यभिचारिणी । ते यान्ति नियतꣳ स्थानꣳ यत्र योगेश्वरो हरिः
vāmane— yeṣāṁ cakra-gadā-pāṇau bhaktir avyabhicāriṇī | te yānti niyataṁ sthānaṁ yatra yogeśvaro hariḥ
English translation
+ ~, SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA Those who have unflinching devotion at the lotus feet of the Supreme Lord, who carries a cakra and club in His hands, will attain His eternal abode on the strength of their devotional service.
HBV 11.586
Sourceस्कान्दे— मुनिर् जाप्य-परो नित्यꣳ दृढ-भक्तिर् जितेन्द्रियः । स्व-गृहे’पि वसन् याति तद् विष्णोः परमꣳ पदम्
skānde— munir jāpya-paro nityaṁ dṛḍha-bhaktir jitendriyaḥ | sva-gṛhe’pi vasan yāti tad viṣṇoḥ paramaṁ padam
English translation
If one is firmly fixed in devotional service to the Supreme Lord, having fully controlled his mind and senses while constantly chanting the holy names of the Lord—whether he is a sage or a householder—he will be elevated to the supreme abode of Lord Visnu.
HBV 11.587
Sourceयच् च व्रजन्त्य् अनिमिषाम् ऋषभानुवृत्त्या दूरे यमा ह्य् उपरि नः स्पृहणीय-शीलाः । भर्तुर् मिथः सुयशसः कथनानुराग- वैक्लव्य-बाष्प-कलया पुलकी-कृताङ्गाः
yac ca vrajanty animiṣām ṛṣabhānuvṛttyā dūre yamā hy upari naḥ spṛhaṇīya-śīlāḥ | bhartur mithaḥ suyaśasaḥ kathanānurāga- vaiklavya-bāṣpa-kalayā pulakī-kṛtāṅgāḥ
English translation
verse is found in the Srimad'Bhagavatam [3.15.25]) yac ca vrajanty animisdm rsabhdnuvrttyd dure yamd hy upari nab, sprhaniya-sildh bhartur mithah suyasasah kathandnurdga- vaikkivya'bdspa'kalaydpulaki'krtdngdh Persons whose bodily features change in ecstasy and who breathe heavily and perspire due to hearing the glories of the Lord are promoted to the kingdom of God, even though they do not care for meditation and other austerities. The kingdom of God is above the material universes, and it is desired by Brahma and other demigods.
HBV 11.588
Sourceपुरेह भूमन् बहवो’पि योगिनस् त्वद्-अर्पितेहा निज-कर्म-लब्धया । विबुध्य भक्त्यैव कथोपनीतया प्रपेदिरे’ञ्जो’च्युत ते गतिꣳ पराम्
pureha bhūman bahavo’pi yoginas tvad-arpitehā nija-karma-labdhayā | vibudhya bhaktyaiva kathopanītayā prapedire’ñjo’cyuta te gatiṁ parām
English translation
O almighty Lord, in the past, many yogis achieved the platform of devotional service by offering everything to You and faithfully carrying out . - "escribed duties. Through such devotional service, perfected by the processes of hearing anci chanting about You, they came to understand You and could thus easily surrender to You and achieve Your supreme abode.
HBV 11.589
Sourceसर्व-देव-मयो विष्णुः शरणार्ति-प्रनाशनः । स्व-भक्त-वत्सलो देवो भक्त्या तुष्यति नान्यथा
sarva-deva-mayo viṣṇuḥ śaraṇārti-pranāśanaḥ | sva-bhakta-vatsalo devo bhaktyā tuṣyati nānyathā
English translation
that is found in the Brhan'tidradiya Purdna, this verse appears) sarvvadeva mayo visnuh sarandrtti prandsanah svabhakta vatsalo devo bhaktyd tusyati ndnyathd Lord Hari, who removes the distresses of the surrendered souls, who i5 affectionate to His devotees, and who is the master of the demigods is pleased only by devotional service and no other process.
HBV 11.590–591
Sourceनालꣳ द्विजत्वꣳ देवत्वम् ऋषित्वꣳ वासुरात्मजाः । प्रीणनाय मुकुन्दस्य न वृत्तꣳ न बहु-ज्ञता न दानꣳ न तपो नेज्या न शौचꣳ न व्रतानि च । प्रीयते’मलया भक्त्या हरिर् अन्यद् विडम्बनम्
nālaṁ dvijatvaṁ devatvam ṛṣitvaṁ vāsurātmajāḥ | prīṇanāya mukundasya na vṛttaṁ na bahu-jñatā na dānaṁ na tapo nejyā na śaucaṁ na vratāni ca | prīyate’malayā bhaktyā harir anyad viḍambanam
English translation
which are found in the Srimad'Bhdgavatam [7.7.51-52]) ndlarh dvijatvarh devawam rsitvarh vdsurdtmajah prinandya mukundasya na vrttarh na bahu-jnatd na ddnarh na tapo nejyd na saucarh na vratdni ca private 'malayd bhaktyd harir anyad vidambanarn My dear friends, O sons of the demons, you cannot please the Supreme Personality of Godhead simply by becoming perfect brdhmanas, demigods, or great saints, or by becoming perfectly good in etiquette or vast learning. None of these qualifications can awaken the pleasure of the Lord. Nor by
,r. SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA
charity, austerity, sacrifice, cleanliness or vows can one satisfy the Lord. The Lord is pleased only if one has unflinching, unalloyed devotion to Him. Without sincere devotional service, everything is simply a show.
HBV 11.592
Sourceमन्ये धनाभिजन-रूप-तपः-श्रुतौजस्- तेजः-प्रभाव-बल-पौरुष-बुद्धि-योगाः । नाराधनाय हि भवन्ति परस्य पुꣳसो भक्त्या तुतोष भगवान् गज-यूथपाय
manye dhanābhijana-rūpa-tapaḥ-śrutaujas- tejaḥ-prabhāva-bala-pauruṣa-buddhi-yogāḥ | nārādhanāya hi bhavanti parasya puṁso bhaktyā tutoṣa bhagavān gaja-yūthapāya
English translation
One may possess wealth, an aristocratic family, beauty, austerity, education, sensory expertise, luster, influence, physical strength, diligence, intelligence and mystic yogic power, but I think that even by all these qualifications one cannot satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead. However, one can satisfy the Lord simply by devotional service. Gajendra did this, and thus the Lord was satisfied with him.
HBV 11.593
Sourceव्याधस्याचरणꣳ ध्रुवस्य च वयो विद्या गजेन्द्रस्य का कुब्जायाः किम् उ नाम रूपम् अधिकꣳ किꣳ तत् सुदाम्नो धनम् । वꣳशः को विदुरस्य यादव-पतेर् उग्रस्य किꣳ पौरुषꣳ भक्त्या तुष्यति केवलꣳ न च गुणैर् भक्ति-प्रियो माधवः
vyādhasyācaraṇaṁ dhruvasya ca vayo vidyā gajendrasya kā kubjāyāḥ kim u nāma rūpam adhikaṁ kiṁ tat sudāmno dhanam | vaṁśaḥ ko vidurasya yādava-pater ugrasya kiṁ pauruṣaṁ bhaktyā tuṣyati kevalaṁ na ca guṇair bhakti-priyo mādhavaḥ
English translation
What did the hunter do? What was Dhruva's age? How learned was Gajendra? Was Kubja beautiful? Did Sudama have any wealth? Did Vidura have a family? Was Ugrasena, the king of the Yadavas, very powerful? The fact is—Lord Madhava becomes pleased only by devotional service and not by mere activities, age, or knowledge.
HBV 11.594
Sourceपत्रꣳ पुष्पꣳ फलꣳ तोयꣳ यो मे भक्त्या प्रयच्छति । तद् अहꣳ भक्त्युपहृतम् अश्नामि प्रयतात्मनः
patraṁ puṣpaṁ phalaṁ toyaṁ yo me bhaktyā prayacchati | tad ahaṁ bhaktyupahṛtam aśnāmi prayatātmanaḥ
English translation
If anyone offers Me, with love and devotion, a flower, leaf, some fruit, or water, I accept it.
HBV 11.595
Sourceन जन्म नूनꣳ महतो न सौभगꣳ न वाङ् न बुद्धिर् नाकृतिस् तोष-हेतुः । तैर् यद् विसृष्टान् अपि नो वनौकसश् चकार सखे बत लक्ष्मणाग्रजः
na janma nūnaṁ mahato na saubhagaṁ na vāṅ na buddhir nākṛtis toṣa-hetuḥ | tair yad visṛṣṭān api no vanaukasaś cakāra sakhe bata lakṣmaṇāgrajaḥ
English translation
One cannot establish a friendship with the Supreme Lord, Ramacandra, on the basis of material qualities, such as one's birth in an aristocratic family, personal beauty, eloquence, sharp intelligence, or superior race or nation. None of these qualifications are a prerequisite for friendship with Lord Sri Ramacandra. Otherwise, how is it possible that, although we uncivilized inhabitants of the forest are not of noble birth, have no physical beauty, and cannot speak like gentlemen, Lord Ramacandra has accepted us as friends?
HBV 11.596
Sourceभक्त्या त्व् अनन्यया शक्य अहम् एवꣳविधो’र्जुन । ज्ञातुꣳ द्रष्टुꣳ च तत्त्वेन प्रवेष्टुꣳ च परꣳतप
bhaktyā tv ananyayā śakya aham evaṁvidho’rjuna | jñātuṁ draṣṭuṁ ca tattvena praveṣṭuṁ ca paraṁtapa
English translation
My dear Arjuna, only by undivided devotional service can I be understood as I am, standing before you, and can thus be seen directly. Only in this way can you enter into the mysteries of My understanding.
SRI H A R I - B H A K T l - VILAS A
HBV 11.597
Sourceयथाग्निना हेम-मलꣳ जहाति ध्मातꣳ पुनः स्वꣳ भजते च रूपम् । आत्मा च कर्मानुशयꣳ विधूय मद्-भक्ति-योगेन भजत्य् अथो माम्
yathāgninā hema-malaṁ jahāti dhmātaṁ punaḥ svaṁ bhajate ca rūpam | ātmā ca karmānuśayaṁ vidhūya mad-bhakti-yogena bhajaty atho mām
English translation
Just as gold, when smelted in fire, gives up its impurities and returns to its pure brilliant state, similarly, the spirit soul, absorbed in the fire of bhakti- yoga, is purified of all contamination caused by previous fruitive activities and returns to its original position of serving Me in the spiritual world.
HBV 11.598
Sourceभक्त्योद्धवानपायिन्या सर्व-लोक-महेश्वरम् । सर्वोत्पत्त्य्-अप्ययꣳ ब्रह्म कारणꣳ मोपयाति सः
bhaktyoddhavānapāyinyā sarva-loka-maheśvaram | sarvotpatty-apyayaṁ brahma kāraṇaṁ mopayāti saḥ
English translation
My dear Uddhava, I am the Supreme Lord of all worlds, and I create and destroy this universe, being its ultimate cause. I am thus the Absolute Truth, and one who worships Me with unfailing devotional service comes to Me.
HBV 11.599
Sourceभुक्तिꣳ मुक्तिꣳ हरिर् दद्यात् अर्चितो’न्यत्र सेविनाम् । भक्तिꣳ च ददात्य् एष यतो वश्य-करी हरेः
bhuktiṁ muktiṁ harir dadyāt arcito’nyatra sevinām | bhaktiṁ ca dadāty eṣa yato vaśya-karī hareḥ
English translation
Kdrttika'mdhdtmya section of the Padma Purana, this verse appears) bhuktim muktim harir dadydt arccito'nyatra sevindm bhaktinca na daddtyesa yato vasyakari hareh
If Lord Hari is worshiped, He easily awards one material enjoyment and . .:: -cration but He does not easily give loving devotional service because - r otional service places Him under the control of the devotee.
HBV 11.600
Sourceमायाजानिर् अमायो’सौ भक्त्या राजन् न मायया । साध्यते साधु-पुरुषैः स्वयꣳ जानाति तद् भवान्
māyājānir amāyo’sau bhaktyā rājan na māyayā | sādhyate sādhu-puruṣaiḥ svayaṁ jānāti tad bhavān
English translation
the Vaisdkha'mahdtrnya section of the Padma Purdna it is stated} mdyd jdnira mdyo'sau bhaktyd rdjanna mdyayd sddhyate sddhupurusaih svayarh jdndti tadbhavdn The Supreme Lord is the controller of mdyd and so He is never a -.helmed by such illusion. And yet, saintly devotees can bring the Supreme Lord under their control by pure devotional service.
HBV 11.601–602
Sourceन साधयति माꣳ योगो न साङ्ख्यꣳ धर्म उद्धव । न स्वाध्यायस् तपस् त्यागो यथा भक्तिर् ममोर्जिता धर्मः सत्य-दयोपेतो विद्या वा तपसान्विता । मद्-भक्त्यापेतम् आत्मानꣳ न सम्यक् प्रपुनाति हि
na sādhayati māṁ yogo na sāṅkhyaṁ dharma uddhava | na svādhyāyas tapas tyāgo yathā bhaktir mamorjitā dharmaḥ satya-dayopeto vidyā vā tapasānvitā | mad-bhaktyāpetam ātmānaṁ na samyak prapunāti hi
English translation
My dear Uddhava, the unalloyed devotional service rendered by My devotees brings Me under their control. I cannot be controlled by those engaged in mystic yoga, Sahkhya philosophy, pious work, Vedic study, iusterity or renunciation. Only by practicing unalloyed devotional service with full faith in Me can one obtain Me, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
,£o SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.603
Sourceसालोक्य-सार्ष्टि-सामीप्य- सारूप्यैकत्वम् अप्य् उत । दीयमानꣳ न गृह्णन्ति विना मत्-सेवनꣳ जनाः
sālokya-sārṣṭi-sāmīpya- sārūpyaikatvam apy uta | dīyamānaṁ na gṛhṇanti vinā mat-sevanaṁ janāḥ
English translation
A pure devotee does not accept any kind of liberation—sdlokya, sdrsti, samlpya, sarupya or ekatva—even though they are offered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
HBV 11.604
Sourceमत्-सेवया प्रतीतꣳ ते सालोक्यादि-चतुष्टयम् । नेच्छन्ति सेवया पूर्णाः कुतो’न्यत् काल-विप्लुतम् इति ।
mat-sevayā pratītaṁ te sālokyādi-catuṣṭayam | necchanti sevayā pūrṇāḥ kuto’nyat kāla-viplutam iti |
English translation
of Ambarisa that is related in the Srimad-Bhdgavatam [9.4.67]) mat'Sevayd pratitarh te sdlokyddi'catustayam necchanti sevayd purrxdh kuto 'nyat kdla-viplutam My devotees, who are always satisfied to be engaged in My loving service, are not interested even in the four kinds of liberation, although these are automatically achieved by their service. What then is to be said of such perishable happiness as elevation to the higher planetary systems?
HBV 11.605
Sourceमाहात्म्यꣳ यच् च भगवद्-भक्तानाꣳ लिखितꣳ पुरा । तद्-भक्तेर् अपि विज्ञेयꣳ तेषाꣳ भक्त्यैव तत्त्वतः
māhātmyaṁ yac ca bhagavad-bhaktānāṁ likhitaṁ purā | tad-bhakter api vijñeyaṁ teṣāṁ bhaktyaiva tattvataḥ
English translation
The glories of the devotees that have been mentioned in this book also apply to Bhakti'devi because the glories of the devotees and the glories of devotional service are identical.
HBV 11.606
Sourceतथा पूजा तद्-अङ्गानाꣳ श्रीमन्-नाम्नो’परस्य च । द्रष्टव्यम् इह माहात्म्यꣳ तेषाꣳ भक्त्य्-अङ्गता यतः
tathā pūjā tad-aṅgānāṁ śrīman-nāmno’parasya ca | draṣṭavyam iha māhātmyaṁ teṣāṁ bhakty-aṅgatā yataḥ
English translation
• die same way, the glories of the worship of the Supreme Lord, the . ": : • : the worship of His associates, and the glories of hearing and the Lord's holy names are all to be referred to as the glories of rnonal service because these are limbs of devotional service.
HBV 11.607
Sourceयावज् जनो भजति नो भुवि विष्णु-भक्ति- वार्ता-सुधा-रस-विशेष-रसैक-सारम् । तावज् जरा-मरण-जन्म-शताभिघात- दुःखानि तानि लभते बहु-देहजानि
yāvaj jano bhajati no bhuvi viṣṇu-bhakti- vārtā-sudhā-rasa-viśeṣa-rasaika-sāram | tāvaj jarā-maraṇa-janma-śatābhighāta- duḥkhāni tāni labhate bahu-dehajāni
English translation
- til one relishes the nectarean mellows of discussions of Lord Visnu iile fully engaging in the devotional service of the Lord, he will continue o suffer the threefold miseries of material existence while undergoing the tribulations of birth, death, old age, and disease.
HBV 11.608
Sourceश्रेयः-सृतिꣳ भक्तिम् उदस्य ते विभो क्लिश्यन्ति ये केवेल-बोध-लब्धये । तेषाम् असौ क्लेशल एव शिष्यते नान्यद् यथा स्थूल-तुषावघातिनाम्
śreyaḥ-sṛtiṁ bhaktim udasya te vibho kliśyanti ye kevela-bodha-labdhaye | teṣām asau kleśala eva śiṣyate nānyad yathā sthūla-tuṣāvaghātinām
English translation
Lord Brahma offered this prayer, which is found in the Srimad-Bhdgavatam [10.14.4]) sreyah-srtirh bhaktim udasya te vibho klisyanti ye kevala-bodha-labdhaye tesdm asau klesala eva sisyate ndnyad yathd sthula-tusdvaghatindm MY dear Lord, devotional service unto You is the best path for self- realization. If someone gives up that path and engages in the cultivation of seculative knowledge, he will simply undergo a troublesome process and H not achieve his desired result. As a person who beats an empty husk t wheat cannot get grain, one who simply speculates cannot achieve self- realization. His only gain is trouble.
170 SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.609–610
Sourceमुख-बाहूरु-पादेभ्यः पुरुषस्याश्रमैः सह । चत्वारो जज्ञिरे वर्णा गुणैर् विप्रादयः पृथक् य एवꣳ पुरुषꣳ साक्षाद् आत्म-प्रभवम् ईश्वरम् । न भजन्त्य् अवजानन्ति स्थानाद् भ्रष्टाः पतन्त्य् अधः
mukha-bāhūru-pādebhyaḥ puruṣasyāśramaiḥ saha | catvāro jajñire varṇā guṇair viprādayaḥ pṛthak ya evaṁ puruṣaṁ sākṣād ātma-prabhavam īśvaram | na bhajanty avajānanti sthānād bhraṣṭāḥ patanty adhaḥ
English translation
Each of the four social orders, headed by the brahmanas, was born through different combinations of the modes of nature, from the face, arms, thighs and feet of the Supreme Lord in His universal form. Thus the four spiritual orders were also generated. If any of the members of the four varnas and four dsramas fail to worship the Personality of Godhead, who is the source of their own creation, they will fall down from their position into a hellish state of life.
HBV 11.611
Sourceन माꣳ दुष्कृतिनो मूढाः प्रपद्यन्ते नराधमाः । माययापहृत-ज्ञाना आसुरꣳ भावम् आश्रिताः
na māṁ duṣkṛtino mūḍhāḥ prapadyante narādhamāḥ | māyayāpahṛta-jñānā āsuraṁ bhāvam āśritāḥ
English translation
Four kinds of people do not surrender unto Me. They are those who are foolish, the lowest among mankind, whose intelligence has been stolen by may a, and who are demoniac.
HBV 11.612–613
Sourceनित्यत्वꣳ यद् यद् अङ्गानाꣳ भक्तेर् विलिखितꣳ पुरा । तेन तेनैव नित्यत्वम् अस्याꣳ सꣳसाधितꣳ परम् लक्षणानि च तद्-भक्तेः श्रीमद्-भागवतादिषु । ख्यातानि श्रवणादीनि लिख्यन्ते’थापि कानिचित्
nityatvaṁ yad yad aṅgānāṁ bhakter vilikhitaṁ purā | tena tenaiva nityatvam asyāṁ saṁsādhitaṁ param lakṣaṇāni ca tad-bhakteḥ śrīmad-bhāgavatādiṣu | khyātāni śravaṇādīni likhyante’thāpi kānicit
English translation
Each of the limbs of devotional service that have been described are eternal functions and so it must be concluded that devotional service itself is the eternal constitutional position of the living entity. The symptoms of devotional service are clearly mentioned in the Vedic literatures, especially the Srimad-Bhdgavatam, and so we will continue to describe them in more detail.
HBV 11.614
Sourceदेवानाꣳ गुण-लिङ्गानाम् आनुश्रविक-कर्मणाम् । सत्त्व एवैक-मनसो वृत्तिः स्वाभाविकी तु या । अनिमित्ता भागवती भक्तिः सिद्धेर् गरीयसी
devānāṁ guṇa-liṅgānām ānuśravika-karmaṇām | sattva evaika-manaso vṛttiḥ svābhāvikī tu yā | animittā bhāgavatī bhaktiḥ siddher garīyasī
English translation
The senses are symbolic representations of the demigods, and their natural inclination is to work under the direction of the Vedic injunctions. As the senses are representatives of the demigods, so the mind is the representative of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The mind's natural duty is to serve. When that service spirit is engaged in devotional service to the Personality ot Godhead, without any motive, that is far better even than salvation.
HBV 11.615–618
Sourceगौतमीय-तन्त्रे— देवतायाꣳ च मन्त्रे च तथा मन्त्र-प्रदे गुरौ । भक्तिर् अष्ट-विधा यस्य तस्य कृष्णः प्रसीदति तद्-भक्त-जन-वात्सल्यꣳ पूजायाꣳ चानुमोदनम् । सुमना अर्चयेन् नित्यꣳ तद्-अर्थे दम्भ-वर्जनम् तत्-कथा-श्रवणे रागस् तद्-अर्थे चाङ्ग-विक्रिया । तद्-अनुस्मरणꣳ नित्यꣳ यस् तन्-नामोपजीवति भक्तिर् अष्ट-विधा ह्य् एषा यस्मिन् म्लेच्छे’पि वर्तते । स मुनिः सत्य-वादी च कीर्तिमान् स भवेन् नरः
gautamīya-tantre— devatāyāṁ ca mantre ca tathā mantra-prade gurau | bhaktir aṣṭa-vidhā yasya tasya kṛṣṇaḥ prasīdati tad-bhakta-jana-vātsalyaṁ pūjāyāṁ cānumodanam | sumanā arcayen nityaṁ tad-arthe dambha-varjanam tat-kathā-śravaṇe rāgas tad-arthe cāṅga-vikriyā | tad-anusmaraṇaṁ nityaṁ yas tan-nāmopajīvati bhaktir aṣṭa-vidhā hy eṣā yasmin mlecche’pi vartate | sa muniḥ satya-vādī ca kīrtimān sa bhaven naraḥ
English translation
gautamiyatantre (In the Qautamiya-tantra it is stated)
devatdydnca mantre ca tathd mantra prade gurau bhaktir astavidhd yasya tasya krsnah prasidati tadbhakta jana vdtsalyarh pujdydnca anumodanam sumand arccayen nityarh tadarthe dambha varjjanam tatkathd sravane rdgas tadarthe cdhgavikriyd tad anusmaranarh nityarh yastan ndmno upajivati bhaktir astavidhd hyesd yasmin mlecche'pi varttate sa munih satyavddi ca kirttimdn sa bhavennarah Lord Krsna becomes pleased with one who possesses these eight symptoms of devotion for Him, the mantras he chants, and the spiritual master who imparted these mantras—affection for the devotees of the Lord, engagement in the worship of the Lord, the giving up of pride, worshiping the Lord with faith and devotion, having attachment for hearing narrations of the Lord's pastimes, singing and dancing before the Lord, always remembering the Lord, and surrendering one's life to the Lord. If even a mleccha manifests these eight symptoms of devotional service, he will certainly become a truthful, glorious, liberated soul in this very lifetime.
HBV 11.619–620
Sourceश्रवणꣳ कीर्तनꣳ विष्णोः स्मरणꣳ पाद-सेवनम् । अर्चनꣳ वन्दनꣳ दास्यꣳ सख्यम् आत्म-निवेदनम् इति पुꣳसार्पिता विष्णौ भक्तिश् चेन् नव-लक्षणा । क्रियेत भगवत्य् अद्धा तन् मन्ये’धीतम् उत्तमम्
śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥ smaraṇaṁ pāda-sevanam | arcanaṁ vandanaṁ dāsyaṁ sakhyam ātma-nivedanam iti puṁsārpitā viṣṇau bhaktiś cen nava-lakṣaṇā | kriyeta bhagavaty addhā tan manye’dhītam uttamam
English translation
Hearing and chanting about the transcendental holy name, form, qualities, paraphernalia and pastimes of Lord Visnu, remembering them, serving the lotus feet of the Lord, offering the Lord respectful worship with sixteen types of paraphernalia, offering prayers to the Lord, becoming His servant, considering the Lord one's best friend, and surrendering everything unto Him—these nine processes are accepted as pure devotional service. One who has dedicated his life to the service of Krsna through these nine methods should be understood to be the most learned person, for he has acquired complete knowledge.
HBV 11.621
Sourceश्रवणꣳ कीर्तनꣳ चास्य स्मरणꣳ महताꣳ गतेः । सेवेज्यावनतिर् दास्यꣳ सख्यम् आत्म-समर्पणम्
śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ cāsya smaraṇaṁ mahatāṁ gateḥ | sevejyāvanatir dāsyaṁ sakhyam ātma-samarpaṇam
English translation
is recorded in the Srimad-Bhagavatam [7.11.11]> this verse appears) sravanarh kirtanarh casya srnaranarh mahatdrh gateh sevejydvanatir ddsyarh sakhyam dtma'Sarnarpanam Devotional service to the Lord consists of hearing about the activities and instructions given by the Supreme Personality of Godhead (who is the shelter of the saintly persons), chanting about these activities and instructions, always remembering these activities and instructions, trying to render service, performing worship, offering obeisances, becoming a servant, becoming a friend, and surrendering one's whole self.
HBV 11.622
Sourceश्रवणꣳ कीर्तनꣳ पूजा सर्व-कर्मार्पणꣳ स्मृतिः । परिचर्या नमस्कारः प्रेम स्वात्मार्पणꣳ हरौ
śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ pūjā sarva-karmārpaṇaṁ smṛtiḥ | paricaryā namaskāraḥ prema svātmārpaṇaṁ harau
English translation
in the Kdrtika'-mahatmya section of the Padma Purana it is stated) sravanarh kirttanarh pujd sarvva kmmmdrpanarh smrtih
174 SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA paricaryya namaskarah prema svdtmdrpanam harau Hearing, chanting, worshiping the Lord, offering all of one's activities to the Lord, remembering, serving, offering obeisances to the Lord, cultivating love for the Lord and surrendering oneself fully to Him are the causes by which one can please Him.
HBV 11.623–626
Sourceआद्यꣳ तु वैष्णवꣳ प्रोक्तꣳ शङ्ख-चक्राङ्कनꣳ हरेः । धारणꣳ चोर्ध्वर्पुण्ड्राणान्तन्मन्त्राणाꣳ परिग्रहः अर्चनꣳ च जपो ध्यानꣳ तन्-नाम-स्मरणꣳ तथा । कीर्तनꣳ श्रवणꣳ चैव वन्दनꣳ पाद-सेवनम् तत्-पादोदक-सेवा च तन्-निवेदित-भोजनम् । तदीयानाꣳ च सेवाꣳ च द्वादशी-व्रत-निष्ठितम् तुलसी-रोपणꣳ विष्णोर् देव-देवस्य शार्ङ्गिणः । भक्तिः षोडशधा प्रोक्ता भव-बन्ध-विमुक्तये इति ।
ādyaṁ tu vaiṣṇavaṁ proktaṁ śaṅkha-cakrāṅkanaṁ hareḥ | dhāraṇaṁ cordhvarpuṇḍrāṇāntanmantrāṇāṁ parigrahaḥ arcanaṁ ca japo dhyānaṁ tan-nāma-smaraṇaṁ tathā | kīrtanaṁ śravaṇaṁ caiva vandanaṁ pāda-sevanam tat-pādodaka-sevā ca tan-nivedita-bhojanam | tadīyānāṁ ca sevāṁ ca dvādaśī-vrata-niṣṭhitam tulasī-ropaṇaṁ viṣṇor deva-devasya śārṅgiṇaḥ | bhaktiḥ ṣoḍaśadhā proktā bhava-bandha-vimuktaye iti |
English translation
is recorded in the Padma Purana, these verses are found) ddyuntu vaisnavam proktarh sankha cakrdnkanam hareh dhdrananca urddhrva pundWdndm tanmantrdndrh parigrahah arccananca japo dhydnarh tanndma smaranam tathd klrttanam sravanancaiva vandanarh pddasevanam tatpddodaka sevd ca tan nivedita bhojanam tadiydndnca sarhsevd dvddasi vrata nisthatd tulasiropanarh visnor deva devasya sdrnginah bhaktih sdasadhd proktd bhavabandha vimuktaye Decorating one's body with the symbols of Lord Hari's conch shell, disc, and other weapons is the first symptom of devotional service. Decorating one's forehead with tilaka, accepting initiation into the chanting of Visnu mantras, worshiping the Lord, chanting mantras, meditating on the Lord, remembering His holy names, glorifying the Lord, offering prayers to the Lord, serving His lotus feet, accepting the water that washed His lotus feet, honoring the remnants of the Lord's food, serving Vaisnavas, observing vows
such as Dvadasi, and planting tulasi—these sixteen methods of devotional service to Lord Visnu have been ascertained as the causes of liberation from material bondage.
HBV 11.627–629
Sourceकिꣳ च— दर्शनꣳ भगवन्-मूर्तेः स्पर्शनꣳ क्षेत्र-सेवनम् । आघ्राणꣳ धूप-शेषादेर् निर्माल्यस्य च धारणम् नृत्यꣳ भगवद्-अग्रे च तथा वीणादि-वादनम् । कृष्ण-लीलाद्य्-अभिनयः श्री-भागवत-सेवनम् पद्माक्ष-माला-विधृतिर् एकादश्य्-आदि-जागरः । प्रासाद-रचनाद्य् अन्यज् ज्ञेयꣳ शास्त्रानुसारतः
kiṁ ca— darśanaṁ bhagavan-mūrteḥ sparśanaṁ kṣetra-sevanam | āghrāṇaṁ dhūpa-śeṣāder nirmālyasya ca dhāraṇam nṛtyaṁ bhagavad-agre ca tathā vīṇādi-vādanam | kṛṣṇa-līlādy-abhinayaḥ śrī-bhāgavata-sevanam padmākṣa-mālā-vidhṛtir ekādaśy-ādi-jāgaraḥ | prāsāda-racanādy anyaj jñeyaṁ śāstrānusārataḥ
English translation
Having the darsana of the Deities, touching the Deity, traveling to holy places of pilgrimage, smelling the incense that was offered to the Deity, honoring the Lord's flower garland, dancing before the Deities, playing musical instruments before the Deities, enacting Krsna's pastimes, hearing and chanting Srimad-Bhdgavatam, wearing beads made from lotus seeds, staying awake the entire night on Ekadasi, helping to construct temples for the service of the Lord, holding festivals, and all such similar activities that are described in the scriptures are to be understood as symptoms of devotional service.
HBV 11.630–631
Sourceलिखिता भगवद्-धर्मा भक्तानाꣳ लक्षणानि च । तानि ज्ञेयानि सर्वाणि भक्तेर् वै लक्षणाꣳ न हि तेषु ज्ञेयानि गौणानि मुख्यानि च विवेकिभिः । बहिरङ्गान्तरङ्गाणि प्रेम-सिद्धौ च तानि यत्
likhitā bhagavad-dharmā bhaktānāṁ lakṣaṇāni ca | tāni jñeyāni sarvāṇi bhakter vai lakṣaṇāṁ na hi teṣu jñeyāni gauṇāni mukhyāni ca vivekibhiḥ | bahiraṅgāntaraṅgāṇi prema-siddhau ca tāni yat
English translation
It should be understood that all the characteristics of the Supreme Lord and His devotees are also symptoms of devotional service. Among all the above-mentioned symptoms of devotional service, experienced devotees accept some of them as primary and some of them as secondary. Some of them are considered external symptoms and some are considered internal symptoms.
HBV 11.632
Sourceभेदास् तु विविधा भक्तेर् भक्त-भावादि-भेदतः । मुक्ता-फलादि-ग्रन्थेभ्यो ज्ञेयास् तल् लिखनैर् अलम्
bhedās tu vividhā bhakter bhakta-bhāvādi-bhedataḥ | muktā-phalādi-granthebhyo jñeyās tal likhanair alam
English translation
There are different grades of persons engaged in the devotional service of the Lord. This classifications are based on the mood of the practitioner, making devotional service sometimes mixed with desires for fruitive activities and sometimes with a desire to cultivate knowledge of Brahman. Here, we will not discuss these distinctions. For an elaborate description of classes of devotees one should refer to other literatures, such as the Mukta-phala.
HBV 11.633
Sourceप्रेम-भक्तौ च सिद्धायाꣳ सर्वे’र्थाः सेवकाः स्वयम् । भगवाꣳश् चातिवश्यः स्याल् लिख्यते’स्याः सुलक्षणम्
prema-bhaktau ca siddhāyāṁ sarve’rthāḥ sevakāḥ svayam | bhagavāṁś cātivaśyaḥ syāl likhyate’syāḥ sulakṣaṇam
English translation
When one attains the perfectional stage of loving devotional service, the four objectives of life—religiosity, economic development, sense gratification, and liberation automatically serve one. What more can be said? Even the Supreme Lord comes under the control of pure devotees. Therefore, the symptoms of loving devotional service are now being described.
HBV 11.634
Sourceअनन्य-ममता विष्णौ ममता प्रेम-सम्प्लुता । भक्तिर् इत्य् उच्यते भीष्म-प्रह्लादोद्धव-नारदैः इति ।
ananya-mamatā viṣṇau mamatā prema-samplutā | bhaktir ity ucyate bhīṣma-prahlādoddhava-nāradaiḥ iti |
English translation
ndradapancaratre (In the Ndrada-pancaratra it is stated)
ananya mamata visnau mamatd prema samptutd bhakdr ityucyate bhlsma- prahlada uddhava-ndradaih Great soak, such a> Bhisma, Prahlada, Uddhava, and Narada have described unalloyed loving attachment and service to the Supreme Lord as loving devotional service.
HBV 11.635–636
Sourceप्रेम-भक्तेश् च माहात्म्यꣳ भक्तेर् माहात्म्यतः परम् । सिद्धम् एव यतो भक्तेः फलꣳ प्रेमैव निश्चितम् चिह्नानि प्रेम-सम्पत्तेर् बाह्यान्य् अभ्यन्तराणि च । कियन्त्य् उल्लिखता तस्या महिमैव विलिख्यते
prema-bhakteś ca māhātmyaṁ bhakter māhātmyataḥ param | siddham eva yato bhakteḥ phalaṁ premaiva niścitam cihnāni prema-sampatter bāhyāny abhyantarāṇi ca | kiyanty ullikhatā tasyā mahimaiva vilikhyate
English translation
It should be clearly understood that loving devotional service is superior •oidinarv devotional service. The actual fruit of bhakti, or devotional service, ipRma-bhakti, or loving devotional service. So far, we have described some of ihe external and internal symptoms of the treasure of love of God. Now we will describe the glories of loving devotional service.
HBV 11.637–639
Sourceनिशम्य कर्माणि गुणान् अतुल्यान् वीर्याणि लीला-तनुभिः कृतानि । यदातिहर्षोत्पुलकाश्रु-गद्गदꣳ प्रोत्कण्ठ उद्गायति रौति नृत्यति यदा ग्रह-ग्रस्त इव क्वचिद् धसत्य् आक्रन्दते ध्यायति वन्दते जनम् । मुहुः श्वसन् वक्ति हरे जगत्-पते नारायणेत्य् आत्म-मतिर् गत-त्रपः तदा पुमान् मुक्त-समस्त-बन्धनस् तद्-भाव-भावानुकृताशयाकृतिः । निर्दग्ध-बीजानुशयो महीयसा भक्ति-प्रयोगेण समेत्य् अधोक्षजम्
niśamya karmāṇi guṇān atulyān vīryāṇi līlā-tanubhiḥ kṛtāni | yadātiharṣotpulakāśru-gadgadaṁ protkaṇṭha udgāyati rauti nṛtyati yadā graha-grasta iva kvacid dhasaty ākrandate dhyāyati vandate janam | muhuḥ śvasan vakti hare jagat-pate nārāyaṇety ātma-matir gata-trapaḥ tadā pumān mukta-samasta-bandhanas tad-bhāva-bhāvānukṛtāśayākṛtiḥ | nirdagdha-bījānuśayo mahīyasā bhakti-prayogeṇa samety adhokṣajam
English translation
which are found in the Srimad-Bhdgavatam [7.7.34-36]) nisamya karmdni gundn atulyan virydni lild-tanubhih krtdni yafatihirsotpulak&ru'gadgadam protkantha udgdyati rauti nrtyati yadd graha'grasta iva kvacid dhasaty akrandate dhydyati vandate janam
SRI H ARl-BH AKTI-VILAS A
muhuh svasan vakti hare jagat-pate ndrdyanety dtma-matir gata-trapah tadd mukta'samasta-bandhanas tad-bhava-bhavdnukftdsaydhrtih nirdagdha-bijanusayo mahiyasd bhakti-prayogena samety adhoksajam One who is situated in devotional service is certainly the controller of his senses, and thus he is a liberated person. When such a liberated person, the pure devotee, hears of the transcendental qualities and activities of the Lord's incarnations for the performance of various pastimes, his hair stands on end on his body, tears fall from his eyes, and in his spiritual realization his voice falters. Sometimes he very openly dances, sometimes he sings loudly, and sometimes he cries. Thus he expresses his transcendental jubilation. When a devotee becomes like a person haunted by a ghost, he laughs and very loudly chants about the qualities of the Lord. Sometimes he sits to perform meditation, and he offers respects to every living entity, considering him a devotee of the Lord. Constantly breathing very heavily, he becomes careless of social etiquette and loudly chants like a madman, "Hare Krsna, Hare Krsna! O my Lord, O master of the universe!" The devotee is then freed from all material contamination because he constantly thinks of the Lord's pastimes and because his mind and body have been converted to spiritual qualities. Because of his intense devotional service, his ignorance, material consciousness and all kinds of material desires are completely burnt to ashes. This is the stage at which one can achieve the shelter of the Lord's lotus feet.
HBV 11.640–641
Sourceशृण्वन् सुभद्राणि रथाङ्ग-पाणेर् जन्मानि कर्माणि च यानि लोके । गीतानि नामानि तद्-अर्थकानि गायन् विलज्जो विचरेद् असङ्गः एवꣳ-व्रतः स्व-प्रिय-नाम-कीर्त्या जातानुरागो द्रुत-चित्त उच्चैः । हसत्य् अथो रोदिति रौति गायत्य् उन्माद-वन् नृत्यति लोक-बाह्यः
śṛṇvan subhadrāṇi rathāṅga-pāṇer janmāni karmāṇi ca yāni loke | gītāni nāmāni tad-arthakāni gāyan vilajjo vicared asaṅgaḥ evaṁ-vrataḥ sva-priya-nāma-kīrtyā jātānurāgo druta-citta uccaiḥ | hasaty atho roditi rauti gāyaty unmāda-van nṛtyati loka-bāhyaḥ
English translation
An intelligent person who has controlled his mind and conquered fear should give up all attachment to material objects such as wife, family and nation and should wander freely without embarrassment, hearing and chanting the holy names of the Lord, the bearer of the chariot wheel. The holy names of Krsna are all-auspicious because they describe His transcendental birth and activities, which He performs within this world for the salvation of the conditioned souls. Thus the holy names of the Lord are sung throughout the world. By chanting the holy name of the Supreme Lord, one comes to the stage of love of Godhead. Then the devotee is fixed in his vow as an eternal servant oi the Lord, and he gradually becomes very much attached to a particular name and form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As his heart melts with ecstatic love, he laughs very loudly or cries or shouts. Sometimes he sings and dances like a madman, for he is indifferent to public opinion.
HBV 11.642–643
Sourceस्मरन्तः स्मारयन्तश् च मिथो’घौघ-हरꣳ हरिम् । भक्त्या सञ्जातया भक्त्या बिभ्रत्य् उत्पुलकाꣳ तनुम् क्वचिद् रुदन्त्य् अच्युत-चिन्तया क्वचिद् धसन्ति नन्दन्ति वदन्त्य् अलौकिकाः । नृत्यन्ति गायन्त्य् अनुशीलयन्त्य् अजꣳ भवन्ति तूष्णीꣳ परम् एत्य निर्वृताः
smarantaḥ smārayantaś ca mitho’ghaugha-haraṁ harim | bhaktyā sañjātayā bhaktyā bibhraty utpulakāṁ tanum kvacid rudanty acyuta-cintayā kvacid dhasanti nandanti vadanty alaukikāḥ | nṛtyanti gāyanty anuśīlayanty ajaṁ bhavanti tūṣṇīṁ param etya nirvṛtāḥ
English translation
The devotees of the Lord constantly discuss the glories of the Personality r Godhead among themselves. Thus they constantly remember the Lord ma remind one another of His qualities and pastimes. In this way, by their devotion to the principles of bhakti-yoga, the devotees please the Personality r Godhead, who takes away from them everything inauspicious. Being purified of all impediments, the devotees awaken to pure love of Godhead,
10A SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA loU and thus, even within this world, their spiritualized bodies exhibit symptoms of transcendental ecstasy, such as standing of the bodily hairs on end. Having achieved love of Godhead, the devotees sometimes cry out loud, absorbed in thought of the infallible Lord. Sometimes they laugh, feel great pleasure, speak out loud to the Lord, dance or sing. Such devotees, having transcended material, conditioned life, sometimes imitate the unborn Supreme by acting out His pastimes. And sometimes, achieving His personal audience, they remain peaceful and silent.
HBV 11.644–645
Sourceकथꣳ विना रोम-हर्षꣳ द्रवता चेतसा विना विनानन्दाश्रु-कलया शुध्येद् भक्त्या विनाशयः वाग् गद्गदा द्रवते यस्य चित्तꣳ रुदत्य् अभीक्ष्णꣳ हसति क्वचिच् च । विलज्ज उद्गायति नृत्यते च मद्-भक्ति-युक्तो भुवनꣳ पुनाति
kathaṁ vinā roma-harṣaṁ dravatā cetasā vinā vinānandāśru-kalayā śudhyed bhaktyā vināśayaḥ vāg gadgadā dravate yasya cittaṁ rudaty abhīkṣṇaṁ hasati kvacic ca | vilajja udgāyati nṛtyate ca mad-bhakti-yukto bhuvanaṁ punāti
English translation
recorded in the Srimad-Bhagavatam [11.14.23-24] these verses appear) katharh vina roma-harsarh dravatd cetasd vina vindnanddsru-kalayd sudhyed bhaktyd vindsayah vdg gadgadd dravate yasya cittarh rudaty abhiksnarh hasati kvacic ca vilajja udgdyati nrtyate ca mad-bhakti-yukto bhuvanarh pundti If one's hairs do not stand on end, how can the heart melt? And if the heart does not melt, how can tears of love flow from the eyes? If one does not cry in spiritual happiness, how can one render loving service to the Lord? And without such service, how can the consciousness be purified? A devotee whose speech is sometimes choked up, whose heart melts, who cries continually and sometimes laughs, who feels ashamed and cries out loudly and then dances—a devotee thus fixed in loving service to Me purifies the entire universe.
HBV 11.646
Sourceयथोक्त-भक्त्य्-अशक्तौ तु भगवच्-चरणाम्बुजम् । शरणागत-भावेन कृत्स्न-भीति-घ्नम् आश्रयेत्
yathokta-bhakty-aśaktau tu bhagavac-caraṇāmbujam | śaraṇāgata-bhāvena kṛtsna-bhīti-ghnam āśrayet
English translation
It is the duty of those who are unable to perform loving devotional service as has been described to completely surrender at the lotus feet of Lord Hari, the destroyer of all types of fear.
HBV 11.647
Sourceसर्व-धर्मान् परित्यज्य माम् एकꣳ शरणꣳ व्रज । अहꣳ त्वा सर्वपापेभ्यो मोक्षयिष्यामि मा शुचः
sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja | ahaṁ tvā sarvapāpebhyo mokṣayiṣyāmi mā śucaḥ
English translation
sri (In the Bhagavad-gita [18.66] it is stated) sarva-dharmdn parityajya mam ekarh saranam vraja aharh warn sarva-pdpebhyo moksayisydmi ma sucah Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver you from all sinful reactions. Do not fear.
HBV 11.648–649
Sourceतस्मात् त्वम् उद्धवोत्सृज्य चोदनाꣳ प्रतिचोदनाम् । प्रवृत्तिꣳ च निवृत्तिꣳ च श्रोतव्यꣳ श्रुतम् एव च माम् एकम् एव शरणम् आत्मानꣳ सर्व-देहिनाम् । याहि सर्वात्म-भावेन मया स्या ह्य् अकुतो-भयः
tasmāt tvam uddhavotsṛjya codanāṁ praticodanām | pravṛttiṁ ca nivṛttiṁ ca śrotavyaṁ śrutam eva ca mām ekam eva śaraṇam ātmānaṁ sarva-dehinām | yāhi sarvātma-bhāvena mayā syā hy akuto-bhayaḥ
English translation
recorded in the Srimad-Bhagavatam [11.12.14-15] these verses appear) tasmdt warn uddhavotsrjya codanam praticodanam pravrttim ca nivrttim ca srotavyam srutam eva ca mam ekam eva saranam dtmanarh sarva-dehindm ydhi sarvdtma-bhdvena maya syd hy akuto-bhayah Therefore, My dear Uddhava, abandon the Vedic mantras, as w-ell as the procedures of supplementary Vedic literatures and their positive and negative injunctions. Disregard that which has been heard and that which is to be heard. Simply take shelter of Me alone, for I am the Supreme Personality of Godhead, situated within the heart of all conditioned souls. Take shelter of Me wholeheartedly, and by My grace be free from fear in all circumstances.
10 , SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA loZ
HBV 11.650–652
Sourceप्राप्यापि दुर्लभतरꣳ मानुष्यꣳ विबुधेप्सितम् । यैर् आश्रितो न गोविन्दस् तैर् आत्मा वञ्चितश् चिरम् अशीति-चतुरश् चैव लक्षाꣳस् तान् जीव-जातिषु । भ्रमद्भिः पुरुषैः प्राप्य मानुष्यꣳ जन्म-पर्ययात् तद् अप्य् अफलताꣳ जातꣳ तेषाम् आत्माभिमानिनाम् । वराकानाम् अनाश्रित्य गोविन्द-चरण-द्वयम्
prāpyāpi durlabhataraṁ mānuṣyaṁ vibudhepsitam | yair āśrito na govindas tair ātmā vañcitaś ciram aśīti-caturaś caiva lakṣāṁs tān jīva-jātiṣu | bhramadbhiḥ puruṣaiḥ prāpya mānuṣyaṁ janma-paryayāt tad apy aphalatāṁ jātaṁ teṣām ātmābhimāninām | varākānām anāśritya govinda-caraṇa-dvayam
English translation
brahmavaivartte (In the Brahmd-vaivarta Purana it is stated) prdpydpi durlabhatararh mdnusam vivudhepsitam yaivdsrito na govindais tairatmd vancitdsciram asluhca turascaiva laksdnstdn jlvajatisu bhrdmyadbhih purusaih prdpya mdnusyarh janma paryyaydt tadapya phalatdrh ydtarh tesdm dtmdbhi mdnindm vardkdndm andscitya govinda caranadvayam Those who do not take shelter at the lotus feet of Lord Govinda, even after receiving the human form of life, which is rarely attained and desired even by the demigods, will certainly fall down into an ocean of terrible miseries. After going through eight million, four hundred thousand species of life, if one does not surrender unto the lotus feet of Lord Govinda, it is to be understood that such a proud and insignificant person has attained the human form of life in vain.
HBV 11.653
Sourceसकृद् एव प्रपन्नो यस् तवास्मीति च याचते । अभयꣳ सर्वदा तस्मै ददाम्य् एतद् व्रतꣳ हरेः
sakṛd eva prapanno yas tavāsmīti ca yācate | abhayaṁ sarvadā tasmai dadāmy etad vrataṁ hareḥ
English translation
spoke this verse, which is found in the Ramayana) sakrdeva prapanno yasta vdsmiti ca ydcate abhayam sarvvadd tasmai daddmi etad bratarh mama
jpreme Personality of Godhead, it is My eternal principle that vmg being takes shelter of Me, even once, saying, "I am Yours," then
— J I 3 ihat person freedom from all fear.
HBV 11.654
Sourceत्वाꣳ प्रपन्नो’स्मि शरणꣳ देव-देवꣳ जनार्दनम् । इति यः शरणꣳ प्राप्तस् तꣳ क्लेशाद् उद्धराम्य् अहम्
tvāṁ prapanno’smi śaraṇaṁ deva-devaṁ janārdanam | iti yaḥ śaraṇaṁ prāptas taṁ kleśād uddharāmy aham
English translation
- • _ TZ ci Vaikuntha spoke this verse, which is found in the Nrsirhha Purdna) warn prapannd'smi saranam devadevarh jandrddanam iti yah saranam. praptastarh klesdd uddharami aham "O Lord of lords! O Janardana! I surrender unto You!" One who prays - - - - way and takes shelter of Me—I deliver him from all kinds of material ~ -z' r-
HBV 11.655
Sourceसर्वाचार-विवर्जिताः शठ-धियो व्रात्या जगद्-वञ्चका दम्भाहङ्कृति-पान-पैशुन-पराः पापान्त्यजा निष्ठुरा । ये चान्ये धन-दार-पुत्र-निरताः सर्वाधमास् ते’पि हि श्री-गोविन्द-पदारविन्द-शरणा मुक्ता भवन्ति द्विज
sarvācāra-vivarjitāḥ śaṭha-dhiyo vrātyā jagad-vañcakā dambhāhaṅkṛti-pāna-paiśuna-parāḥ pāpāntyajā niṣṭhurā | ye cānye dhana-dāra-putra-niratāḥ sarvādhamās te’pi hi śrī-govinda-padāravinda-śaraṇā muktā bhavanti dvija
English translation
Even if fallen souls who are devoid of all proper conduct, who are : :;.-; :crs, who have no culture, who are deceitful, who are very proud, who ire rond of drinking wine, who are engaged in very grave sinful activities, • h o are beyond the purview of Vedic society, who are cruel, and who are very attached to wealth and their families, take shelter at the lotus feet of Lord Govinda, they will also be liberated from material entanglement.
HBV 11.656
Sourceन हि नारायणꣳ नाम नराः सꣳश्रित्य शौनक । प्राप्नुवन्त्य् अशुभ सत्यम् इदम् उक्तꣳ पुनः पुनः
na hi nārāyaṇaṁ nāma narāḥ saṁśritya śaunaka | prāpnuvanty aśubha satyam idam uktaṁ punaḥ punaḥ
English translation
O Saunaka, I promise you again and again that simply by taking shelter of the holy n a m e of Lord Narayana, anyone can liberated from all kinds of inauspiciousness.
HBV 11.657
Sourceपरमार्थम् अशेषस्य जगताम् आदि-कारणम् । शरण्यꣳ शरणꣳ यातो गोविन्दः नावसीदति
paramārtham aśeṣasya jagatām ādi-kāraṇam | śaraṇyaṁ śaraṇaṁ yāto govindaḥ nāvasīdati
English translation
verse is found in the Brhan-ndradrya Puraria) paramartham asesasya jagatdm ddikdranam saranyarh saranarh ydto govindarh ndvasidati By surrendering at the lotus feet of Lord Govinda, the Absolute T r u t h , the original cause of all existence, and the protector of the surrendered souls, o n e will surely gain relief from all suffering.
HBV 11.658–659
Sourceशान्ति-पर्वणि [म.भा. १२.१११.२६-२७] राज-धर्मे भीष्म-युधिष्ठिर-सꣳवादे— स्थितः प्रियहिते जिष्णोः स एव पुरुषर्षभ । राजꣳस् तव च दुर्धर्षो वैकुण्ठः पुरुषोत्तमः य एनꣳ सꣳश्रयन्तीह भक्त्या नारायणꣳ हरिम् । ते तरन्तीह दुर्गाणि न मे’त्रास्ति विचारणा
śānti-parvaṇi [ma.bhā. 12.111.26-27] rāja-dharme bhīṣma-yudhiṣṭhira-saṁvāde— sthitaḥ priyahite jiṣṇoḥ sa eva puruṣarṣabha | rājaṁs tava ca durdharṣo vaikuṇṭhaḥ puruṣottamaḥ ya enaṁ saṁśrayantīha bhaktyā nārāyaṇaṁ harim | te tarantīha durgāṇi na me’trāsti vicāraṇā
English translation
recorded in the Sdnti Parva of the Mahdbhdrata, these verses appear) sthitah priyahite nityarh ya eva purusarsabhah rdjam stava yadusresthd vaikunthah purusottamah ya enarh sarhsrayantiha bhaktyd ndrdyanarh harim te tarantiha durgdni name'trdsti vicdrand
O King, Lord Krsna, the foremost member of the Yadu dynasty and the possessor of unlimited prowess is always eager to do good for you and your o take shelter of Lord Hari will certainly cross beyond the aaterial existence. There is no need to consider -----e-
HBV 11.660
Sourceशारीरा मानसा दिव्या वैयासे ये च मानुषाः । भौतिकाश् च कथꣳ क्लेशा बाधन्ते हरि-सꣳश्रयम्
śārīrā mānasā divyā vaiyāse ye ca mānuṣāḥ | bhautikāś ca kathaṁ kleśā bādhante hari-saṁśrayam
English translation
is found in the Srimad'Bhdgavatam [3.22.37] it is stated) sdrird mdnasa divyd vaiydse ye ca mdnusdh bhautikds ca katham klesd bddhante harisarhsrayam Therefore, O Vidura, how can persons completely under the shelter of Lord Krsna in devotional service be put into miseries pertaining to the body, the mind, nature, and other men and living creatures?
HBV 11.661
Sourceवामने श्री-प्रह्लाद-बलि-सꣳवादे— ये सꣳश्रिता हरिम् अनन्तम् अनादि-मध्यꣳ नारायणꣳ सुर-गुरुꣳ शुभदꣳ वरेण्यम् । शुद्धꣳ खगेन्द्र-गमनꣳ कमलालयेशꣳ ते धर्म-राज-करणꣳ न विशन्ति धीराः
vāmane śrī-prahlāda-bali-saṁvāde— ye saṁśritā harim anantam anādi-madhyaṁ nārāyaṇaṁ sura-guruṁ śubhadaṁ vareṇyam | śuddhaṁ khagendra-gamanaṁ kamalālayeśaṁ te dharma-rāja-karaṇaṁ na viśanti dhīrāḥ
English translation
that is recorded in the Vdmana Purana it is stated) ye sarhsritd harim anantam anddi madhyarh ndrdyanarh suragururh siihhadam varenyam suddharh khagendra gamanam kamaldlayesarh te dharmmardja karanam na visami dhirdh Lord Narayana is without beginning, middle and end; the spiritual master of the demigods; the giver of auspiciousness; supremely pure; and the worshipable Lord of all. Those sober personalities who surrender unto the lotus feet of the Lord, the husband of Laksmi, who is carried on the back of Garuda, do not come under the jurisdiction of Yamaraja.
HBV 11.662
Sourceये शङ्ख-चक्राब्ज-करꣳ स-शार्ङ्गिणꣳ खगेन्द्र-केतुꣳ वरदꣳ श्रियः पतिम् । समाश्रयन्ते भव-भीति-नाशꣳ तेषाꣳ भयꣳ नास्ति विमुक्ति-भाजाम्
ye śaṅkha-cakrābja-karaṁ sa-śārṅgiṇaṁ khagendra-ketuṁ varadaṁ śriyaḥ patim | samāśrayante bhava-bhīti-nāśaṁ teṣāṁ bhayaṁ nāsti vimukti-bhājām
English translation
Those who take shelter of Lord Narayana, the beloved Lord of Laksmi, who holds a conch, disc, lotus, and bow in His hands as He rides on the back of Garuda, and who destroys the fear of repeated birth and death, have nothing to fear.
HBV 11.663
Sourceबृहन्-नारदीये प्रायश्चित्त-प्रकरणान्ते— सꣳसारे’स्मिन् महा-घोरे मोह-निद्रा-समाकुले । ये हरिꣳ शरणꣳ यान्ति ते कृतार्था न सꣳशयः
bṛhan-nāradīye prāyaścitta-prakaraṇānte— saṁsāre’smin mahā-ghore moha-nidrā-samākule | ye hariṁ śaraṇaṁ yānti te kṛtārthā na saṁśayaḥ
English translation
found in the Brhari'ndradiya Purana, this verse appears) sarhsdre'smin mahdghore moha nidrd samdkule ye harirh saranarh yanti te krtdrthd na sarhsayah There is no doubt that the lives of those who surrender at the lotus feet of Lord Hari become successful, even while living in this material existence, which is full of lethargy, fear, and illusion.
HBV 11.664
Sourceब्रह्म-पुराणे— कर्मणा मनसा वाचा ये’च्युतꣳ शरणꣳ गताः । न समर्थो यमस् तेषाꣳ ते मुक्ति-फल-भागिनः
brahma-purāṇe— karmaṇā manasā vācā ye’cyutaṁ śaraṇaṁ gatāḥ | na samartho yamas teṣāṁ te mukti-phala-bhāginaḥ
English translation
Yamaraja has no power to punish those who have surrendered their activities, mind, and words unto Lord Acyuta because they have attained the platform of devotional service, which surpasses liberation.
HBV 11.665
Sourceसमाश्रिता ये पद-पल्लव-प्लवꣳ महत्-पदꣳ पुण्य-यशो मुरारेः । भवाम्बुधिर् वत्स-पदꣳ परꣳ पदꣳ पदꣳ पदꣳ यद् विपदाꣳ न तेषाम्
samāśritā ye pada-pallava-plavaṁ mahat-padaṁ puṇya-yaśo murāreḥ | bhavāmbudhir vatsa-padaṁ paraṁ padaṁ padaṁ padaṁ yad vipadāṁ na teṣām
English translation
For one who has accepted the boat of the lotus feet of the Lord, who is the shelter of the cosmic manifestation and is famous as Mukunda, or the giver of mukti, the ocean of the material world is like the water contained
in a calf s footprint, pararh padam, or the place where there are no material niseries, or Vaikuntha, is his goal, not the place where there is danger in every step of life.
HBV 11.666
Sourceयत्-पाद-सꣳश्रयाः सूत मुनयः प्रशमायनाः । सद्यः पुनन्त्य् उपस्पृष्टाः स्वर्धुन्य्-आपो’नुसेवया
yat-pāda-saṁśrayāḥ sūta munayaḥ praśamāyanāḥ | sadyaḥ punanty upaspṛṣṭāḥ svardhuny-āpo’nusevayā
English translation
O Suta, those great sages who have completely taken shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord can at once sanctify those who come in touch with them, whereas the waters of the Ganges can sanctify only after prolonged use.
HBV 11.667
Sourceकिरात-हूणान्ध्र-पुलिन्द-पुल्कशा आभीर-शुम्भा यवनाः खसादयः । ये’न्ये च पापा यद्-अपाश्रयाश्रयाः शुध्यन्ति तस्मै प्रभविष्णवे नमः
kirāta-hūṇāndhra-pulinda-pulkaśā ābhīra-śumbhā yavanāḥ khasādayaḥ | ye’nye ca pāpā yad-apāśrayāśrayāḥ śudhyanti tasmai prabhaviṣṇave namaḥ
English translation
Kiratas, Hunas, Andhras, Pulindas, Pulkasas, Abhiras, Sumbhas, Yavanas and members of the Khasa races, and even others addicted to sinful acts can be purified by taking shelter of the devotees of the Lord, for He is the supreme power. I beg to offer my respectful obeisances unto Him.
HBV 11.668
Sourceकिꣳ दुरापादनꣳ तेषाꣳ पुꣳसाम् उद्दाम-चेतसाम् । यैर् आश्रितस् तीर्थ-पदश् चरणो व्यसनात्ययः
kiṁ durāpādanaṁ teṣāṁ puṁsām uddāma-cetasām | yair āśritas tīrtha-padaś caraṇo vyasanātyayaḥ
English translation
What is difficult to achieve for determined men who have taken refuge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead's lotus feet? His feet are the source of
sacred rivers like the Ganges, which put an end to the dangers of mundane life.
HBV 11.669
Sourceन नाक-पृष्ठꣳ न च पारमेष्ठ्यꣳ न सार्व-भौमꣳ न रसाधिपत्यम् । न योग-सिद्धीर् अपुनर्-भवꣳ वा समञ्जस त्वा विरहय्य काङ्क्षे
na nāka-pṛṣṭhaṁ na ca pārameṣṭhyaṁ na sārva-bhaumaṁ na rasādhipatyam | na yoga-siddhīr apunar-bhavaṁ vā samañjasa tvā virahayya kāṅkṣe
English translation
O my Lord, source of all opportunities, I do not desire to enjoy in Dhruvaloka, the heavenly planets or the planet where Lord Brahma resides, nor do I want to be the supreme ruler of all the earthly planets or the lower planetary systems. I do not desire to be master of the powers o{ mystic yoga, nor do I want liberation if I have to give up Your lotus feet.
HBV 11.670
Sourceदेवर्षि-भूताप्त-नॄणाꣳ पितॄणाꣳ नायꣳ किङ्करो नायम् ऋणी च राजन् । सर्वात्मना यः शरणꣳ शरण्यꣳ गतो मुकुन्दꣳ परिहृत्य कर्तम्
devarṣi-bhūtāpta-nṝṇāṁ pitṝṇāṁ nāyaṁ kiṅkaro nāyam ṛṇī ca rājan | sarvātmanā yaḥ śaraṇaṁ śaraṇyaṁ gato mukundaṁ parihṛtya kartam
English translation
Anyone who has taken shelter of the lotus feet of Mukunda, the giver of liberation, giving up all kinds of obligation, and has taken to the path in all seriousness, owes neither duties nor obligations to the demigods, sages, general living entities, family members, humankind or forefathers.
HBV 11.671
Sourceताप-त्रयेणाभिहतस्य घोरे सन्तप्यमानस्य भवाध्वनीश । पश्यामि नान्यच् छरणꣳ तवाङ्घ्रि- द्वन्द्वातपत्राद् अमृताभिवर्षात्
tāpa-trayeṇābhihatasya ghore santapyamānasya bhavādhvanīśa | paśyāmi nānyac charaṇaṁ tavāṅghri- dvandvātapatrād amṛtābhivarṣāt
English translation
is found in the Srimad-Bhdgavatam [11.19.9]) tdpa-trayenabhihatasya ghore santapyamdnasya bhavddhvanisa pasydmi ndnyac charanam tavdnghri- dvandvdtapatrdd amrtdbhivarsdt
My dear Lord, for one who is being tormented on the terrible path of birth and death and is constantly overwhelmed by the threefold miseries, I do not see any possible shelter other than Your two lotus feet, which are just like a refreshing umbrella that pours down showers of delicious nectar.
HBV 11.672
Sourceइत्थꣳ च बोध्यꣳ विद्वद्भिः शरणापत्ति-लक्षणम् । वाचा हृदा च तन्वापि कृष्णैकाश्रयणꣳ हि यत्
itthaṁ ca bodhyaṁ vidvadbhiḥ śaraṇāpatti-lakṣaṇam | vācā hṛdā ca tanvāpi kṛṣṇaikāśrayaṇaṁ hi yat
English translation
-_:; :i:r.£ to the opinion of learned scholars, the best form of surrender " • : ; --'.ere shelter at the lotus feet of Lord Krsna, surrendering one's KxK. mind, and speech.
HBV 11.673–674
Sourceस्कन्धे— गोविन्दꣳ परमानन्दꣳ मुकुन्दꣳ मधुसूदनम् । त्यक्त्वान्यꣳ वै न जानामि न भजामि स्मरामि न न नमामि न च स्तौमि न पश्यामि स्व-चक्षुषा । न स्पृहामि न गायामि न वा यामि हरिꣳ विना इति ।
skandhe— govindaṁ paramānandaṁ mukundaṁ madhusūdanam | tyaktvānyaṁ vai na jānāmi na bhajāmi smarāmi na na namāmi na ca staumi na paśyāmi sva-cakṣuṣā | na spṛhāmi na gāyāmi na vā yāmi hariṁ vinā iti |
English translation
skdnde (In the Skanda Purana it is stated) govindarh paramdnandarh mukundarh madhusudanam tyaktvdnyam vai na jdnami na bhajdmi smardmi na na namdmi na ca staumi na pasdydmi svacaksusd na sprhdmi na gayami na vd ydmi harirh vind I do not know anyone other than Govinda, Paramananda, Mukunda, and Madhusudana. I do not worship anyone else or meditate upon anyone else. I do not offer obeisances to anyone other than Lord Hari. I do not offer prayers to or see anyone other than the Lord. I do not want anyone other than the Supreme Lord and I do not sing the glories of anyone other than Him. Indeed, I never approach anyone other than the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
HBV 11.675
Sourceकेचिद् आहुश् च शरणागतत्वꣳ षट्-प्रकारकम् । प्रायः सख्य-प्रकारे तत् पर्यवस्येद् विचारतः
kecid āhuś ca śaraṇāgatatvaṁ ṣaṭ-prakārakam | prāyaḥ sakhya-prakāre tat paryavasyed vicārataḥ
English translation
According to some authorities, this surrender has six limbs. All of these symptoms are more or less based on friendship, or sakhya-bhakti.
HBV 11.676
Sourceआनुकूल्यस्य सङ्कल्पः प्रातिकूल्यस्य वर्जनम् । रक्षिष्यतीति विश्वासो गोप्तृत्वे वरणꣳ तथा । आत्म-निक्षेप-कार्पण्ये षड्-विधा शरणागतिः इति ।
ānukūlyasya saṅkalpaḥ prātikūlyasya varjanam | rakṣiṣyatīti viśvāso goptṛtve varaṇaṁ tathā | ātma-nikṣepa-kārpaṇye ṣaḍ-vidhā śaraṇāgatiḥ iti |
English translation
The six divisions of surrender are the acceptance of those things favorable to devotional service, the rejection of unfavorable things, the conviction that Krsna will give protection, the acceptance of the Lord as one's guardian or master, full self-surrender, and humility.
HBV 11.677
Sourceतवास्मीति वदन् वाचा तथैव मनसा विदन् । तत्-स्थानम् आश्रितस् तन्वा मोदते शरणागतः
tavāsmīti vadan vācā tathaiva manasā vidan | tat-sthānam āśritas tanvā modate śaraṇāgataḥ
English translation
One who says, "I belong to You," feeling that way in his heart, and who joyfully travels to the holy places that are related to the Supreme Lord is considered to be a surrendered soul.
HBV 11.678
Sourceकः पण्डितस् त्वद्-अपरꣳ शरणꣳ समीयाद् भक्त-प्रियाद् ऋत-गिरः सुहृदः कृत-ज्ञात् । सर्वान् ददाति सुहृदो भजतो’भिकामान् आत्मनम् अप्य् उपचयापचयौ न यस्य
kaḥ paṇḍitas tvad-aparaṁ śaraṇaṁ samīyād bhakta-priyād ṛta-giraḥ suhṛdaḥ kṛta-jñāt | sarvān dadāti suhṛdo bhajato’bhikāmān ātmanam apy upacayāpacayau na yasya
English translation
which is found in the Srimad'Bhagavatam [10.48.26]) kah panditas tvad apararh saranarh samiydd bhakta-priydd rta-girah suhrdah krta-jndt sarvdn daddti suhrdo bhajato 'bhikdmdn dtmdnam apy upacaydpacayau na yasya
What learned person would approach anyone but You for shelter, when ~:n are the affectionate, grateful and truthful well-wisher of Your devotees? :>..- >e who worship You in sincere friendship You reward everything they desire, even Your own self, yet You never increase or diminish.
HBV 11.679
Sourceअहो बकी यꣳ स्तन-काल-कूटꣳ जिघाꣳसयापाययद् अप्य् असाध्वी । लेभे गतिꣳ धात्र्य्-उचिताꣳ ततो’न्यꣳ कꣳ वा दयालुꣳ शरणꣳ व्रजेम इति ।
aho bakī yaṁ stana-kāla-kūṭaṁ jighāṁsayāpāyayad apy asādhvī | lebhe gatiṁ dhātry-ucitāṁ tato’nyaṁ kaṁ vā dayāluṁ śaraṇaṁ vrajema iti |
English translation
'This statement of Uddhava's is found in the Srimad'Bhdgavatam [3.2.23]) aho bald yarn stana'kdla'kutarh jighdrhsaydpdyayad apy asddhvl lebhe gatirh dhatry-ucitdrh tato 'nyarh karh vd dayalurh saranarh vrajema Alas, how shall I take shelter of one more merciful than He who granted fte position of mother to a she-demon, Putana, although she was unfaithful • • ) she prepared deadly poison to be sucked from her breast?
HBV 11.680
Sourceअथाचारा बहु-विधाः शिष्टाचारानुसारतः । श्री-वैष्णवानाꣳ कर्तव्या लिख्यन्ते’त्र समासतः
athācārā bahu-vidhāḥ śiṣṭācārānusārataḥ | śrī-vaiṣṇavānāṁ kartavyā likhyante’tra samāsataḥ
English translation
According to a devotee's level of advancement there will be appropriate prescribed duties for him to carry out but here we will describe the duties of snavas in general.
HBV 11.681–683
Sourceदेव-गो-ब्राह्मणान् सिद्धान् वृद्धाचार्याꣳस् तथार्चयेत् । द्विकालꣳ च नमेत् सन्ध्याम् अग्नीन् उपचरेत् तथा सदानुपहते वस्त्रे प्रशस्ताꣳ च तथौषधीः । गारुडानि च रत्नानि बिभृयात् प्रयतो नरः प्रस्निग्धामल-केशश् च सुगन्धश् चारु-वेश-धृक् । किꣳचित् परस्वꣳ न हरेत् नाल्पम् अप्य् अप्रियꣳ वदेत्
deva-go-brāhmaṇān siddhān vṛddhācāryāṁs tathārcayet | dvikālaṁ ca namet sandhyām agnīn upacaret tathā sadānupahate vastre praśastāṁ ca tathauṣadhīḥ | gāruḍāni ca ratnāni bibhṛyāt prayato naraḥ prasnigdhāmala-keśaś ca sugandhaś cāru-veśa-dhṛk | kiṁcit parasvaṁ na haret nālpam apy apriyaṁ vadet
English translation
a householder that is found in the Visnu Purdna, these verses appear) deva-go-brdhmandn siddhdn vrddhdcdryydms tathdrccayet dvikdlanca namet sandhydm agnim upacaret tathd
log SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA saddnupahate vastre prasastahca tathausadhlh garuddni ca ratndni vibhrydt prayato narah prasiddha amala kesasca sugandhis cdru vesaghrk kincit parasvarh na haret ndlpam api priyarh vadet A householder should offer his obeisances to the Supreme Lord, cows, brdhmanas, elderly people, and his spiritual master, three times a day. He should worship the fire-god and chant his mantras twice in a day. A householder should first purify himself and then put on two pieces of fresh cloth, a suitable amulet, and some golden ornaments. He should comb his hair nicely, smear sandalwood paste over his body, and compose his mind. One should never steal another's property—even the tiniest thing. One should never speak harshly to anyone.
HBV 11.684–687
Sourceप्रियꣳ च नानृतꣳ ब्रूयान् नान्य-दोषान् उदीरयेत् नान्य-स्त्रियꣳ तथा वैरꣳ रोचयेत् पुरुषर्षभ न दुष्टꣳ यानम् आरोहेत् कुल-च्छायाꣳ न सꣳश्रयेत् विद्विष्ट-पतितोन्मत्त-बहु-वैरादि-कीटकैः । बन्धकी बन्धकी-भर्तुः क्षुद्रानृत-कथैः सह तथातिव्यय-शीलैश् च परिवाद-रतैः शठैः । बुधो मैत्रीꣳ न कुर्वीत नैकः पन्थानम् आश्रयेत्
priyaṁ ca nānṛtaṁ brūyān nānya-doṣān udīrayet nānya-striyaṁ tathā vairaṁ rocayet puruṣarṣabha na duṣṭaṁ yānam ārohet kula-cchāyāṁ na saṁśrayet vidviṣṭa-patitonmatta-bahu-vairādi-kīṭakaiḥ | bandhakī bandhakī-bhartuḥ kṣudrānṛta-kathaiḥ saha tathātivyaya-śīlaiś ca parivāda-rataiḥ śaṭhaiḥ | budho maitrīṁ na kurvīta naikaḥ panthānam āśrayet
English translation
O great souls, one should never speak a lie, even though it may be to one's advantage. One should never find faults in others, take advantage of
others' weaknesses, or create enmity with others. One should never travel in a broken vehicle and one should never sit in the shade of a kula tree. One should never make friendship with a foolish, fallen, crazy, or inimical person, who causes pain, like an insect. One should also stay away from an unchaste woman, the husband of an unchaste woman, low-class people, and liars. An intelligent person should never make friendship with one who is bvish spender, who is fond of blaspheming others, and who is a cheater. One should not walk alone on the road.
HBV 11.688–690
Sourceनावगाहेज् जलौघस्य वेगम् अग्रे नरेश्वर । प्रदीप्तꣳ वेश्म न विशेन् नारोहेच् छिखरꣳ तरोः न कुर्याद् दन्त-सङ्घर्षꣳ कुष्णीयाच् च न नासिकाम् । नासꣳवृत-मुखो जृम्भेच् छ्वासकासौ विसर्जयेत् नोच्चैर् हसेत् स-शब्दꣳ च न मुञ्चेत् पवनꣳ बुधः । नखान् न खादयेच् छिन्द्यान् न तृणꣳ न महीꣳ लिखेत्
nāvagāhej jalaughasya vegam agre nareśvara | pradīptaṁ veśma na viśen nārohec chikharaṁ taroḥ na kuryād danta-saṅgharṣaṁ kuṣṇīyāc ca na nāsikām | nāsaṁvṛta-mukho jṛmbhec chvāsakāsau visarjayet noccair haset sa-śabdaṁ ca na muñcet pavanaṁ budhaḥ | nakhān na khādayec chindyān na tṛṇaṁ na mahīṁ likhet
English translation
O leader of men, do not swim against the current of a river, do not enter a burning house, and do not climb to the top of a tree. One should not gnash his teeth, blow his nose while passing stool, or yawn without covering his mouth. One should avoid coughing if he is suffering from asthma. One should not laugh loudly, pass air noisily, or make a sound with two fingernails. One should not rip out grass with his nails, nor write anything on the ground with a stick.
HBV 11.691–695
Sourceन श्मश्रु भक्षयेल् लोष्टꣳ न मूद्नीयाद् विचक्षणः ज्योतीꣳष्य् अमेध्य-शस्तानि नाभिवीक्षेत च प्रभो न हुङ्कुर्याच् छवꣳ गन्धꣳ शव-गन्धो हि सोमजः चतुष्पथꣳ चिअत्य-तरुꣳ श्मशानोपवनानि च । दुष्ट-स्त्री-सन्निकर्षꣳ च वर्जयेन् निशि सर्वदा । पूज्य-देव-द्विज-ज्योतिश्-छायाꣳ नातिक्रमेद् बुधः नैकः शून्याटवीꣳ गच्छेत् तथा शून्य-गृहे वसेत्
na śmaśru bhakṣayel loṣṭaṁ na mūdnīyād vicakṣaṇaḥ jyotīṁṣy amedhya-śastāni nābhivīkṣeta ca prabho na huṅkuryāc chavaṁ gandhaṁ śava-gandho hi somajaḥ catuṣpathaṁ ciatya-taruṁ śmaśānopavanāni ca | duṣṭa-strī-sannikarṣaṁ ca varjayen niśi sarvadā | pūjya-deva-dvija-jyotiś-chāyāṁ nātikramed budhaḥ naikaḥ śūnyāṭavīṁ gacchet tathā śūnya-gṛhe vaset
English translation
1Q4 SRIHARI-BHAKTI-VILASA na hunkuryydcchavarh caiva sava gandho hi somajah catuspatharh caityataru smasdna upavandni ca dusta stri sannikarsanca varjjayen nisi sarvvadd pujya deva dvija jyotis chdydrh na atikramet buddhah naikah sunydtavim gacchet na ca sunyarh grharh vrajet One should not chew his beard, bite off a chunk of clay, or look at the sun or moon in a contaminated state. The smell of a dead body is contaminating and so one should bathe as soon as possible. At night, one should avoid busy intersections, sitting under a caitya tree, sitting in a crematorium, sitting in a garden, and associating with an unchaste woman. It is not proper for devotee to step over the shadow of the Deity, a brahmana, or a ghee lamp.
HBV 11.696–698
Sourceकेशास्थि-कण्टकामेध्य-बलि-भस्म-तुषाꣳस् तथा । स्नानार्द्र-धरणीꣳ चैव दूरतः परिवर्जयेत् नानार्थानाश्रयेत् काꣳश्चिन् न जिह्मꣳ रोचयेद् बुधः उपसर्पेन् न वै व्यालꣳ चिरꣳ तिष्ठेन् न चोत्थितः । यथेष्ट-भोजकाꣳश् चैव तथा देव-पराङ्मुखान् । वर्णाश्रम-क्रियातीतान् दूरतः परिवर्जयेत्
keśāsthi-kaṇṭakāmedhya-bali-bhasma-tuṣāṁs tathā | snānārdra-dharaṇīṁ caiva dūrataḥ parivarjayet nānārthānāśrayet kāṁścin na jihmaṁ rocayed budhaḥ upasarpen na vai vyālaṁ ciraṁ tiṣṭhen na cotthitaḥ | yatheṣṭa-bhojakāṁś caiva tathā deva-parāṅmukhān | varṇāśrama-kriyātītān dūrataḥ parivarjayet
English translation
One should not travel alone through a forest. One should not take shelter o( an empty house in a helpless condition. One should avoid from a distance hair, bone, thorns, abominable food, ashes, husk, and a wet slippery place. A wise man should not take shelter of an ordinary person or teach
someone how to cheat. One should not go near a snake, one should not stand in one place for a long time, and one should stay aloof from those who eat voraciously, who are averse to the worship of the Supreme Lord, and who do not follow the principles of varndsrarna.
HBV 11.699–700
Sourceअतीव जागर-स्वप्नौ तद्वत् स्थानासने बुधः । न सेवेत तथा शय्याꣳ व्यायामꣳ च नरेश्वर दꣳष्ट्रिणः शृङ्गिणश् चैव प्राज्ञो दूरेण वर्जयेत्
atīva jāgara-svapnau tadvat sthānāsane budhaḥ | na seveta tathā śayyāṁ vyāyāmaṁ ca nareśvara daṁṣṭriṇaḥ śṛṅgiṇaś caiva prājño dūreṇa varjayet
English translation
O King, one should not stay up very late at night, nor should one sleep too much, reside on a high platform, sit on a high seat, or sleep a long time on a high cot. One should give up being too restless. One should avoid animals with horns and sharp teeth—keeping them at a distance.
HBV 11.701–702
Sourceअवश्यायꣳ च राजेन्द्र पुरो वातातपौ तथा । न स्नायान् न स्वपेन् नग्नो न चैवोपस्पृशेद् बुधः मुक्त-कच्छश् च नाचामेद् देवाद्य्-अर्चाꣳ च वर्जयेत् । नैक-वस्त्रः प्रवर्तेत द्विज-वाचनिके जपे
avaśyāyaṁ ca rājendra puro vātātapau tathā | na snāyān na svapen nagno na caivopaspṛśed budhaḥ mukta-kacchaś ca nācāmed devādy-arcāṁ ca varjayet | naika-vastraḥ pravarteta dvija-vācanike jape
English translation
One should not touch ice, stand in a strong wind, or stand in the sun. It is not proper for a learned person to bathe, sleep, or touch any object with no clothes on. It is not proper to perform dcamana and worship the Deity without tucking one's dhoti behind the waistband from between the legs. One should not perform any ritualistic activity or chant mantras without wearing a chddara.
HBV 11.703–705
Sourceन च निर्धूनयेत् केशान् नाचामेच् चैव चोत्थितः । पादेन नाक्रमेत् पादꣳ न पूज्याभिमुखꣳ नयेत् अपसव्यꣳ न गच्छेच् च देवागार-चतुष्पथान् । मङ्गल्य-पूज्याꣳश् च तथा विपरीतान् न दक्षिणाम् सोमार्काग्न्य्-अम्बु-वायूनाꣳ पूज्यानाꣳ च न सम्मुखम् । कुर्यान् निष्ठीव-विण्-मूत्र-समुत्सर्गꣳ च पण्डितः
na ca nirdhūnayet keśān nācāmec caiva cotthitaḥ | pādena nākramet pādaṁ na pūjyābhimukhaṁ nayet apasavyaṁ na gacchec ca devāgāra-catuṣpathān | maṅgalya-pūjyāṁś ca tathā viparītān na dakṣiṇām somārkāgny-ambu-vāyūnāṁ pūjyānāṁ ca na sammukham | kuryān niṣṭhīva-viṇ-mūtra-samutsargaṁ ca paṇḍitaḥ
English translation
After bathing, one should not shake his wet hair. One should not perform dcamana while standing, one should not strike anyone with his foot, and one should not spread his legs in front of respectable people. One should not cross an intersection without first circling it, and one should not enter a temple without first circumambulating it. While going outside one's house, one should see auspicious objects, such as honey, ghee, yogurt, a full water pot, or rice paddy. One should always give the right of way to his worshipable Lord, the spiritual master, brdhmanas, cows, and elderly people. One should always avoid an encounter with inauspicious objects. A well-behaved person should not spit or pass stool and urine while facing the sun, moon, fire, water, or worshipable personalities.
HBV 11.706–709
Sourceतिष्ठन् न मूत्रयेत् तद्वत् पथिष्व् अपि न मूत्रयेत् । श्लेष्म-विण्-मूत्र-रक्तानि सर्वदैव न लङ्घयेत् श्लेष्म-ष्टीवनकोत्सर्गो नान्न-काले प्रशस्यते । बलि-मङ्गल-जप्यादौ न होमे न महाजने योषितो नावमन्येत न चासाꣳ विश्वसेद् बुधः । न चैवेर्ष्युर् भवेत् तासु नाधिकुर्यात् कदाचन मङ्गल्य-पुष्प-रत्नाज्य-पूज्याननभिवाद्य च । न निष्क्रामेद् गृहात् प्राज्ञः सदाचार-परो नरः
tiṣṭhan na mūtrayet tadvat pathiṣv api na mūtrayet | śleṣma-viṇ-mūtra-raktāni sarvadaiva na laṅghayet śleṣma-ṣṭīvanakotsargo nānna-kāle praśasyate | bali-maṅgala-japyādau na home na mahājane yoṣito nāvamanyeta na cāsāṁ viśvased budhaḥ | na caiverṣyur bhavet tāsu nādhikuryāt kadācana maṅgalya-puṣpa-ratnājya-pūjyānanabhivādya ca | na niṣkrāmed gṛhāt prājñaḥ sadācāra-paro naraḥ
English translation
i should not pass stool or urine while standing. It is prohibited to i urine on a road. One should never step over mucus, urine, stool, or xxl. One should not spit while eating. One should not spit while in a :: :;cial arena, while chanting mantras, during a fire sacrifice, or in front : . personalities. Well-behaved persons should neither disregard nor trast women. One should never display envy towards women, nor should : oe pamper them. An intelligent person who follows the proper rules of enquette should not go out of his house without first greeting elderly people and honoring the Lord's remnants.
HBV 11.710–712
Sourceअकाल-गर्जितादौ तु पर्वस्वशौचकादिषु । अनध्यायꣳ बुधः कुर्याद् उपरागादिके तथा वर्षातपादिके छत्री दण्डी रात्र्य्-अटवीषु च । शरीर-त्राण-कामो वै सोपानत्कः सदा व्रजेत् नोर्ध्वꣳ न तिर्यग्-दूरꣳ वा निरीक्षन् पर्यटेद् बुधः । युग-मात्रꣳ मही-पृष्ठꣳ नरो गच्छेद् विलोकयन्
akāla-garjitādau tu parvasvaśaucakādiṣu | anadhyāyaṁ budhaḥ kuryād uparāgādike tathā varṣātapādike chatrī daṇḍī rātry-aṭavīṣu ca | śarīra-trāṇa-kāmo vai sopānatkaḥ sadā vrajet nordhvaṁ na tiryag-dūraṁ vā nirīkṣan paryaṭed budhaḥ | yuga-mātraṁ mahī-pṛṣṭhaṁ naro gacched vilokayan
English translation
Learned persons, and even students, should not study Vedic literatures during inauspicious times, such as a thunderstorm, an eclipse, or upon the death of a family member. One should use an umbrella to shield himself from the sun, or rain. While walking in the forest at night, one should carry a heavy stick. If one wants to protect his body then he should always wear shoes while traveling. A wise person should not look upwards, look to the
side, or look way ahead while walking. Rather, he should walk while keeping his eyes on the path about four to six feet in front of him.
HBV 11.713–714
Sourceकिꣳ च [वि.पु. ३.१२.४४-४५]— प्रियम् उक्तꣳ हितꣳ नैतद् इति मत्वा न तद् वदेत् । श्रेयस् तद्-रहितꣳ वाच्यꣳ यद्यप्य् अत्यन्त-विप्रियम् प्राणिनाम् उपकाराय यद् एवेह परत्र च । कर्मणा मनसा वाचा तद् एव मतिमान् भजेत्
kiṁ ca [vi.pu. 3.12.44-45]— priyam uktaṁ hitaṁ naitad iti matvā na tad vadet | śreyas tad-rahitaṁ vācyaṁ yadyapy atyanta-vipriyam prāṇinām upakārāya yad eveha paratra ca | karmaṇā manasā vācā tad eva matimān bhajet
English translation
If there is a chance of harm, one should not speak even pleasing words whereas if there is a chance of benefit, one should speak the truth, even though it may be bitter. An intelligent person should always act in a way—with his body, mind, and speech—that is for the welfare of all living entities.
HBV 11.715
Sourceअसाव् अहम् इति ब्रूयाद् द्विजो वै ह्य् अभिवादने । श्राद्धꣳ व्रतꣳ तथा दानꣳ देवताभ्यर्चनꣳ तथा । यज्ञꣳ च तर्पणꣳ चैव कुर्वन्तꣳ नाभिवादयेत्
asāv aham iti brūyād dvijo vai hy abhivādane | śrāddhaṁ vrataṁ tathā dānaṁ devatābhyarcanaṁ tathā | yajñaṁ ca tarpaṇaṁ caiva kurvantaṁ nābhivādayet
English translation
this verse is found in the Brhan'tidradlya Purana) asdvaham iti vruydd dvijo vai hyabhi vddane srdddharh vratarh japam ddnarh devatd abhyarccanam tathd yajnanca tarpanancaiva kurwantarh ndbhivddayet While offering obeisances, a brdhmana must say, "I am offering obeisances." One need not offer obeisances to a person who is engaged in performing the srdddha ceremony, observing vows, chanting mantras, giving charity, worshiping the Supreme Lord, performing sacrifice, or offering oblations to the forefathers.
m
HBV 11.716–717
Sourceतथा स्नानꣳ प्रकुर्वन्तꣳ धावन्तम् अशुचिꣳ तथा । भुञ्जानꣳ च अभ्यक्त-शिरसꣳ तथा भिक्षान्न-धारिणꣳ चैव रमन्तꣳ जल-मध्य-गम् । कृतेऽभिवादने यस् तु न कुर्यात् प्रतिवादनम् । नाभिवाद्यः स विज्ञेयो यथा शूद्रस् तथैव सः
tathā snānaṁ prakurvantaṁ dhāvantam aśuciṁ tathā | bhuñjānaṁ ca abhyakta-śirasaṁ tathā bhikṣānna-dhāriṇaṁ caiva ramantaṁ jala-madhya-gam | kṛte'bhivādane yas tu na kuryāt prativādanam | nābhivādyaḥ sa vijñeyo yathā śūdras tathaiva saḥ
English translation
If a person who is bathing, who is impure, who is running, who is eating, who is lying down, whose entire body is covered with a cloth, who maintains himself by begging, who is enjoying some entertainment, or who is standing in the middle of water offers one obeisances, one should not reciprocate by offering him obeisances in return. It is to be understood that such people are unfit for showing special respect.
HBV 11.718
Sourceअसत्-प्रलापम् अनृतꣳ व्क्-पारुष्यꣳ च वर्जयेत् । असच्-छास्त्रम् असद्-वादम् असत्-सेवाꣳ च पुत्रक
asat-pralāpam anṛtaṁ vk-pāruṣyaṁ ca varjayet | asac-chāstram asad-vādam asat-sevāṁ ca putraka
English translation
is recorded in the Mdrkandeya Purdna, it is stated) asatpraldpam anrtarh vdk pdrusyahca varjjayet asacchdstram asadvadam asatsevdnca putraka My dear son, you should always avoid speaking with dishonest people, speaking lies or harsh words, studying literature that has nothing to do with spiritual life, arguing with or countering the arguments of sinful people, and serving materialistic people.
HBV 11.719–722
Sourceकेश-प्रसाधनादर्श-दर्शनꣳ दन्त-धावनम् । पूर्वाह्न एव कार्याणि देवतानाꣳ च तर्पणम् उदक्या दर्शनꣳ स्पर्शꣳ वर्जेत सम्भाषणꣳ तथा शिरः-स्नातश् च तैलेन नाङ्गꣳ किꣳचिद् अपि स्पृशेत् विद्याधिकस्य गुर्विण्या भारार्तस्य महीयसः
keśa-prasādhanādarśa-darśanaṁ danta-dhāvanam | pūrvāhna eva kāryāṇi devatānāṁ ca tarpaṇam udakyā darśanaṁ sparśaṁ varjeta sambhāṣaṇaṁ tathā śiraḥ-snātaś ca tailena nāṅgaṁ kiṁcid api spṛśet vidyādhikasya gurviṇyā bhārārtasya mahīyasaḥ
English translation
Combing one's hair, looking at one's face in the mirror, brushing the teeth, and worshiping the Supreme Lord should be done in the morning. One should not see, touch, or speak to a woman who is contaminated. One should not have a complete bath, again and again, without any reason. After bathing, one should not apply oil to his body. One should always give the right of way to a hrdhamana, the king, a person who is afflicted by hunger, a sick person, a more knowledgeable person, the wife of the Supreme Lord, a person who is carrying a heavy burden, and a Vaisnava.
HBV 11.723–725
Sourceपुꣳश्चल्याः कृत-वैरस्य बालस्य पतितस्य च उपानद्-वस्त्र-माल्यानि धृतान्य् अन्यैर् न धारयेत् । उपवीतम् अलङ्कारꣳ कवलꣳ चैव वर्जयेत् न क्षिप्त-बाहु-जङ्घश् च प्राज्ञस् तिष्ठेत् कदाचन । न चापि विक्षिपेत् पादौ वाससा न च धूनयेत्
puṁścalyāḥ kṛta-vairasya bālasya patitasya ca upānad-vastra-mālyāni dhṛtāny anyair na dhārayet | upavītam alaṅkāraṁ kavalaṁ caiva varjayet na kṣipta-bāhu-jaṅghaś ca prājñas tiṣṭhet kadācana | na cāpi vikṣipet pādau vāsasā na ca dhūnayet
English translation
One should give the right of way to one who is dumb, blind, or deaf, a Aankard, a crazy person, a prostitute, an enemy, children, and fallen persons. : -.-. uld not use shoes, clothes, garlands, a sacred thread, or ornaments : were used by others. One should not eat food that was already tasted 'm meone else. A wise person should not sit spreading his hands and legs. I f e r bathing, one should not thrash his dhoti and cddara. One should not w-£gle his legs unnecessarily.
HBV 11.726
Sourceन्यूनाङ्गानधमाꣳश् चैव नोपहासेन् न दूषयेत्
nyūnāṅgānadhamāṁś caiva nopahāsen na dūṣayet
English translation
One should neither make fun of nor criticize those who are foolish, crazy, _£/.". lame, or a magician or a fallen person, or those who are in danger.
HBV 11.727–728
Sourceनानुलेपनम् आदद्याद् अस्नातः स्नातकी क्वचित् क्षुर-कर्मणि चान्ते च स्त्री-सम्भोगे च पुत्रक । स्नायीत चेलवान् प्राज्ञः कट-भूमिम् उपेत्य च
nānulepanam ādadyād asnātaḥ snātakī kvacit kṣura-karmaṇi cānte ca strī-sambhoge ca putraka | snāyīta celavān prājñaḥ kaṭa-bhūmim upetya ca
English translation
One should not beat anyone with a stick. One should use a stick just to reach his son, or a disciple. One should not smear sandalwood paste over the body of a person who has not bathed, or who is about to bathe. My dear son, you should avoid wearing red cloth or cloth that is multi- colored. It is the duty of learned persons to bathe with one's clothes on, after shaving, after going to a crematorium, or after enjoying intimate association with a woman.
*jrt| SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.729
Sourceयुगपज् जलम् अग्निꣳ च बिभृयान् न विचक्षणः । नाचक्षीत धयन्तीꣳ गाꣳ जलꣳ नाञ्जलिना पिबेत्
yugapaj jalam agniṁ ca bibhṛyān na vicakṣaṇaḥ | nācakṣīta dhayantīṁ gāṁ jalaṁ nāñjalinā pibet
English translation
One should never try to use water and fire simultaneously. When a calf drinks milk, one should not bring the calf and mother before the eyes of the public. One should not drink water from one's cupped palms.
HBV 11.730
Sourceशौच-कालेषु सर्वेषु गुरुष्व् अल्पेषु वा पुनः । न विलम्बेत शौचार्थꣳ न मुखेनानलꣳ धमेत्
śauca-kāleṣu sarveṣu guruṣv alpeṣu vā punaḥ | na vilambeta śaucārthaṁ na mukhenānalaṁ dhamet
English translation
One should not spend an unnecessarily long time passing urine or stool. While cooking, one should not blow air from one's mouth to kindle the fire.
HBV 11.731–732
Sourceविपुर्षो मक्षिकाद्याश् च हस्त-सङ्गाद् अदोषिणः । अजाश्वौ मुहतो मेध्यौ न गोर् वत्सस्य चाननम् मातुः प्रस्नवने मेध्यꣳ शकुनिः फल-पातने । उदक्याशौचिनग्नाꣳश् च सूतिकान्त्याचसायिनः । स्पृष्ट्वा स्नायीत शौचार्थꣳ तथैव मृत-हारिणः
vipurṣo makṣikādyāś ca hasta-saṅgād adoṣiṇaḥ | ajāśvau muhato medhyau na gor vatsasya cānanam mātuḥ prasnavane medhyaṁ śakuniḥ phala-pātane | udakyāśaucinagnāṁś ca sūtikāntyācasāyinaḥ | spṛṣṭvā snāyīta śaucārthaṁ tathaiva mṛta-hāriṇaḥ
English translation
One's hands do not become contaminated if they accidentally touch saliva, or a fly. The mouth of an elephant or a horse is pure. The mouth of a cow or a calf is not pure but when the calf drinks milk, its mouth becomes pure. A piece of fruit eaten by a bird is considered uncontaminated. If one touches a woman in her menstrual period, a tailor, a naked person, a new- born baby, a Yavana, or a person carrying a dead body, he must bathe to become purified.
HBV 11.733
Sourceनारꣳ स्पृष्ट्वास्थि स-स्नेहꣳ स्नातः शुध्यति मानवः । आचम्यैव तु निस्नेहꣳ गाम् आलभ्यार्कम् ईक्ष्य वा
nāraṁ spṛṣṭvāsthi sa-snehaṁ snātaḥ śudhyati mānavaḥ | ācamyaiva tu nisnehaṁ gām ālabhyārkam īkṣya vā
English translation
If one touches the bone of a freshly-killed animal, he should bathe to become purified. If he touches a dry bone then he can either wash his hands, touch a cow, or simply look at the sun to become purified.
HBV 11.734–736
Sourceन चालपेज् जनꣳ द्विष्टꣳ वीर-हीनाꣳ तथा स्त्रियम् । देवतातिथि-सच्-छास्त्र-यज्ञ-सिद्धादि-निन्दकैः कृत्वा तु स्पर्शतालापꣳ शुध्येद् अर्कावलोकनात् । अवलोक्य तथोदक्याम् अन्त्यजान् पतितꣳ शठम् । विधर्मि-सूतिका-षण्ड-विवस्त्रान्यावसायिनः मृत-निर्यातकाश् चैव पर-दार-रताश् च ये । एतद् एव हि कर्तव्यꣳ प्राज्ञैः शोधनम् आत्मनः
na cālapej janaṁ dviṣṭaṁ vīra-hīnāṁ tathā striyam | devatātithi-sac-chāstra-yajña-siddhādi-nindakaiḥ kṛtvā tu sparśatālāpaṁ śudhyed arkāvalokanāt | avalokya tathodakyām antyajān patitaṁ śaṭham | vidharmi-sūtikā-ṣaṇḍa-vivastrānyāvasāyinaḥ mṛta-niryātakāś caiva para-dāra-ratāś ca ye | etad eva hi kartavyaṁ prājñaiḥ śodhanam ātmanaḥ
English translation
One should not converse with a woman who hates men or who has no husband and children. One should not converse with or associate with people who blaspheme the Supreme Lord, guests, devotional literature, sacrifices, and devotees. If one associates with such people then he must purify himself by looking at the sun. If, by chance, one sees a woman in her menstrual period, a person beyond the purview of Vedic culture, a wretched person, a cheater, an atheist, a new-born child, a eunuch, a naked person, or a Yavana, he should purify himself by looking at the sun. If one sees someone who disfigures dead bodies, or enjoys intimate association with many women, he should follow the same procedure for purification.
? 0 4 SRI HARI'BHAKTI-VILASA
HBV 11.737
Sourceकिꣳ च— यच् चापि कुर्वतो नात्मा जुगुप्साम् एति पुत्रक । तत् कर्तव्यम् अशङ्केन यन् न गोप्यꣳ महाजने
kiṁ ca— yac cāpi kurvato nātmā jugupsām eti putraka | tat kartavyam aśaṅkena yan na gopyaṁ mahājane
English translation
One should unhesitatingly engage in activities that do not bring one disrepute or that have to be performed secretly, away from the eyes of elderly people.
HBV 11.738–740
Sourceभविष्योत्तरे श्री-कृष्ण-युधिष्ठिर-सꣳवादे— उपासते न ये पूर्वाꣳ द्विजाः सन्ध्याꣳ न पश्चिमाम् । सर्वाम्स् तान् धार्मिको राजा शूद्र-कर्मणि योजयेत् दूराद् आवसथान् मूत्रꣳ दूरात् पादावसेचनम् । उच्छिष्टोत्सर्जनꣳ भूप सदा कार्या हितैषिणा उच्छिष्टौ न स्पृशेच् छीर्षꣳ सर्वे प्राणास् तद्-आश्रयाः । केश-ग्राहान् प्रहाराꣳश् च शिरस्य् एतानि वर्जयेत् । न पाणिभ्याम् उभाभ्याꣳ तु कण्डूयाज् जातु वै शिरः
bhaviṣyottare śrī-kṛṣṇa-yudhiṣṭhira-saṁvāde— upāsate na ye pūrvāṁ dvijāḥ sandhyāṁ na paścimām | sarvāms tān dhārmiko rājā śūdra-karmaṇi yojayet dūrād āvasathān mūtraṁ dūrāt pādāvasecanam | ucchiṣṭotsarjanaṁ bhūpa sadā kāryā hitaiṣiṇā ucchiṣṭau na spṛśec chīrṣaṁ sarve prāṇās tad-āśrayāḥ | keśa-grāhān prahārāṁś ca śirasy etāni varjayet | na pāṇibhyām ubhābhyāṁ tu kaṇḍūyāj jātu vai śiraḥ
English translation
is recorded in the Bhavisyottara Purdna, these verses are found) updsate na ye purvvam dvijah sandhydrh na pascimdm sarvvdrhstdn dhdrmmiko raja sudra karmmani yojayet durad avasathdn mutrarh durat pdddva secanam ucchisto utsarjjanarh bhupa sadd kdryya hitaisind ucchistau na sprsecchirsarh sarvve prands taddsraydh kesagrahdn prahdrdrhsca sirasye tani varjjayet na pdnibhydm ubhdbhydntu kandyuajjatu vai sirah It is the duty of a king to engage those brdhmanas who do not execute their prescribed morning and evening duties in work befitting a sudra. O King, one who desires his own benefit should pass urine, wash his feet, and then throw the leftover food out of the house. One should not touch one's head with a contaminated hand because the life air is sustained with
the help of the head. It is prohibited to pull someone by the hair, or hit him on the head. One should not scratch one's head with both hands.
HBV 11.741–743
Sourceकिꣳ च— सुवासिनीर् गुर्विणीश् च वृद्धꣳ बालातुरौ तथा । भोजयेत् सꣳस्कृतान्न् एव प्रथमꣳ चरमꣳ गृही अघꣳ स केवलꣳ भुङ्क्ते वृद्धे गो-वाहनादिके । यो भुङ्क्ते पाण्डव-श्रेष्ठ प्रेक्षताम् अप्रदाय च वर्जयेद् दधि-शक्तुꣳ च रात्रौ धानाश् च वासरे
kiṁ ca— suvāsinīr gurviṇīś ca vṛddhaṁ bālāturau tathā | bhojayet saṁskṛtānn eva prathamaṁ caramaṁ gṛhī aghaṁ sa kevalaṁ bhuṅkte vṛddhe go-vāhanādike | yo bhuṅkte pāṇḍava-śreṣṭha prekṣatām apradāya ca varjayed dadhi-śaktuṁ ca rātrau dhānāś ca vāsare
English translation
A householder should first feed his married daughter, if she is visiting his house, then a pregnant woman, elderly people, children, and diseased persons. After doing this, a householder can eat. O best of the Pandavas, those who eat without first feeding their domestic animals, such as cows and horses, simply eat sin. One should not eat yogurt or barley powder at night, and whole barley during the day.
HBV 11.744
Sourceकिꣳ च— स्रजश् च नावकर्षेत न बहिर् धारयेत च । गृहे पारावता धन्याः शुकाश् च सह-सारिकाः
kiṁ ca— srajaś ca nāvakarṣeta na bahir dhārayeta ca | gṛhe pārāvatā dhanyāḥ śukāś ca saha-sārikāḥ
English translation
One should not tear apart a flower garland, nor should one wear a garland anywhere other than around his neck. One should keep pigeons, as well as a male and female parrot at home because they are auspicious for the house.
HBV 11.745–746
Sourceकौर्मे व्यास-गीतायाम्— तृणꣳ वा यदि वा शाकꣳ मूलꣳ वा जलम् एव वा । परस्यापहरन् जन्तुर् नरकꣳ प्रतिपद्यते न राज्ञः प्रतिगृह्णीयान् न शूद्रात् पतिताद् अपि । नान्यस्माद् याचकत्वꣳ च निन्दिताद् वर्जयेद् बुधः
kaurme vyāsa-gītāyām— tṛṇaṁ vā yadi vā śākaṁ mūlaṁ vā jalam eva vā | parasyāpaharan jantur narakaṁ pratipadyate na rājñaḥ pratigṛhṇīyān na śūdrāt patitād api | nānyasmād yācakatvaṁ ca ninditād varjayed budhaḥ
English translation
JQS SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA trnarh vd yadi vd sdkarh mularh vd jalam eva vd parasyd apaharan jantur narakarh pratipadyate na rdjnah pratigrhniydn na sudrdt patitdd api ndnyasmdd ydcakatvan ca ninditdd varjjayed buddhah One who steals grass, spinach, roots, or water will go to hell. An intelligent person should not accept charity from a king, a sudra, or a sinful person. One should not accept anything from those who have been condemned to live a miserable existence.
HBV 11.747–749
Sourceनित्यꣳ याचनको न स्यात् पुनस् तत्रैव याचयेत् । प्राणान् अपहरत्य् एष याचकस् तस्य दुर्मतिः न देव-द्रव्य-हारी स्याद् विशेषेण द्विजोत्तमाः । ब्रह्मस्वꣳ च नापहरेद् आपद्य् अपि कदाचन न विषꣳ विषम् इत्य् आहुर् ब्रह्मस्वꣳ विषम् उच्यते । देवस्वꣳ वापि यत्नेन सदा परिहरेत् ततः
nityaṁ yācanako na syāt punas tatraiva yācayet | prāṇān apaharaty eṣa yācakas tasya durmatiḥ na deva-dravya-hārī syād viśeṣeṇa dvijottamāḥ | brahmasvaṁ ca nāpahared āpady api kadācana na viṣaṁ viṣam ity āhur brahmasvaṁ viṣam ucyate | devasvaṁ vāpi yatnena sadā pariharet tataḥ
English translation
One should not make a habit of begging. One should not repeatedly beg from the same person because it may put him in difficulty. O brdhmanas, one should especially avoid stealing anything that is meant for the Lord's service. Even if one is in great difficulty, one should not steal anything belonging to a brdhmana. Learned persons may not consider poison to be poison but they certainly consider something stolen from a brahmana to be poison. The same principle applies to the possessions of the Supreme Lord. Therefore, one should always be very careful to avoid stealing anything that belongs to the Supreme Lord or a brdhmana.
HBV 11.750–751
Sourceन धर्मस्यापदेशेन पापꣳ कृत्वा व्रतꣳ चरेत् । व्रतेन पापꣳ प्रच्छाद्य कुर्वन् स्त्री-शूद्र-दम्भनम् ॥ प्रेत्येह चेदृशो विप्रो गर्ह्येत ब्रह्म-वादिभिः देव-द्रोहाद् गुरु-द्रोहः कोटि-कोटि-गुणाधिकः । ज्ञानापवाओ नास्तिक्यꣳ तस्माद् कोटि-गुणाधिकम्
na dharmasyāpadeśena pāpaṁ kṛtvā vrataṁ caret | vratena pāpaṁ pracchādya kurvan strī-śūdra-dambhanam || pretyeha cedṛśo vipro garhyeta brahma-vādibhiḥ deva-drohād guru-drohaḥ koṭi-koṭi-guṇādhikaḥ | jñānāpavāo nāstikyaṁ tasmād koṭi-guṇādhikam
English translation
A brdhmana should not commit sinful activities on the pretext of following religious principles or vows. Brdhmanas who hide their sinful activities in this wav and thus cheat innocent women and sudras are condemned by sages who know the Absolute Truth, in this life and the next. Being rebellious toward the spiritual master is millions of times worse than becoming rebellious toward the Supreme Lord.
HBV 11.752–753
Sourceकिꣳ च— हिमवद्-विन्ध्ययोर् मध्ये पूर्व-पश्चिमयोः शुभम् । मुक्त्वा समुद्रयोर् देशꣳ नान्यत्र निवसेद् द्विजः कृष्णो वा यत्र चरति मृगो नित्यꣳ स्वभावतः । पुण्याश् च विश्रुता नद्यस् तत्र वा निवसेद् द्विजः । अर्ध-क्रोशान् नदी-कुलꣳ वर्जयित्वा द्विजोत्तमाः
kiṁ ca— himavad-vindhyayor madhye pūrva-paścimayoḥ śubham | muktvā samudrayor deśaṁ nānyatra nivased dvijaḥ kṛṣṇo vā yatra carati mṛgo nityaṁ svabhāvataḥ | puṇyāś ca viśrutā nadyas tatra vā nivased dvijaḥ | ardha-krośān nadī-kulaṁ varjayitvā dvijottamāḥ
English translation
It is not proper for a brdhmana to live anywhere other than the sanctified area between the Himalayas and the Vindya mountains, between the eastern and western oceans. Brdhmanas should live in a place where spotted deer are seen and a sacred river flows. They should build their residence at least one
HBV 11.754–757
Sourceकिꣳ च— अग्निना भस्मना चैव सलिलेन विशेषतः । द्वारेण स्तम्भ-मार्गेण पद्भिः पङ्क्तिर् विभिद्यते । पर-क्षेत्रे चरन्तीꣳ गाꣳ न चाचक्षीत कस्यचित् नषुर्य-परिवेशꣳ वा नेन्द्रचापꣳ न चाग्निकम् । परस्मै कथयेद् विद्वान् शशिनꣳ वा कथꣳचन । तिथिꣳ पक्षस्य न ब्रूयान् नक्षत्राणि विनिर्दिशेत् न देव-गुरु-विप्राणाꣳ दीयमानꣳ तु वारयेत् । निन्दयेद् यो गुरून् देवान् वेदꣳ वा सोपबृꣳहितम् । कल्प-कोटि-शतꣳ साग्रꣳ रौरवे पच्यते नरः तूष्णीम् आसीत निन्दायाꣳ न ब्रूयात् किꣳचिद् उत्तरम् । कर्णौ पिधाय गन्तव्यꣳ न चैनम् अवलोकयेत्
kiṁ ca— agninā bhasmanā caiva salilena viśeṣataḥ | dvāreṇa stambha-mārgeṇa padbhiḥ paṅktir vibhidyate | para-kṣetre carantīṁ gāṁ na cācakṣīta kasyacit naṣurya-pariveśaṁ vā nendracāpaṁ na cāgnikam | parasmai kathayed vidvān śaśinaṁ vā kathaṁcana | tithiṁ pakṣasya na brūyān nakṣatrāṇi vinirdiśet na deva-guru-viprāṇāṁ dīyamānaṁ tu vārayet | nindayed yo gurūn devān vedaṁ vā sopabṛṁhitam | kalpa-koṭi-śataṁ sāgraṁ raurave pacyate naraḥ tūṣṇīm āsīta nindāyāṁ na brūyāt kiṁcid uttaram | karṇau pidhāya gantavyaṁ na cainam avalokayet
English translation
If, by force of circumstances, one must sit down and eat with a fallen, wretched person, he should keep fire, ashes, water, a door, a pillar, or a pathway between that person and himself. If one sees that a cow is grazing in another person's field, he should not complain to the owner. One should not speak to others about the sun, a rainbow, a tiny red insect, or the moon. One should not reveal to others information regarding the fortnight, days, or positions of the planets. One should never try to stop someone from giving a donation to the Supreme Lord, the spiritual master, or a brdhmana. Those who blaspheme the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the spiritual master,
Df the Vedic literature will suffer torments in the hell known as Raurava for millions of kalpas. If one hears such blasphemy, he should block his ears with las hands and immediately leave that place. One should avoid even seeing *he face of a blasphemer.
HBV 11.758–759
Sourceवर्जयेद् रहस्यꣳ च परेषाꣳ गूहयेद् बुधः । विवादꣳ स्वजनैः सार्धꣳ न कुर्याद् वै कदाचन न पापꣳ पापिनꣳ ब्रूयाद् अपापꣳ वा द्विजोत्तमाः
varjayed rahasyaṁ ca pareṣāṁ gūhayed budhaḥ | vivādaṁ svajanaiḥ sārdhaṁ na kuryād vai kadācana na pāpaṁ pāpinaṁ brūyād apāpaṁ vā dvijottamāḥ
English translation
One who is intelligent should not unnecessarily poke his nose into others' affairs. One should never reveal his losses. One should never quarrel with his relatives and intimate friends. O best of brahmanas, one should not call even the most sinful person a sinner, or anything else.
HBV 11.760–761
Sourceनेक्षेतोद्यन्तम् आदित्यꣳ शशिनꣳ वा निमित्ततः आस्तꣳ यान्तꣳ न वारिस्थꣳ नोपसृष्टꣳ न मध्यगम् । तिरोहितꣳ वाससा वा न दर्शान्तर-गामिनम्
nekṣetodyantam ādityaṁ śaśinaṁ vā nimittataḥ āstaṁ yāntaṁ na vāristhaṁ nopasṛṣṭaṁ na madhyagam | tirohitaṁ vāsasā vā na darśāntara-gāminam
English translation
One should not look at the sun or moon as they rise above the horizon. One should not look at the sun or moon as they are about to set, nor should one see their reflections in water, or in a mirror. One should not look at the sun or moon during an eclipse, when they are attacked by Rahu; or at mid- day.
HBV 11.762–763
Sourceनग्नाꣳ स्त्रियꣳ पुमाꣳसꣳ वा पुरीषꣳ मूत्रम् एव वा । पतित-व्यङ्ग-चाण्डालान् उच्छिष्टानुच्छिष्टान् नावलोकयेत् न मुक्त-बन्धनाꣳ गाꣳ वा नोन्मत्तꣳ मत्तम् एव वा । स्पृशेन् न भोजने पत्नीꣳ नैनाम् ईक्षेत मेहतीम्
nagnāṁ striyaṁ pumāṁsaṁ vā purīṣaṁ mūtram eva vā | patita-vyaṅga-cāṇḍālān ucchiṣṭānucchiṣṭān nāvalokayet na mukta-bandhanāṁ gāṁ vā nonmattaṁ mattam eva vā | spṛśen na bhojane patnīṁ nainām īkṣeta mehatīm
English translation
210 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA na muktavandhandrh gam vd nonmattarh mattameva vd sprsenna bhojane patnim naindmi kseta mehatim One should not look at a naked man, a naked woman, stool, urine, a sinful person, a deformed person, a dog-eater, or leftover food. One should not touch a cow that is not tied, nor a madman. One should not touch his wife while she is eating, nor should he look at her while she is passing stool or urine.
HBV 11.764–765
Sourceक्षुबन्तीꣳ जृम्भमाणाꣳ वा नासनस्थाꣳ यथा सुखम् । नोदके चात्मनो रूपꣳ नकुलꣳ श्वभ्रम् एव वा न शूद्राय मतिꣳ दद्यात् कृषरꣳ पायसꣳ दधि । नोच्छिष्टꣳ वा घृत-मधु न च कृष्णाजिनꣳ हविः
kṣubantīṁ jṛmbhamāṇāṁ vā nāsanasthāṁ yathā sukham | nodake cātmano rūpaṁ nakulaṁ śvabhram eva vā na śūdrāya matiṁ dadyāt kṛṣaraṁ pāyasaṁ dadhi | nocchiṣṭaṁ vā ghṛta-madhu na ca kṛṣṇājinaṁ haviḥ
English translation
One should not look at his wife while she is sneezing, yawning, or sitting in a relaxed manner. One should not see his own reflection in water, nor should one gaze at a mongoose or snake. One should not give advice, sweet rice, yogurt, contaminated ghee or honey, the skin of a spotted deer, or ingredients for the performance of sacrifice to a sudra.
HBV 11.766
Sourceन कुर्यात् कस्यचित् पीडाꣳ सुतꣳ शिष्यꣳ च ताडयेत् । नात्मानम् अवमन्येत दैन्यꣳ यत्नेन वर्जयेत् । न च शिष्यान्नꣳ सत्कुर्यान् नात्मानꣳ शꣳसयेद् बुधः
na kuryāt kasyacit pīḍāṁ sutaṁ śiṣyaṁ ca tāḍayet | nātmānam avamanyeta dainyaṁ yatnena varjayet | na ca śiṣyānnaṁ satkuryān nātmānaṁ śaṁsayed budhaḥ
English translation
A well-behaved person should never torment others. He should only chastise his sons and disciples. One should not disrespect others. One should not reveal his poverty to anyone. One should neither condemn himself nor brag about himself.
HBV 11.767
Sourceन नदीꣳ च नदीꣳ ब्रूयात् पर्वतेषु न पर्वतम् । आवसेत् तेन नैवापि यस् त्यजेत् सहवासिनम्
na nadīṁ ca nadīṁ brūyāt parvateṣu na parvatam | āvaset tena naivāpi yas tyajet sahavāsinam
English translation
One should never refer to a river as "a river," or a call a mountain simply "a mountain." Rather, one should call them by their names, such as the Ganga, Himalayas, and so on. If a person has lived with someone and then leaves that person and goes away, he should not return and live with that person again.
HBV 11.768–771
Sourceशिरो’भ्यङ्गावशिष्टेन तलेनाङ्गꣳ न लेपयेत् । रोमाणि च रहस्यानि स्वानि खानि न च स्पृशेत् न पाणि-पाद-वाङ्-नेत्र-चापलानि समाश्रयेत् । नाभिहन्याज् जलꣳ पद्भ्याꣳ पाणिना न कदाचन न घातयेद् इष्टकाभिः फलानि न फलेन च । न म्लेच्छ-भाषणꣳ शिक्षेन् न कर्षेच् च पदासनम् नोत्सङ्गे भक्षयेद् भक्ष्यान् गाꣳ च सꣳवेशयेन् न हि । नाक्षैः क्रीडेन् न धावेत स्त्रीभिर् वादꣳ च चाचरेत्
śiro’bhyaṅgāvaśiṣṭena talenāṅgaṁ na lepayet | romāṇi ca rahasyāni svāni khāni na ca spṛśet na pāṇi-pāda-vāṅ-netra-cāpalāni samāśrayet | nābhihanyāj jalaṁ padbhyāṁ pāṇinā na kadācana na ghātayed iṣṭakābhiḥ phalāni na phalena ca | na mleccha-bhāṣaṇaṁ śikṣen na karṣec ca padāsanam notsaṅge bhakṣayed bhakṣyān gāṁ ca saṁveśayen na hi | nākṣaiḥ krīḍen na dhāveta strībhir vādaṁ ca cācaret
English translation
One should not use leftover oil that had been applied to his head or other parts of his body. One should not touch his genitals or anus. One should keep his hands, legs, speech, and eyes always under control. One should not strike water with his hands or legs. One should not break or smash a piece of fruit with a brick. One should not learn the language of the mlecchas. One should not drag a sitting mat with his feet. One should not keep his plate on his lap while eating. One should not enjoy sex with a cow.
2i7 SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA One should not play chess. One should not run around like a child. One should not quarrel with women.
HBV 11.772
Sourceन दन्तैर् नख-लोमानि छिन्द्यात् सुप्तꣳ न बोधयेत् । न बालातपम् आसेवेत् प्रेत-धूमꣳ विवर्जयेत्
na dantair nakha-lomāni chindyāt suptaṁ na bodhayet | na bālātapam āsevet preta-dhūmaṁ vivarjayet
English translation
One should not cut his nails or hair with his teeth. One should not wake up a sleeping person. One should not sit in the morning sunlight, nor should one go out in the sun when it is entering Virgo. One should not smell the smoke from a burning corpse.
HBV 11.773–774
Sourceनैकः सुप्यात् शून्य-गृहे स्वयꣳ नोपानहौ हरेत् । नाकारणाद् वा निष्ठीवेन् न बाहुभ्याꣳ नदीꣳ तरेत् न पाद-क्षालनꣳ कुर्यात् पादेनैव कदाचन । नाग्नौ प्रतापयेत् पादौ न काꣳस्ये धारयेद् बुधः
naikaḥ supyāt śūnya-gṛhe svayaṁ nopānahau haret | nākāraṇād vā niṣṭhīven na bāhubhyāṁ nadīṁ taret na pāda-kṣālanaṁ kuryāt pādenaiva kadācana | nāgnau pratāpayet pādau na kāṁsye dhārayed budhaḥ
English translation
It is not proper for an intelligent person to sleep alone in an empty house. One should not carry his shoes. One should not spit unnecessarily. One should not try to cross a river simply with the help of his hands. One should not wash his feet by rubbing them together. One should not warm his feet by placing them next to a fire, nor should one stand on a bell metal plate.
HBV 11.775
Sourceनाभिप्रतारयेद् देवान् ब्राह्मणान् गाम् अथापि वा । न स्पृशेत् पानिनोच्छिष्टो विप्रा गो-ब्राह्मणानलान् । न चैवान्नꣳ पदा वापि न देव-प्रतिमाꣳ स्पृशेत्
nābhipratārayed devān brāhmaṇān gām athāpi vā | na spṛśet pāninocchiṣṭo viprā go-brāhmaṇānalān | na caivānnaṁ padā vāpi na deva-pratimāṁ spṛśet
English translation
O brdhmanas, one should never try to cheat the Supreme Lord, a ~jhri\ana, or a cow. One should not touch a cow, a brahmana, or fire in a -.rntaminated state. One should not touch rice or a Deity with his feet.
HBV 11.776
Sourceनोत्तरेद् अनुपस्पृश्य स्रवन्तीꣳ नो व्यतिक्रमेत् । चैत्यꣳ बृह्मꣳ नैव छिन्द्यान् नाप्सु ष्ठीवनम् उत्सृजेत् । न चाग्निꣳ लङ्घयेद् धीमान् नोपदध्याद् अधः क्वचित्
nottared anupaspṛśya sravantīṁ no vyatikramet | caityaṁ bṛhmaṁ naiva chindyān nāpsu ṣṭhīvanam utsṛjet | na cāgniṁ laṅghayed dhīmān nopadadhyād adhaḥ kvacit
English translation
Even if a river is very small, one should cross it only after sprinkling a few drops of its water on his head. One should not cut a branch of a caitya tree. One should never spit into water. One should never step over fire.
HBV 11.777–778
Sourceन चैनꣳ पादतः कुर्यात् तिल-बद्धꣳ निशि त्यजेत् । न कूपम् अवरोहेत नाचक्षीताशुचिः क्वचित् अग्नौ न प्रक्षिपेद् अग्निꣳ नाद्भिः प्रशमयेत् तथा । सुहृन्-मरणम् आर्तिꣳ वा न स्वयꣳ श्रावयेत् परान् । अपण्यम् अथ पण्यꣳ वा विक्रयꣳ न प्रयोजयेत्
na cainaṁ pādataḥ kuryāt tila-baddhaṁ niśi tyajet | na kūpam avaroheta nācakṣītāśuciḥ kvacit agnau na prakṣiped agniṁ nādbhiḥ praśamayet tathā | suhṛn-maraṇam ārtiṁ vā na svayaṁ śrāvayet parān | apaṇyam atha paṇyaṁ vā vikrayaṁ na prayojayet
English translation
One should never kick fire. One should not eat any food that was prepared with sesame seeds at night. One should not enter a well. One should not speak to anyone in a contaminated state. One should never throw fire into fire, or extinguish a fire with water. One should not personally reveal the news of a friend's death, nor should one tell about his friend's distress to anyone. One should not sell something that should not be sold, or that has already been sold to someone else.
HBV 11.779–781
Sourceपुण्य-स्थानोदक-स्थाने सीमान्तꣳ वा कृषेन् न तु । भिन्द्यात् पूर्व-समयꣳ सत्र्योपेतꣳ कदाचन परस्परꣳ पशून् व्यालान् पक्षिणो न च योधयेत् । कारयित्वा स्व-कर्माणि कारून् विद्वान् न वञ्चयेत् बहिर् गन्धꣳ च कुद्वार-प्रवेशꣳ च विवर्जयेत् । नैकश् चरेत् सभाꣳ विप्रः समवायꣳ च वर्जयेत्
puṇya-sthānodaka-sthāne sīmāntaṁ vā kṛṣen na tu | bhindyāt pūrva-samayaṁ satryopetaṁ kadācana parasparaṁ paśūn vyālān pakṣiṇo na ca yodhayet | kārayitvā sva-karmāṇi kārūn vidvān na vañcayet bahir gandhaṁ ca kudvāra-praveśaṁ ca vivarjayet | naikaś caret sabhāṁ vipraḥ samavāyaṁ ca varjayet
English translation
One should not till sacred land, land that is filled with water, or border land. One should never break a promise that he had previously made. One should not encourage animals, snakes, or birds to fight with one another. A learned person should never exploit someone for his own benefit and then drive him away. One should stay away from a source of bad odor. One should always enter by the front gate. It is prohibited for a brdhmana to go to a meeting alone. A brdhmana should not live with many people.
HBV 11.782–783
Sourceन वीजयेद् वा वस्त्रेण न देवायतने स्वपेत् । नाग्नि-गो-ब्राह्मणादीनाम् अन्तरेण व्रजेत् क्वचित् नाक्रामेत् कामतश् छायाꣳ ब्राह्मणानाꣳ गवाम् अपि । स्वान्तु नाक्रामयेच् छायꣳ पतिताद्यैर् न रोगिभिः
na vījayed vā vastreṇa na devāyatane svapet | nāgni-go-brāhmaṇādīnām antareṇa vrajet kvacit nākrāmet kāmataś chāyāṁ brāhmaṇānāṁ gavām api | svāntu nākrāmayec chāyaṁ patitādyair na rogibhiḥ
English translation
One should not fan himself with a cloth. One should not sleep in the Deity room. One should not walk through fire, a herd of cows, or a group of brdhmanas. One should not knowingly step over the shadow of a brdhmana or cow. One should not allow a sinful or diseased person to step on, or over,
badow. One should stay far away from the dust that rises because of seeping, from water wrung out of a wet cloth, and from water in a container jfcnt was used to bathe.
HBV 11.784
Sourceनाश्नीयात् पयसा तक्रꣳ न बीजान्य् उपबीजयेत् । विवत्सायाश् च गोः क्षीरम् औष्ट्रꣳ वा निर्दशस्य च । आविकꣳ सन्धिनी-क्षीरम् अपेयꣳ मनुर् अब्रवीत्
nāśnīyāt payasā takraṁ na bījāny upabījayet | vivatsāyāś ca goḥ kṣīram auṣṭraṁ vā nirdaśasya ca | āvikaṁ sandhinī-kṣīram apeyaṁ manur abravīt
English translation
One should not drink milk mixed with buttermilk. One should not eat ~?.:ns that were set aside for planting. According to Manu, it is not good to drink the milk of a cow that doesn't have a calf, the milk of a camel, the milk of a cow whose calf is not more than ten days old, the milk of sheep, and the milk of a cow who was attacked by a bull.
HBV 11.785–786
Sourceहन्त-कारम् अथाग्र्यꣳ वा भिक्षाꣳ वा शक्तितो द्विजः । दद्याद् अतिथये नित्यꣳ बुध्येत परमेश्वरम् भिक्षाम् आहुर् ग्रास-मात्रम् अग्र्यꣳ तस्माच् चतुर्गुणम् । पुष्कलꣳ हन्त-कारꣳ तु तच् चतुर्गुणम् इष्यते
hanta-kāram athāgryaṁ vā bhikṣāṁ vā śaktito dvijaḥ | dadyād atithaye nityaṁ budhyeta parameśvaram bhikṣām āhur grāsa-mātram agryaṁ tasmāc caturguṇam | puṣkalaṁ hanta-kāraṁ tu tac caturguṇam iṣyate
English translation
A brdhmana should give hantakdra, agrya and bhiksd to guests every day, according to his ability, considering a guest to be non-different from the Supreme Lord. Learned authorities have ascertained that a morsel of food is called a bhiksd, four times that is called an agrya, and four times that is called a hantakdra.
HBV 11.787
Sourceमार्कण्डेये— भोजनꣳ हन्त-कारꣳ वा अग्र्यꣳ भिक्षाम् अथापि वा । अदत्त्वा तु न भोक्तव्यꣳ यथा-विभवम् आत्मनः
mārkaṇḍeye— bhojanaṁ hanta-kāraṁ vā agryaṁ bhikṣām athāpi vā | adattvā tu na bhoktavyaṁ yathā-vibhavam ātmanaḥ
English translation
7,£ SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA adatwa tu na bhoktavyam yathd vibhavam dtmanah According to one's capacity, he should first give hantakdra, agrya, or bhiksd to a guest and then eat.
HBV 11.788–791
Sourceकाशी-खण्डे— नैवोत्कटासने’श्नीयान् नाग्नौ वस्त्व् अशुचि क्षिपेत् । श्राद्धꣳ कृत्वा पर-श्राद्धे यो’श्नीयाज् ज्ञान-वर्जितः । दातुः श्राद्ध-फलꣳ नास्ति भोक्ता किल्बिष-भुग् भवेत् नोत्पाटयेल् लोम-नखꣳ दशनेन कदाचन । करजैः करज-च्छेदꣳ करेणैव विवर्जयेत् अपद्वारे न गन्तव्यꣳ स्व-वेश्म-पर-वेश्मनोः । उत्कोच-द्युत-दौत्यार्थ-द्रव्यꣳ दूरात् परित्यजेत् निष्ठीवनꣳ च श्लेष्माणꣳ गृहाद् दूरे विनिक्षिपेत् । उद्धृत्य पञ्च मृत्-पिण्डान् स्नायात् पर-जलाशये । अनुद्धृत्य च तत्-कर्तुर् एनसः स्यात् तुरीय-भाक्
kāśī-khaṇḍe— naivotkaṭāsane’śnīyān nāgnau vastv aśuci kṣipet | śrāddhaṁ kṛtvā para-śrāddhe yo’śnīyāj jñāna-varjitaḥ | dātuḥ śrāddha-phalaṁ nāsti bhoktā kilbiṣa-bhug bhavet notpāṭayel loma-nakhaṁ daśanena kadācana | karajaiḥ karaja-cchedaṁ kareṇaiva vivarjayet apadvāre na gantavyaṁ sva-veśma-para-veśmanoḥ | utkoca-dyuta-dautyārtha-dravyaṁ dūrāt parityajet niṣṭhīvanaṁ ca śleṣmāṇaṁ gṛhād dūre vinikṣipet | uddhṛtya pañca mṛt-piṇḍān snāyāt para-jalāśaye | anuddhṛtya ca tat-kartur enasaḥ syāt turīya-bhāk
English translation
One should not eat while sitting on an uneven dsana. One should not throw contaminated objects into a fire. A foolish person who performs the srdddha ceremony and then eats at the house of someone else who had also performed the srdddha ceremony, simply eats sin. If one does this, the person at whose house one ate will not receive any benefit from performing the srdddha ceremony.
MX cat his nails or hair with his teeth. One should not cut Oat should not enter his house or someone else's . One should not bribe anyone, nor should one f far away from a chess board. One should spit use. Before bathing in another person's pond, one Ehcnrise. he will have to share the sinful reactions of the
HBV 11.792
Sourceब्राह्मे— यस् तु पाणि-तले भुङ्क्ते यस् तु फुत्कार-सꣳयुतम् । प्रसृताङ्गुलिभिर् यस् तु तस्य गो-माꣳसवच् च तत्
brāhme— yas tu pāṇi-tale bhuṅkte yas tu phutkāra-saṁyutam | prasṛtāṅgulibhir yas tu tasya go-māṁsavac ca tat
English translation
T h e food of a person who holds it in his left palm and eats it with his ngbt hand, or who blows on it to make it cool, or who eats it while spreading r.-icrs is considered to be the meat of a cow.
HBV 11.793–795
Sourceअत्रि-स्मृतौ— न्यूनाधिक-स्तनी या गौर् याथवाभक्ष्य-चारिणी । तयोर् दुग्धꣳ न होतव्यꣳ न पातव्यꣳ कदाचन अजा गावो महिष्यश् च यामेध्यम् अपि भक्षयेत् । हव्ये कव्ये च तद्-दुग्धꣳ गोमयꣳ च विवर्जयेत् अङ्गुल्या दन्त-काष्ठꣳ च प्रत्यक्ष-लवणꣳ तथा । मृत्तिका-प्राशनꣳ चैव तुल्यꣳ गोमाꣳस-भक्षणैः
atri-smṛtau— nyūnādhika-stanī yā gaur yāthavābhakṣya-cāriṇī | tayor dugdhaṁ na hotavyaṁ na pātavyaṁ kadācana ajā gāvo mahiṣyaś ca yāmedhyam api bhakṣayet | havye kavye ca tad-dugdhaṁ gomayaṁ ca vivarjayet aṅgulyā danta-kāṣṭhaṁ ca pratyakṣa-lavaṇaṁ tathā | mṛttikā-prāśanaṁ caiva tulyaṁ gomāṁsa-bhakṣaṇaiḥ
English translation
I tayordugdharh na hotavyarh na pdtavyarh kaddcana ajd gdvo mahisyasca yd'medhyam api bhaksayet havye kavye ca taddugdharh gomayanca vivarjjayet angulyd dantakdsthanca pratyaksa hvanarh tathd mrttikd-prdsanarh caiva tulyarh gomdrhsa bhaksanaih One should never drink the milk of a cow whose udder is either too small or too big. One should not drink the milk of a cow that eats stool or other abominable things. One should not use the milk or dung of goats,
71 c, SRI HARI-BHAKTI-VILASA cows, or buffalos that eat abominable food for performing a sacrifice or other religious ritual. Brushing one's teeth with one's finger, using raw salt, or eating clay—these are considered to be equal to eating cow's meat.
HBV 11.796
Sourceअत्रापवादो मनु-स्मृतौ— सामुद्रꣳ सैन्धवꣳ चैव लवणे परमाद्भुते । प्रत्यक्षे अपि ते ग्राह्ये निषेधस् त्व् अन्य-गोचरः
atrāpavādo manu-smṛtau— sāmudraṁ saindhavaṁ caiva lavaṇe paramādbhute | pratyakṣe api te grāhye niṣedhas tv anya-gocaraḥ
English translation
manusmrtau (In the Manu-smrti it is stated) sdmndrarh saindhavarh caiva lavane paramddbhute pratyakse api te grdhye nisedhastu anyagocarah Sea salt and rock salt can be used directly but not other kinds of salt.
HBV 11.797
Sourceअत्रि-स्मृतौ— दिवा कपित्थ-च्छाया च निशायाꣳ दधि-भोजनम् । कार्पासꣳ दन्त-काष्ठꣳ च शक्राद् अपि हरेत् श्रियम्
atri-smṛtau— divā kapittha-cchāyā ca niśāyāṁ dadhi-bhojanam | kārpāsaṁ danta-kāṣṭhaṁ ca śakrād api haret śriyam
English translation
By taking shelter in the shade of a wood-apple tree, by eating yogurt at night, or by brushing one's teeth with a twig from a cotton tree, even Indra would fall down from his opulent position.
HBV 11.798
Sourceविष्णु-स्मृतौ च— कपिलायाः पयः पीत्वा शूद्रस् तु नरकꣳ व्रजेत् । होम-शेषꣳ पिबेद् विप्रो विप्रः स्याद् अन्यथा पशुः
viṣṇu-smṛtau ca— kapilāyāḥ payaḥ pītvā śūdras tu narakaṁ vrajet | homa-śeṣaṁ pibed vipro vipraḥ syād anyathā paśuḥ
English translation
If a sudra drinks the milk of a brown cow, he will go to hell. A brdhmana should drink the milk that is left over from a sacrifice otherwise, he will have to be reborn as an animal.
HBV 11.799
Sourceपरिहर्तुꣳ पुनर् लेखꣳ तत्-तत्-शास्त्रोक्तम् अन्यथा । यद् अत्र लिखितꣳ किञ्चित् तत् क्षन्तव्यꣳ महात्मभिः
parihartuṁ punar lekhaṁ tat-tat-śāstroktam anyathā | yad atra likhitaṁ kiñcit tat kṣantavyaṁ mahātmabhiḥ
English translation
Great souls should forgive the compilers of religious scriptures because : avoid the fault of repetition, they may sometimes omit something or >: —.crimes add something to their texts.
HBV 11.800
Sourceआचाराश् चेदृशाः सन्ति परे’पि बहुलाः सताम् । ते लोक-शास्त्रतो ज्ञेया अपेक्ष्या यदि वैष्णवैः
ācārāś cedṛśāḥ santi pare’pi bahulāḥ satām | te loka-śāstrato jñeyā apekṣyā yadi vaiṣṇavaiḥ
English translation
There are many other superior and inferior codes of conduct that are seen among various groups of devotees. If one desires to learn more about such etiquette, he should inquire from the appropriate scriptures and authorities.
HBV 11.801
Sourceनित्यत्वम् एषाꣳ माहात्म्यम् अप्य् अत्र लिखितात् पुरा । सद्-आचारस्य नित्यत्वान् माहात्म्याच् च सुसिध्यति
nityatvam eṣāṁ māhātmyam apy atra likhitāt purā | sad-ācārasya nityatvān māhātmyāc ca susidhyati
English translation
The eternal nature and glories of proper etiquette have thus been described. These descriptions have been substantiated by abundant scriptural evidence.